3D View of the Campus Welcome to Rai University 2-3
President’s Message 4
Contents n i
Provost’s Message 5 . u
Core Values 6-7 d e . y t Know Us Better 8-9 i s Disciplines r e
Creativity and Innovation 10-11 v i
Engineering & Applied Sciences 50-101 n u
International Edge 12-13 i a r Scholarships and Awards 14-15 Business Management 102-131 . w
Placement and Careers 16-17 Media, Film & Television 132-181 w w Resources & Facilities 18-19 Hospitality & Tourism 182-203
Study Abroad 20-21 Fashion Technology & Performing Arts 204-245
By the Students For the Students 22-23 Liberal Arts & Social Sciences 246-267
Adding Value 24-25 Doctoral Programs 268-273 The Clubs 26-27 Joining Rai University 274-275 Directorate of Distance Education 28-29 Vibrant Gujarat 2013 276 Residence Life 30-31 Governing Board & Advisory Governing Council Study Choices 32-33
Getting Professional 34
Academics 35-37
Interactive Approach 38-39
Teaching and Learning Experience 40-41
Schools & Centers of Excellence @ RU 42-43
Course Index 44-49
1 Welcome To y t i s > r >
Rai University e > v > i
> Welcome to Rai University. With us you will discover new n > U > experiences in a dynamic and supportive environment. Your
i
> graduates are empowered to contribute skills and a > horizons will broaden, and you will discover the liberating power leadership in a global society. R of new ideas and insights. You will be intricately woven into our Rai University endeavors international partnerships that promote the exchange of information & o t core fabric of flexibility, creativity and innovation and walk out with resources, create opportunities and promotes excellence in higher education. e
the confidence, energy and ability that you need to realise your Salient Features m dreams and potential. • RU will offer a plethora of Academic and Co- o c curricular activities and a combination of such l academic programs that shape the students’ e Driven by decades of vast philanthropic & academic career and make them distinct from others in W pursuits, Rai Foundation-a non-profit NGO, dedicated their chosen field of specialization. to provide quality education to students from all strata of • RU firmly believes in flexibility, creativity & society, established Rai University (RU) at Saroda, innovation providing life skills. Ahmedabad, Gujarat. The Foundation aims to be at the • RU will provide innovative and interactive cutting edge of Teaching and in providing a holistic teaching; learning experience with combined approach to Learning. The university works on the Honors
principle of promoting and sustaining Academics & • RU will pay special attention to Industry- > Research. Nurtured with passion and powered with University collaboration to leverage student > intellect, RU ignites in its students the spirit of innovation > placements, joint R&D projects etc. >
& dynamism. It focuses on academic excellence, • RU will have distinguished Faculty with > experiential learning and global perspective to churn out >
International exposure and state-of-the-art > a brigade of change-leaders with ethics and social infrastructure. > responsibilities. RU is committed to be one of India’s • RU will provide opportunities for educational, RU believes in Social embeddings by providing free > leading Universities with an accredited repute for vocational, professional, social, linguistic and education to 250 girl students of Gujarat every year excellence in research and teaching. cultural development and offering Special Scholarships & Awards At Rai University, our mission is to inspire students and • RU will promote a sense of pride and faculty members to reach their full potential, and in doing achievement through the recognition of personal so, reap a positive impact on the society around them. accomplishment and provide opportunities for 3 The University offers innovative under- Graduate and personal growth and cultural enrichment. Post-Graduate programs in different disciplines so that its President’s Provost’s Message Message
Dear Student, > >
> I extend a hearty welcome to you and invite you to
> explore the ways in which Rai University, Gujarat can >
> help you in realizing your dreams and aspirations
> through our global educational programs. >
> Rai University hopes to inculcate a distinct individuality in students to lead and galvanize the process of change and It is our firm belief at Rai University, that value based learning has far transformation in the 21st Century. At Rai University greater relevance in a dynamic and ever-changing work environment. (RU), the idea of success would be beyond grades and high scores but help students to discover their various e We ensure this through easy accessibility to faculty guidance, firm g
assurance of staff support and a caring and nurturing environment. It facets and attain true potential. Special emphasis will be a s
ensures that our students share a very special relationship with the laid on academics & co-curricular activities on honing s Faculty and the Institution, which leads to effective realization of our the students' leadership skills and entrepreneurial e
objectives and goals. The culture at Rai University is one of openness, capabilities with a concerted approach to solving The University campus gives you access to an on- M mutual trust and faith where the mission is to demonstrate an complex business issues. Several Vocational & Add-on campus living and learning environment that features unconditional commitment to learning. programs conducted at RU will further enhance your IT-enabled classrooms & lecture theatres, well zeal to stand up neck above others with the quest of furnished laboratories & library, cafeteria, Research Welcome to Rai University. With us you will discover new We understand that you face an important choice, and we know that you additional knowledge in your domain. Centre, comfortable lounges and separate hostels for experiences in a dynamic and supportive environment. are anxious to get it right. Academic factors are important, but they are boys & girls. Our object & mission is to provide Your horizons will broaden and you will discover the not the only ones. Among other things, higher education is an In effect, our students with their experience at RU can
maximum opportunities for your success by ensuring > liberating power new ideas and insights. You will be opportunity to broaden your mind, extend your horizons and make expect to conquer the challenges in life and to compete that RU graduates are prepared and marketable to the > intricately woven into our core fabric of flexibility, creativity friends for life. So come and experience the difference and become a part successfully on a global platform. Their horizons would >
world of business and industry to ensure continued > and innovation and walk out with the confidence, energy of our ever-growing family. broaden and be able to discover the liberating power of personal and financial growth. >
and ability that you need in order to realize your dreams new ideas and insights. It is our firm belief that value- > Varun Rai and potential. based learning at RU has far greater relevance in a We look forward to welcoming you to the RU > >
President dynamic and ever-changing work environment. We > Come and see for yourself the vibrancy and innovation community and to your participation and involvement ensure this, through an easy accessibility to faculty inherent in our courses. Campus and environment. in an enriching campus life. Together, we can further guidance & support, a caring & nurturing academic Come, meet and interact with Rai Scholars and tutors. enhance Rai University's reputation and ensure its milieu. Rai University propagates the culture of Whether you want to build on your studies to date, further standing in the global community. openness, mutual trust and faith set within the backdrop your career or perhaps pursue a career change, Rai Dr. A. Sankara Reddy of its mission to demonstrate an unconditional 5 University has a wealth of opportunities available. M.Sc., Ph.D (BITS, Pilani) commitment to learning. (Padma Shri Recipient-2009) Our Core Values Flexibility Of movement, choice and growth
Our Core Values are our 10 Commandments inspired with a mission to create leaders, winners and achievers in a global world. Leaders who inspire a vision, winners who set positive paradigms of action and achievers who For self-fulfilment and growth > Teamwork >
> have the will and the strength to make a small difference to the larger cause >
s > of humanity. > e > u l > a >
For love, life and living V
Ardour e r o C
Commitment r To education, equal-opportunities and excellence u O Caring About people, passion and dreams
Integrity Towards self, community and society
Leadership In vision, innovation and initiative > > > > >
In thought, expression and approach >
Creativity > > >
Determination To achieve, fulfill and self-actualise
Immediacy Of action and idea-implementation 7 Know us Better
Rai University is exciting, exhilarating and enterprising! Not surprising then that studying at Rai is popular and > >
> high sought after. About the Founder : Rai Foundation >
> Rai Foundation is a philanthropic non-profit body, which is r > an excellent resource for innovative people and e > organizations worldwide. It is based on the values of care t > t >
and concern about society as a whole and supports human e
endeavour in any and every sphere of life. Rai Foundation’s B
pursuit of world-class education that began two decades s u
ago has come full circle with the present mission and objectives of Rai University. Rai University w o n
Non-profit Organization K Rai Foundation is a non-profit NGO and is dedicated to provide quality education to students from all strata of Rai University society. The Foundation at the cutting edge of teaching and learning and is widely regarded as being foremost in Rai University has been constituted by an act of legislature to providing a holistic approach to learning. provide holistic quality education and conduct research. Rai University offers all the main subjects of higher education, as well as many rarer subjects, and can therefore provide students with an exceptionally wide choice. The University is
proud of its multi-disciplinary approach and the credit based > >
modular system extends the scope of inter-disciplinary study. > > > > > > >
9 Education= Theory + Practice + “Capacity to Think”
Creativity and > > n > > o i > t > a >
Innovation v > o > n n I
Rai University aims become one of India's leading Mission Statement Student Transfers from Other Universities d
To advance knowledge in the fields of science, technology, universities with an accredited repute for excellence in A unique opportunity for students who may wish to change n a management and allied disciplines of scholarship with focus on research and teaching. The University is equipped to take to another stream but do not want to lose a year of their y
developing relevant skills, competence and attitude to meet up challenges of the enormous change taking place all study. t i
the needs of the society and the industry in the 21st century. around and committed to empower its faculty and v i
students to contribute significantly. t Vision Statement a e
To establish centers of excellence in the domain of higher Preparing You for Work r learning with focus on value based education. The key skills sought by employers are integrated into the C curriculum. Some courses offer a period of internships while some others offer a period of work placement in the industry. These deliver valuable opportunities for putting
academic learning into practice and gaining work > experience. Many students gain their first jobs with > >
Research & Development organizations they have encountered during their courses. > >
Our university has focus on research and our students pursue > knowledge with rigor because we at Rai strongly believe in the > >
creation of knowledge, constant updation and transmission of > ideas to our students. The University aims to facilitate and promote studies, research and extension work in emerging areas of higher education with focus on enriched education in the disciplines of engineering, technology, management, journalism, hospitality and mass communication, etc. and also to achieve 11 excellence in allied fields. Rai University is committed to raising standards of higher education in India. For us, offering high quality education is more than just a priority - it is our raison d'etre. > > >
> Edge > e > International > g >
International Experience d > E
The University prides itself in being the only l university campus all India residing students from a International Exchange Programmes more than 20 countries. Come here and get the n o truly international feel. i Rai University had always believed in making t their programme curriculum truly global. In a We assist international students with the process a n
unique collaborative effort with some of the best of applying to Rai University, handling visa and r
universities in the world. Students from Rai e
reporting requirements, and making the most of t University today have an option to study for a the academic experience here. We also assist the n week at the home campuses of the institutes like campus community involved with international I The Darden School of Business, The McCombs educational exchange in the process of bringing School of Business and ILR at Cornell University international visitors to campus, or in sending Rai and are taught by some of the most reputed University faculty and students abroad. Discover faculty members. Students from Rai University India Program with international students from can be at the same time exposed to campus life at the best university internationally these Universities, and interact with regular Rai University students can pursue degree >
graduate and undergraduate students in campus >
at a personal level. Students who have already programs by credit transfer facility through > attended these programmes have been all praise European Management Institute in below > mentioned universities. > for this initiative, most having said that this was an >
experience of a life-time. Some of the other 1) Anglia Ruskin > student exchange programmes will be with 2) Birmingham City University > > Newyork University, Imperial College, 3) Bradford University London,National University of Singapore, 4) Royal Agricultural College Nanyang Technological University & University 5) Sheffield Hallam University of Virginia. 6) University of Birmingham 7) University of Sunderland 8) University of Wales 13 We at Rai University stand by the age-old idiomatic wisdom of the more you give the more you get. Not only is this philosophy embedded in our stated intent but may be felt and experienced in every initiative that takes us beyond. s > d r > a > >
Scholarships w > A >
> d > n > a
s
and p i h s r a Attracting Talent-Respecting Both Merit and Need l o
The provision for scholarships is an important aspect of the overall h
strategy of Rai University to attract and retain talented students to c provide increased access and widen opportunities based on S equality. Rai University is perhaps the only University in the country Students seeking scholarship on need basis shall get a and among the few worldwide that has offered such a large number letter of recommendation from the Principal of their of scholarships. Students receive 75% to 100% scholarship for school/ college and a letter from the present employer recognized merit. More unique are the awards of partial to full fee Awards of their parents. The University's commitment in this waivers through a merit-cum-need based RU test and interview. It area remains firmly embedded in its missionary zeal, its is a fundamental belief at Rai University that those who have an charter and in its character, faith and values. >
uncommon potential to contribute positively to society and those >
who have a positive dedication, a keenness and a commitment Nominate - a - Scholar is the privilege given to > toward pursuing higher education shall not be denied an Principals of all schools to identify gifted students in any > >
opportunity to acquire quality education irrespective of their ability field who may not have the means to pursue their > to pay. goals. Principals may recommend them for > scholarships of up to 100% tuition fee waiver in any of > > We at Rai University stand by the age-old idiomatic wisdom of the the courses of Rai University, using his/her discretion more you give the more you get. Not only is this philosophy for the nominations and the respective amounts of embedded in our stated intent but may be felt and experienced in scholarship. every initiative that takes us beyond. Girl students are given upto 100% scholarship based on merit or means. 15 We recognize that one of the primary responsibilities of a professional educational institution is to build strong links with industry, commerce, arts, cultural bodies and other s r >
professions to ensure that the talents and skills of individual e > e > r
> students are sharpened and their full potential is realised a > C > and rewarded by the world of practice. > & >
t > n e m e
Placement and Careers c a l
students. Our robust and proactive-CRC works in coordination Guidance Tutors: Nurturing Relationships P Corporate Resource Cell: Defining institution is to build strong links with industry, with the students inculcating in them a positive approach to work Directions commerce, arts, cultural bodies and other At Rai University, all Rai Tutors also act as Guidance Tutors and providing them the solid backup of resources, so that they Today there is a great need to guide and create professions to ensure that the talents and skills of (Gts). The concept of a GT, which is not new, is that of a may acquire the necessary skills and vision to excel in their dream awareness among students about the changing individual students are sharpened and their full friend, philosopher and guide. All students are assigned job. world scenario, its impact on the Indian potential is realised and rewarded by the world Guidance Tutors who monitor their academic progression economy and on job opportunities. This need of practice. The Corporate Resource Cell continuously invites organizations and personal development. These sessions address issues to visit its campus by way of career fairs and pre-placement talks. of both personal and social importance like peer pressure, goes far beyond the RU centers and RU has Corporate Resource Advisory Council This provides students an opportunity to learn more about time management, performance, anxiety, abuse, drugs, thus set up an independent Corporate CRAC of Rai University is an expert body Resource Cell (CRC). The CRC keeps itself recruiting organizations and meet some of their key employees. alcohol and sexuality. This interactive platform significantly consisting of eminent professionals from various >
This process makes a powerful and long lasting impact by enhances the introspective and problem solving abilities of > updated with the latest international and career fields. These consist of international and national industry trends and the changing exposing students to highly qualified professionals. the students thus leading them towards greater self-reliance > national level names in various fields who are >
in the learning process. > market scenario. CRC gives guidance to also prospective employers for the student Interaction with Industry students irrespective of whether they wish to > body. They meet the student body from time to CRC assists students in developing an awareness of cutting-edge • Career Planning Workbooks for UG & PG students on > join RU or not. time and advice them regarding career careers by organising guest lectures, panel discussions, an ongoing basis > > CRC services schools across the country decisions. conferences and workshops from time to time. In addition, Rai • Career Guidance by Qualified teachers University has strong links with prominent industrial groups absolutely free : Corporate Resource Cell (CRC): Looking which generate valuable synergy between students and • Latest industry reports constantly updated Presentations to outgoing students about the Ahead corporate organizations. The University organizes a numerous choices for global careers There are no shortcuts to success. Therefore, • Bi-annual magazine on Career Guidance industrial visits and field trips to students of various disciplines. 17 We recognize that one of the primary we believe in beginning early to plan, guide and responsibilities of a professional educational provide direction to the career path of all our With custom-built library you have everything that you need to enhance your study experience. Research your Resources essays and assignments, & Facilities s > > process and print your own e > Rai Courseware others. The students have access to this excellent facility Hostels for Girls & Boys c r > Rai Course-Packs – an innovative way to give students the complemented by 24X7 Internet connectivity. On-campus living is an experience in itself at Rai u > data, get individual attention > reading material in advance to prepare them for healthy and University. Life at the campus is packed with excitement o s > English Language Lab from your mentor as you get lively classroom discussions. and energy. Our ultra-modern facilities are among the > For those students who need improvement in their e >
best offered anywhere. The Hostel accommodation is R library and computer savvy at Library Facility communication skills, Rai University offers training in
spacious with plenty of storage space and round-the- g Library is an essential component of RU’s Research and English competency. clock janitorial services. n
Rai University. i Education Mission. The combination of carefully selected
Conference Facility n
Traditional and Digital Resources via browsing interface and Recreational Activities r
RU firmly believes in providing its students with exposure a supported by exceptionally fast response services, provides RU believes in imparting knowledge with fun. In order to through regular National and International e
the RUian community with a library that is worthy of this rejuvenate the students, well furnished indoor sports L conferences/symposia and workshops hosted at the World-Class Institution. rooms are also facilitated with Table Tennis, Carrom, campus. Multi Gym, and a Snack Bar for a quick snack, for the Computer Facility Transportation Facility students, on the campus. The Computer Lab at Rai University is equipped with Rai University buses facilitate students’ transportation workstations that are connected to various Statistical and from various points in Ahmedabad and Gandhinagar to its Analytical Packages, Project Management Software and campus and back. Business Environmental Simulation Software amongst > > > > > > > > >
19 Rai University believes in meeting their ultimate objective of international quality and excellence through constant introspection and innovation. Our effort is to facilitate student exchange with our partner universities abroad as also to promote cross-cultural exchange with a view to further expose our students to the international arena. > > > d > a > o > r > b > A >
Study y
Abroad d u t S Rai International Office Summer School Abroad Globalising Education For students aspiring to directly pursue a Summer School is open to all participants from all sorts of Rai University has mapped its curricula with various course at a UK university the Rai International backgrounds from all over the world. Worldwide International Universities across the world which will Office (NIO) helps students with admissions University experience indicates that while many of these accept their studies as a valid undergraduate qualification abroad including identification of universities are undergraduate and graduate students seeking credit for progression to second or third year of their degree and other procedures. In fact, students towards studies at their home institutions, others are programs. applying through NIO gain access to prized teachers, faculty and working professionals from different Year Abroad but limited scholarships for first year of both fields. Most courses at Rai University allow you to spend your undergraduate and postgraduate study. Rai University is working towards developing
final degree year abroad through a unique credit transfer A Great opportunity for our students to earn understandings with some of the top-ranked universities > >
scheme, which allows you to complete an international and learn while doing Global Internships in USA and Europe to study on their campuses during the > degree in more than sixty five universities in UK, USA, summer months. Rai University arranges for student > >
Canada and Australia. All courses at Rai University admissions to these universities to enhance their learning > provide students with an opportunity to transfer their experience. > >
credits in the second or third year to a foreign University Specialized courses in various interest areas ranging from > through a unique credit mapping and transfer system. the immensely passionate to the doggedly professional are also offered.
21 Student Societies Here's a preview of what all our students have created At Rai University, we believe in offering you a broad- with their dreams and aspirations: spectrum of opportunities for personal and professional Drama Club value-enhancement. At the same time our focus on self- Indian Music Aesthetes motivation stems from our belief that this quality is one of the Poetry Rendezvous most genuine agents of self-directed change and creativity. Book Reading Soirees Furthermore, we are concerned with not only helping you Western Music Maniacs help yourself but also with providing you the courage of Events Group conviction to contribute to the development of others
Sports Association .
around you. s By the Students Film Club t It is with this philosophy that we encourage the formation of Art of Living Magazine & Newsletter Society n student groups and ensembles woven around a common Social Service Society e area of interest and debate. Independent creative action is d
Higher Education has never been and will never be …and many more! The student societies and clubs are u
respected and encouraged and the University spares no t >
available for any assistance. S > effort in supporting your initiative to the fullest. purely about gaining a qualification. Apart from > e > h >
enriching knowledge and skill in a chosen discipline t
> r >
learning is greatly concerned with building a positive o > F >
attitude and a set of values that you as a person and as a . s t
professional will need throughout your life. For the Students n e d u
Student Volunteer Group (SVG) t S
Taster Courses There is a broad diversity of experiences just
Life at Rai is different. Get a flavour of it by taking a free waiting to be sampled at Rai. The SVG can e help you take advantage of these while you h Taster Course with us. A Taster Course is designed to t study at the University.
provide you the opportunity to explore our y
extraordinary campus and its excellent facilities, to talk to Whether you are looking for a place to dine, a B tutors and students and to understand our invigorating venue to socialize, a forum to pursue a approach to learning much before you choose to enroll cultural interest or get involved with sports for any one of our courses. Although the academic activities, the SVG offers you this and much session commences only twice annually, you can sample more.
our Taster Courses at any time during the year! This gives >
you not only an opportunity to learn about a different Becoming a college student means growing > way to study but also helps you make a well-informed up - that means changing your lifestyle, > exploring new activities and allowing yourself > decision about your future. This also offers potential >
students a superb opportunity to spend two days on to be a part of the exciting gamut of > campus in order to learn about a variety of courses and experiences that enrich student life. > >
enjoy an evening of entertainment. You are welcome to So if you have a passion, we'll share it with > be our guest and stay overnight in our excellent hostel you. Don't hesitate to lead and reinvent one accommodation thus allowing yourself a glimpse of Life or more of our various events and activities. at Rai University.
23 We work proactively towards offering you many opportunities for personal development as we understand that employers now look for more than just a degree. They want confident, organized, multi- English Language Lab skilled and flexible individuals who have problem-solving and For those students who need improvement on their communication skills Rai University offers training in independent decision-making capabilities and can both be members English competency. This helps students speak and and leaders of a team. We help you become that person! write good English.
> Health Center > >
We have a medical care wing at Rai University e >
campus which deals with emergencies and also u l > a > provides round-the-clock doctor-on-call services. It > is mandatory for every Rai Scholar to be medically V
>
insured. The insurance policy is processed through g >
the University’s tie-ups with various recognized n Adding Value i hospitals in Haryana. d
Transportation Services d Freedom with Responsibility A The University provides transport facilities from At RaiU, you'll enjoy greater freedom with responsibility- various nodal points. These buses operate under the as we make you accountable for your own learning, safety bus scheme which ensures that you reach planning and time management. Apart from formal home safely and securely. Cafeteria lectures, you will be working in a guided or independent environment on assignments, projects and presentations. Salon & Tuck Shop Welcome to the campus hub! The Cafeteria experience This will enhance your ability to organize your time in a is a must in itself. The aesthetically designed cafeteria at Spa, beauty and hair styling facility on campus with way that you optimally synergise your academic and co- Rai University serves luxurious buffets and a la carte economical charges. 24 hours tuck shop serving curricular pursuits. options to students and faculty at highly subsidized rates. snacks and catering to daily needs such as toiletories, Total Personality Development Program stationary etc. Events
Soft skills supplement technical skills. The two together Campus life at Rai University bustles with hectic energy > transform you into a well-rounded individual ready for the throughout the year: cultural festivals, career fairs, picnics > >
corporate world. If you conduct a quick reality check, and tours, awards nites, college festivals, et.al., all ensure > you'll find that most applicants for a job are at par when it that the student experience is as rich, varied and exciting > as possible. > comes to academic and technical competence in which >
case the final criteria for selection are communication >
Our entertainment programs will create a true campus > skills, conduct and grooming. That is why Rai University experience while you are with us. includes soft skills in its curricula. This program addresses aspects of human personality like confidence building, assertiveness training, decision- making, survival skills, curriculum vitae writing, interview 25 skills and language competence among others. ‘All work and No Play makes Jack a Dull boy’— so goes the old adage,…whose wisdom has been converted into institutional essence A saga of accuracy, efficiency, endurance and focus. It in the shape of various clubs and associations leading to a full flowering encourages students to indulge in sports activities of a student’s personality at…where else...but, Rai University. that provoke and charge them physically and mentally.
> An Alumni club is an important facet of a university. In
> addition to emotional value, the club serves as a > e
> great networking hub for references for professional The Clubs u l > a > reasons. At Rai University, the students are encouraged to plan and organize various co-curricular activities on their own with > V
> some essential support from the faculties. Such an environment develops a spirit of leadership and management and g > transmits the delight that comes with a job well done. The students identify their talents and skills in the process and are n inspired to develop themselves further. Confidence, creativity and talent building are nurtured at Rai University through i Rai University has taken the initiative to save the d
various students clubs which act as the powerhouse which light up the entire ambience of the university. The faculty and d environment. The primary concern is to save the
staff members participate in these events spontaneously as family members. A trees as they are one of the most important parts of the ecosystem. The benefits of trees can be grouped into social, communal, environmental, and economic categories. If your actions inspire others to dream more, learn more, do more and become more, you are a leader. With this philosophy, the club elevates the students through a series of academic events. > >
The ecstatic cultural club entails the budding > >
managers in regional dances, mimes, carols, fusions, > >
resonance of songs, fresher and farewell parties, >
games and adorning. > >
27 It is well equipped with computer and other infrastructure, adequate teaching faculty and administrative set-up of its own, computer training centres, etc., to serve its students' clientele in their best interest at their door steps. n o i t a c u > d > E >
> e > c > n > a > t > s i D
Directorate of Distance f o
e t a r o
The Directorate of Distance Education will offer t various programmes of study under this Stream. It Education c e
will be well equipped with computer and other r i infrastructure, adequate teaching faculty and administrative set-up of its own, computer training The Directorate of Distance Education is to cater the All the programmes of study offered by the Directorate of D centres, etc., to serve its students' clientele in their needs of students who cannot pursue formal college Distance Education are subject to approval of the best interest at their door steps. It will offer, education. These courses provide incentives to students appropriate regulatory bodies. Undergraduate & Postgraduate Degree who discontinue education because of lack of aptitude Programmes in all streams, Arts; Humanities; Social and motivation or for want of economic wherewithal. Individuals who look upon education as life-time activity >
Sciences; Science & Technology; Management > and enhance their knowledge in an existing discipline of programmes etc. including in Applied Psychology, > Physics, Chemistry, Zoology, Botany, Bioinformatics study or acquire proficiency in a new area may also > benefit from the courses. Distance Education is an >
through Distance Education mode. The Directorate >
of Distance Education is also offering the attempt to diversify and proliferate academic > Programmes on Fashion Design, Textile Design, beneficence for beyond the close confines of a > > Interior Design, Retail Management, classroom and to make it to available to those who aspire and endeavour.It has a special relevance in an egalitarian society, in so far as it does not have the “elitist bias” to education, which is of necessary beyond the reach of many. Another advantage of such a programme is that it does away with the territorial limits of 29 jurisdiction. A holistic living ambience contributes significantly to superior academic performance. The accommodation offered by Rai University is designed to provide a spirit of independence and Fun & Recreation The Cafeteria: A Fine-dine Affair freedom yet are as secure and caring as your home. Recreational rooms equipped with television, newspapers and The cafeteria in campus premise provides wholesome comfortable seating are an instant hit with all residents. In fact, the and nutritious meal-plans that will undoubtedly surpass spaciousness and homely ambience encourages them to spend your expectations. A multi-cuisine menu is offered to most of their spare time at the hostel. Students particularly love the residents, which includes Indian, middle-eastern, fully equipped in-house gymnasium more so because it plays their continental, Italian and Chinese cuisine on rotation. Meals > kind of music (!). Also, the vast tracts of natural landscape on the are available on a fixed monthly charge. The Snack Bar >
> premises are ideal for a stroll, a walk or a jog depending on your offers snacks and beverages as an additional premium
> mood. service on payment basis. >
> Residence Life > > > e f i L
e c n e d i s e R
Home is where the heart is! Home at your Doorstep
Campus accommodation is an experience in Rai University. All blocks in the hostel are Wi-Fi. The library, gymnasium, >
Life at campus is packed with excitement and energy. stationary store & tuck shop are highly popular. Banking, > >
shopping and medical facilities are all close by. >
Moving In >
In addition for all immediate academic and personal problems >
The hostel at Rai University promotes a quality life-style and the students may enlist round-the-clock help from the staff on > sustains it every step of the way. Our ultra-modern facilities campus. Para-medical personnel are available on premises > > are among the best offered anywhere. The Hostel and are supported by tie-ups with various reputed hospitals. accommodation is spacious, fully furnished and has temperature controlled rooms with plenty of storage space, An emergency mobile van is available at all times for security round-the-clock janitorial services, power backup and 24- of the resident students. hour clean drinking water. 31 Rai University offers a wide range of choices for study at various levels addressing students of all ages and backgrounds. Our students feel welcomed and supported with a curriculum that responds to and respects the diverse needs of our mixed student population. > >
> Study Choices > >
> A Unique Multidisciplinary Approach >
> Rai University deems that the entire exercise of arriving at > an appropriate course choice is far more important than
what you choose to study and where you choose to study. s It is for this reason that we allow you ample space to Undergraduate Courses Doctoral Programs e c explore various career options not only at the time of entry i but after it as well. Undergraduates at Rai University can register for a professional Rai University offers Pre-Doctoral (M.Phil) and Doctoral o degree course resulting in the award of a Bachelor's degree (BA, (Ph.D) Programmes in a number of areas of specialization to h
At Rai University, we stress greatly on inter-disciplinary and C
BBA, BTech,) from Rai University. The undergraduate courses the students who are interested and desirous of pursuing
multi-disciplinary skills. We strongly believe that in the are pursued full time and last for three or four years depending research. All norms as per the UGC. Rai University offers y competitive global world, success comes to those who on the award. Courses where industry internships play a role are Doctoral Programmes in Business Studies, Media, Film & d
have imbibed the ethos of flexibility and adaptability. Our u
of four years duration. Television, Engineering & Applied Sciences, Performing Arts t
module-based programs mean a great deal of study- & Creative Education, Fashion Technology, Insurance & Risk S flexibility. You can specialize or keep your options wide Management, and Design & Engineering Architecture. Each open. Postgraduate Courses student draws on the faculty's diverse expertise and varied Our unique approach to student learning prepares you for interests to develop a program uniquely suited to his or her the challenges of life and work. The aim is to help you fulfill If you are seeking to add a professional advantage to your interests. Doctoral Programmes encourage students to gain your intellectual and personal potential in a way that it qualification you could register for a range of postgraduate research experience by working closely with faculty on a degrees as well as professional diplomas at Rai University. > significantly contributes to each and every role that you variety of projects. > play in society. We offer a wide range of choices for study at Courses leading to a Masters award last for two years. >
Excellent infrastructure and facilities are available at Rai >
various levels catering to a cross-section of students of all Keeping in mind the industry demand for a multi-skilled and University for doctoral research in a wide range of > ages and backgrounds. In fact, we encourage students professionally competent workforce, Rai University offers a disciplines. While undergraduate education prepares ground > from different backgrounds. This contributes to an exciting > plethora of professional specializations. for developing knowledge and skills for employment in >
learning environment for both staff and students. Our various areas, postgraduate study plays a key role in > students feel welcomed and supported, with a curriculum inculcating a stance towards life-long learning. Significant that responds to and respects the diversity and needs of research projects pursued both by students and faculty our mixed student population. involve vast interaction with the industry. Rai University offers a wide range of choices for study at various levels addressing students of all ages and 33 backgrounds. Our students feel welcomed and supported with a curriculum that responds to and respects the diverse needs of our mixed student population. Rai University provides the best facilities to help bloom great Keeping in mind the industry demand for a multi-skilled and professionals. Our Curriculum inspires creativity and encourages professionally competent workforce, Rai University offers a enterprise through regular updations and constant industry exposure. plethora of professional specializations. Academics Teaching & Learning Pedagogy > Getting • World Bank report > Global Quality Syllabus and Pedagogy: • WTO report >
> The curriculum and the academic programs have • RBI and SEBI reports > been evolved by respective BOS (Board of Study) > Practical Training and Industry Visit
> comprising members from academia and industry. > Ordinance for each of the courses have been These form integral part of curriculum and are > Professional framed. The syllabi have been designed to meet the evaluated through project report and presentations. current day market trends. Our education system Each student is required to do a minimum of two focuses on developing contemporary skills and projects every year, one each during winter and know-how besides the basic knowledge, summer. understanding of scientific and technical concepts and s c Increasingly, employers are looking for a multi-skilled and a professional their application through live projects. We allow Rai teaching has been a matter of pre-renown i workforce. Rai University has pioneered the unique concept of attraction because of certain in-built factors in the
complete flexibility in the choice of subjects and pace m professional diplomas at both graduate and postgraduate levels with the of learning. academic system. Prior to this start of formal classes e aim of empowering degree students with inter-disciplinary skills, industry for a particular course, we got a review and d
exposure and international qualifications-ingredients for a great future. Application Oriented Learning: orientation period for each of the courses. Reviews a
AOL is one of the distinctive features characterizing c Professional Diplomas and Postgraduate Professional Diplomas cover and Orientations are done in the manner as specified education at Rai. All courses are designed and below: A interest areas ranging from art, design, engineering, computing, culinary delivered to relate theoretical concepts to real time arts, journalism, television, theater, education, fine arts, interior design, situations so that the academics blend perfectly with Review Mechanism (RM): fashion, photography, modeling and acting only to name a few! the vocation. This comprises of two stage analysis • Assessment of Prior Learning (APL) Upward Bound Curriculum Support Material (CSM)
• Assessment of Future Potential (AFP) >
If you are already a Rai Scholar or aspiring to be one then most of these >
Rai recognizes the need of going beyond curricula for > professional advantages are offered to you at a negligible cost. You may deep and thorough understanding. CSM > be able to add more than three professional diploma awards to your corresponds with those additional requirements. Rai > chosen discipline by the time you graduate. > -CSM includes - >
• Case materials for case analysis and presentation > • Project Inputs for doing term project > • Role play materials for group performance and presentations • Budget document for analysis • Corporate reports on macro parameters • Reports of CII, FICCI, BNCCI and other relevant 35 organizations APL helps identify the subjects learned, practices known, and tools conversant with the total amount of knowledge available. This is done for each student and made into a data package for the students. This data fill is updated every semester and maintained properly till the end of the program. APL measures the shortcomings (if any) for the prerequisites of the subjects to be taken during the course. A student found falling short in a particular area of knowledge is given special remedial coaching Soft Skill Development Program in that area to make the students come up to the desired standards. Apart from the special coaching a general awareness Rai University provides specially designed program is there for everybody. GAP is done for a period of one training program for the students in order to month prior to the actual session. improve their employability skills and to prepare them to face the interview boards more >
> effectively. The objective of this course is to
> provide the student with an integrated module of > personality development, emphasizing the areas >
> essential for the overall growth and development
> of a confident and well -groomed professional. > The course helps to bring distinctiveness in one's > personality. Students are taught good work habits including reliability, self-motivation, discipline and personal integrity. This program consists of a series of training courses that provide specific knowledge about Different modules of soft skills training are developed by Rai AFP helps the student identify the right mix and profile of their management areas that are vital to the success of s University academicians, expert from industry and qualified c career choice. This is combination of Personality Mapping done modern organizations. psychologists for different courses according to the i
through Management Micro Lab (MML). A student will get the professional requirements of each field. m They learn job seeking techniques, organization benefit of MML once a year. Whereas, MML is basically for the e
and planning skills and tips for communicating d management stream, it has been extended to all other discipline This program has two distinct components: Personal Skills with prospective employers. Development and Management Skills Development. a
from this year. Students belonging to any stream of Rai can now c
opt for MML once a year. Work expectations are those things people Personal Skills A consider likely to happen in their job situation. After the Review Period is over, the course starts at formal pace. • Career Planning People who have clearly defined, well- Delivery of the course is the function of the subjects. For multi • Personal Goal Setting and Development communicated expectations find more functional courses, the teaching pedagogy is wider than that of • Self Esteem Development satisfaction and success in their work. the single function course. Management program is multi • Positive Body Language • Time Management Skill functional, whereas Biotechnology and Mass Communications • This program helps people to Unfold >
programs are mono-functional. The university follows a general dormant potentials Management Skills > pedagogy for teaching and learning that cuts across various • Identify their expectations • Negotiation Skills > >
disciplines, there are unique choices of pedagogy for other areas • Understand expectations of employers • Communication Skills >
as well. • Learn how to communicate, initiate action • Project Management Training > and adjust expectations • Presentation And Public Speaking > Faculty Development Program > • Improve their outlook and enhance their • Meeting Planning > Faculty plays a crucial role in shaping up student's career and attitude toward work • Team Building & Leadership Skills personality. We regularly hold faculty development programs to • Enjoy the benefits of increased job educate and disseminate knowledge with some of the latest satisfaction and improved performance techniques and methods used for teaching. This also provides a forum to the faculty to discuss among themselves and share 37 views on various issues. The traditional mode of learning perpetrates memorizing without the student ever grasping the soul of the subject. This results in a Student Feedback situation where lessons taught are never learnt.' At Rai University, Student Feedback is an integral driving force in the overall strategy of development at the University. Student input students are sensitized to a unique learning process which into courses and institution policies is formally sought at continues to pay dividends throughout their lives. The Rai method regular intervals. An efficient student feedback procedure ensures an in-depth annual review of all
> demands constant interaction between faculty and students. courses which leads to progressive changes in meeting > the new requirements of students. > > > > h > c > a > o r p p A
Interactive Approach e v i t c a
The Rai Method ASCOM and identification of skills that they wish to develop in the r
context of their work, environment, interests and aims. In e Students are encouraged to explore There exists a strong Academic Support Committee this manner, students are taught to profile and map their t n themselves and attain their potential, learn (ASCOM) comprising student nominees from various own progress reports and finally their individual career I from their own experiences and those of academic disciplines. ASCOM recommendations play a paths. other students. They also serve as key role in the periodic review and evaluation of faculty transparent and candid feedback performance and curriculum efficacy. Reflective Journal mechanisms and emerge as active Individual Action Plan The Reflective Journal is maintained by all students in participants in the self-development >
process. relation to their assignments. It provides an insight into > In order to encourage greater student initiative in the self- analytical thought process for task orientation in > learning process every Rai University Scholar maintains assignment activity. It addresses the reasons for the > an Individual Action Plan (IAP) from the very beginning of > preferred course of action adopted and its practical >
the academic session. The IAP consists of the students' applicability in a real environment. > self-evaluation of individual strengths and weaknesses > >
39 Our unique approach to student learning prepares you for the challenges of life and work. The aim is to
help you fulfill your intellectual and personal e c
potential in a way that significantly contributes to n e i r
> each and every role that you play in society. e > p > x > E >
> g > n > i > n r a
Teaching and Learning e L
&
g
Teaching Methodology Independent Learning n i
In keeping with the philosophy of student- Assignment activity forms the cornerstone h Experience c
centered learning the teaching methodology of student-led learning. From conceiving, a
at Rai University emphasizes the importance planning and researching an activity to e of learning through direct experience which implementing and reflecting on actual T promotes the development of independent experiences–students employ a vast range Role of Rai Tutor Assessment learning and key transferable skills. A of creative tools which serve to expand The role of the Rai Tutor is to put in place systems that Assessment at Rai University is deemed as an ongoing combination of teacher- supervised and their range of communicative and encourage probing, questioning and challenging two-way process which involves active collaboration teacher-independent learning activities at managerial skills. Field studies, data established percepts until self-learning becomes reflex between the assessor and the learner so as to maximize individual and group levels are integrated into gathering, laboratory activity, case studies, >
action and second nature. Rai Tutors play a crucial role in the performance potential of both. Global experience in >
the system learning such that students are work-based assignments, seminars, your experience as a student. For a Rai Tutor, each higher education has revealed the efficacy of the system of > optimally involved in assessment of their own presentations, group discussions- all form student possessing a unique set of aptitudes and abilities continuous assessment as compared to the stressful > progress through faculty and peer feedback. part of a student's independent learning >
is as important as another one with a different set of verdict of final assessment. At Rai University, the tools >
process. energies. Respect for self-paced learning comes employed in assessment procedures have been carefully > naturally to Rai Tutors because for them, achievement is designed to provide an important opportunity to both > > not benchmarked against definitive academic reports tutor and tutee to address the simultaneous development but is rather seen in the context of a more dynamic of the triumvirate of learning - Knowledge, Application and progress continuum. Attitude.
41 Schools & Centers of Excellence School of Engineering & Applied College of Media & Comuunication
Sciences (SEAS) COLLEGE OF MEDIA & COMMUNICATION (CMAC) The SEAS will have degree programs in the T h e C o l l e g e o f M e d i a a n d fields of Electronics & Communications, Communication prepares students for e c Electrical, Mechanical, Civil, Biotechnology, r a p i d l y g r o w i n g e m p l o y m e n t n
Environmental and Agricultural Sciences with opportunities in mass communication e l l > emphasis on internationally practiced through a strong focus on experimental e > interdisciplinary functionality.
and innovative thought process and c > x > learning. Rai Business School (RBS) E >
f > Offers BBA & MBA programs with College of Hospitality and Tourism > o
College of Hospitality and Tourism (CHAT) > specializations in Finance, HR, Marketing, chat
@ Rai University s > Retail, IT, International Business, Logistics & SHT prepares students for the single r e y
Supply Chain, Banking & Finance, Insurance & largest industry in the World t t i
Risk Management, Agri-Management, —Hospitality & Tourism. n Center for Research & Development (CRD) Centers of Excellence at Rai University s e Automobile Management, Port Management, CRD r Center for Research And Development e School of Fashion Technology The Center for Research & Development at Rai Several Centers of Excellence are established C Advertisement & Event Management, v
SOFT(SOFT) i SCHOOL OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY Construction Management etc. University offers an impressive range of doctoral with an aim to foster &
n
The school focuses on the fast growing degrees—the most advanced and prestigious degrees s Research, Innovation and Creativity. l U
that any university can confer. Most of the doctoral
Fashion and Textile sector. Student o programs at Rai University take full advantage of the i
• Center for Innovation & Entrepreneurship a participation in fairs, exhibitions, o R region’s rich opportunities for research and practice. Development (CIED) h
seminars, conferences and fashion c shows will enhance the fashion t S School of Continuing Education (SCE) • Center for Sustainable Development a experience at SOFT. (CSD) SCE will provide an opportunity to candidates to SCE SASC School of Arts, Science and School of Continuing Education complete their higher education, take up additional • Center for Applied Research in School of Arts, Science and Commerce Commerce (SASC) certificates, diplomas and degrees through Distance Technology (CART) Education. SASC offers several UG & PG Programs • Center for Creative Development (CCD) in Arts, Science and Commerce. SASC > >
aspires to be a premier institution of • Center for Vocational Skill Development > higher education, which caters to the (CVSD) > >
diverse needs of student fraternity, >
provides them with state-of-the-art > facilities and a stimulating teaching- > > learning environment so as to groom them into socially responsible human resource.
43 Course Index Course Name Page These are the courses proposed to be run in Rai University and will be introduced from time to time. All courses will be started only after taking required approvals. Course content can be changed from time to time as per recommendation of academic council of the university. M.Tech (Geophysics) 91 n n i i . MSc (Computer Science) 92 . u Course Name Page MCA (Master of Computer Application) 93 u d d
e MSc (Information Technology) 94 e . . y y
t PGD (Bioinformatics) 95 t
i ENGINEERING & APPLIED SCIENCES 50 i
s PGD (Biotechnology) 96 s r r
e PGD (Manufacturing Engineering) 97 e B.Tech (Electronics and Telecommunication Engg.) 52 v v
i PGD (Forensic Sciences) 98 i B.Tech (Electronics and Communication Engineering) 53 n PGD (Automotive Engineering and Business) 99 n
u B.Tech (Electrical and Electronics Engineering) 54 u i PGDCA (Computer Application) 100 i a B.Tech (Electrical Engineering) 55 a r r
. DIPLOMA - (Electrical Engineering) 100 . B.Tech (Computer Aided Engineering) 56
w DIPLOMA - (Civil Engineering) 100 w B.Tech (Mechanical Design Engineering) 57
w DIPLOMA - (Biotechnology) 100 w B.Tech (Mechanical Engineering) 58
w DIPLOMA - (Information Technology) 100 w B.Tech (Manufacturing Technology) 59 DIPLOMA - (Software Engineering) 100 B.Tech (Photonics Engineering) 60 DIPLOMA - (Computer Science & Engineering) 100 B.Tech (Mobile Telecommunication Engineering) 61 B.Tech (Civil Engineering) 62 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 102 B.Tech (Biotechnology) 63 BSc (Agriculture) 64 BBA/BBA (Industry Integrated) 104 BSc (Biotechnology) 65 BBA (International Business Administration) 105 BSc (Biochemistry) 66 BBA (Marketing) 106 BSc (Microbiology) 67 BBA (Banking & Finance) 107 BSc (Environmental Science & Wild Life Management) 68 BBA (Accounting & Finance) 108 BCA (Bachelor of Computer Application) 69 BBA (Human Resources) 109 B.Tech (Information Technology) 70 BBA (Entrepreneurship) 110 B.Tech (Internet Computing) 71 BBA+MBA (Integrated) 111 B.Tech (Mobile Computing) 72 BA (Hons) (Service Sector Management ) 112 B.Tech (Software Engineering) 73 BA (Business Process Outsourcing-BPO) 113 B.Tech (Computer Science & Engineering) 74 BBA (Advertising) 114 B.Tech (Computational Management) 75 BCom (Hons) 115 MSc (Physics/Chemistry/Maths) 76 MCom (Hons) 116 MSc (Biochemistry) 77 MBA/MBA (Industry Integrated) 117 MSc (Microbiology) 78 Executive MBA (Masters in Business Administration) 118 MSc (Bioinformatics) 79 MBA (Marketing) 119 MSc (Biotechnology) 80 MBA (Finance) 120 M.Tech (Automotive Engineering & Business) 81 MBA (Media Studies) 121 M.Tech (Mobile Network Management) 82 MBA (Tourism) 122 M.Tech (Telecommunication Services Management) 83 MBA (Advertising) 123 M.Tech (Microelectronic & Communication Systems) 84 MBA (International Business Administration) 124 M.Tech (Embedded Systems & VLSI) 85 MBA (Global Financial Management) 125 M.Tech (Power Electronics) 86 MBA (Entrepreneurship) 126 M.Tech (Optoelectronics and Communication Systems) 87 MBA (Banking & Finance) 127 M.Tech (Parallel & Distributed Computing) 88 MBA (Social Work) 128 M.Tech (Intelligent Systems) 89 44 MBA (Financial Management & Control) 129 45 M.Tech (Software Engineering) 90 MBA (Human Resource Management) 130 Course Name Page Course Name Page
MEDIA, FILM & TELEVISION 132 PGDMC (PG Diploma in Mass Communication) 178 n n i i
. PGD (Cultural Studies) 179 . u BA (Journalism & Mass Communication) 134 PGD (Web Journalism) 180 u d d
e BA (Media Management) 135 PGD (Rural Communication) 181 e . .
y BA (Advertising & Public Relations) 136 y t t i i
s BA (Film & TV Production) 137 HOSPITALITY & TOURISM 182 s r BA (Animation and Computer Graphics) 138 r e e
v BPA (Theatre) 139 BA - (Hospitality & Tourism) 184 v i i
n MA (Animation and Computer Graphics) 140 BA - (Airlines, Hospitality & Customer Care) 185 n u u i MA (Radio Production) 141 BA - (Culinary Arts) 186 i a a
r MA (Film & Television Production) 142 MBA - (Hospitality Management) 187 r . . MA (Development Communication) 143 MBA - (Tourism & Leisure Management) 188 w w MA (Art Direction) 144 Advance Diploma - (Culinary Arts) 189 w w MA (Cinema Studies) 145 DIPLOMA-(Aviation Hospitality Management - Air Hostess/Flt. Steward) 190 w w MA (Costume Design) 146 DIPLOMA - (Travel & Tourism) 191 MA (Media Management) 147 DIPLOMA - (Restaurant & Bar Management) 192 MA (Still Photography) 148 DIPLOMA - (Indian Regional Cuisine) 193 MA (Cinematography) 149 DIPLOMA - (Institutional Catering) 194 MA (Video Editing) 150 DIPLOMA - (Food & Beverage Management) 195 MA (Videography) 151 DIPLOMA - (International Cuisine) 196 MJMC (Masters in Journalism & Mass Communication) 152 DIPLOMA - (Bakery & Confectionery) 197 MA (Marketing Communication) 153 DIPLOMA - (Front Office Management) 198 MA (Brand Communication) 154 DIPLOMA - (International Ticketing and CRS) 199 MA (Advertising, Public Relations & Corporate Communication) 155 DIPLOMA - (Hospitality Customer Relations) 200 MA (Communication, Culture & Media) 156 DIPLOMA - (Institutional Housekeeping) 201 DIPLOMA (TV Anchoring, News Reading & Broadcast Reporting) 157 DIPLOMA - (Hospitality & Tourism) 202 DIPLOMA (Advertising Management ) 158 DIPLOMA (Radio Anchoring and Audio Management) 159 FASHION TECHNOLOGY & PERFORMING ARTS 204 DIPLOMA (Photo Journalism) 160 DIPLOMA (Film & Television) 161 BA (Fashion Technology) 206 DIPLOMA (Non-Linear Editing) 162 BSc (Textile Design) 207 DIPLOMA (Scriptwriting for Film & TV) 163 BA (Hons) (Fashion and Apparel Technology) 208 DIPLOMA (Writing for the Electronic Media) 164 BA (Hons) Textile Design(Constructed Textiles) 209 DIPLOMA (Copy Writing) 165 BA (Hons) (Fashion Marketing ) 210 DIPLOMA (Business Communication) 166 BA (Hons) (Fashion Design Technology) 211 DIPLOMA (Theatre Acting / Choreography) 167 BA (Hons) (Fashion Marketing and Promotion) 212 PGD (Publishing) 168 BA (Hons) (Fashion Design for Industry) 213 PGD (Multimedia Design & Management) 169 BA (Hons) (Fashion Design with Retail Management) 214 PGD (Film and Television Production) 170 BA (Hons) (Fashion Management) 215 PGD (Animation and Multimedia) 171 BA (Hons) (Beauty Care and Health Studies) 216 PGD (Advance Reporting) 172 BA (Museology) 217 PGD (Print, Electronic & Cyber Journalism - Hindi/English) 173 BA (Graphic Design) 218 PGD (Advertising, PR & Corporate Communication) 174 BFA (Print Making) 219 PGD (Brand Management) 175 BFA (Painting) 220 45 PGD (Media Research) 176 BFA (Sculpture) 221 47 PGD (Technical Writing) 177 BA in Dance (Kathak /Tabla / Pakhawaj) 222 Course Name Page Course Name Page
DOCTORAL PROGRAMS 268 MA (Fashion Industry) 223 n n i i . MA (Product Design & Development for Fashion Industry) 224 Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Business Administration) 270 . u MA (Costume Design & Technology) 225 Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Mass Communication) 270 u d MA (Fashion Accessory Design & Technology) 226 d e Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Commerce) 271 e . .
y MA (Fashion Portfolio Development) 227 y
t Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Engineering & Applied Sciences) 271 t i MA (Fashion Studies) 228 i s Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Arts, Humanities & Social Sciences) 272 s r MA (Textile & Fashion Design Management) 229 r
e Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Education) 272 e
v MA (Fashion Styling and Photography) 230 v
i Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Fashion Technology) 273 i
n MA (Apparel Production, Quality Control) 231 Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Hospitality & Tourism) 273 n u u
i MA (Textile Design - Surface Ornamentation) 232 i a a
r MA Fine Arts (Critical History of Art) 233 r . MA Fine Arts (Print Making/ Painting/ Sculpture) 234 . w MA Fine Arts (Critical Curation) 235 w w MA (Conservation) 236 w w MA Fine Arts (Museum & Heritage Exhibition Design) 237 w MA (Museology) 238 MA (Visual Research) 239 DIPLOMA (Western Vocal / Hindustani Vocal) 240 DIPLOMA (Art Appreciation) 241 DIPLOMA (Guitar/ Piano/ Violin) 242 DIPLOMA (Kathak) 243 DIPLOMA (Tabla / Pakhawaj / Sitar / Vocal) 244 DIPLOMA (Music Appreciation) 245
LIBERAL ARTS & SOCIAL SCIENCES 246
Blib. 248 BSc Hons (Criminology and Forensic Science) 249 BSc Hons (Criminology and Psychology) 250 BA (Liberal Arts & Social Sciences) 251 BA (Public Governance) 252 BA (Media / Business Admn. / Film & TV / Fashion) 253 BA (Pass) (Economics) 254 BA (Pass) (Psychology) 255 BA (Pass) (English) 256 BA (Social Work) 257 MLib. 258 MA (English, Hindi, Economic & Political Science) 259 MA (Public Governance) 260 MA (Psychology) 261 MA (History) 262 MA (Spritual and Inter – Faith Studies) 263 DIPLOMA (Personality Development) 264 DIPLOMA (Personality Development) 265 48 PGD (Industrial Psychology) 266 49 PGD (Career Guidance & Counselling) 267 * Subject to Validation Engineering, Computing & Applied Sciences
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE B.Tech (Electronics and Telecommunication Engg.) B.Tech (Electronics and Communication Engineering)
COURSE INFORMATION Radar Systems and Communication COURSE INFORMATION Digital Communication + Lab n n i i
. Microwave Communication Digital Signal Processing . This is a well-established programme designed to integrate This is a well-established programme designed to integrate
u Automatic Control Systems Microwave Engineering u
d telecommunication / electronic systems with computer Major Project III communication / electronic systems with computer Introduction to Electronics Devices + Lab d
e technology so that graduates can take up demanding, technology so that graduates can take up demanding, e . Year 4 Open Elective-V . y responsible and exciting positions in the rapidly expanding responsible and exciting positions in the rapidly expanding y t Embedded System Design Departmental Elective - I t i i
s telecommunication/ electronics industries. Armed with this VLSI Design and Technology communication/ electronics industries. Armed with this Year 4 s r qualification, graduates will have the necessary skills to Optics and Solid State Physics qualification, graduates will have the necessary skills to Optical Fiber Communication + Lab r e e
v develop a concept through the design and computer Telecommunication, Transmissions & Switching Techniques develop a concept through the design and computer Electronic Switching + Lab v i Digital Signal Processing Departmental Elective - II i n modeling stages, to that of product testing using sophisticated modeling stages, to that of product testing using sophisticated n
u Major Project IV Departmental Elective - III u i computer controlled instruments. computer controlled instruments. i
a Satellite Communication Systems Wireless Communication + Lab a
r In the third year of the course, students are encouraged to In the third year of the course, students are encouraged to r
. Optical Fibre Communication Systems Departmental Elective-IV . take advantage of the industrial placement. The experience take advantage of the industrial placement. The experience
w Neural Networks Departmental Elective -V w gained through the practical application of taught material can Quality Assurance and Management Principles gained through the practical application of taught material can Departmental Elective - VI w greatly improve job prospects. Robot Technology greatly improve job prospects. w w Year 1 Major Project V Year 1 COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT w Professional Communication & Technical Writing Mathematics –I Assessment is through assignments, written examinations, Mathematics I COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Engg. Physics + Lab Assessment is through assignments, written examinations, presentations and design and project reports. All students ENTRY REQUIREMENT Electrical Engineering Engg.Chemistry / Engg Mechanics + Lab are required to complete a 10,000 - word dissertation, ENTRY REQUIREMENT Mechanical Engineering presentations and design and project reports. All students Electrical Engg / Computer Concepts and Programming in C 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a Basic Electronics are required to complete a 10,000 - word dissertation, + Lab based on project work, in the final year. 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a recognized board of secondary education. Engineering Design based on project work, in the final year. Electronics Engineering / Professsional Communication The project is designed to encourage the use and recognized board of secondary education. Fundamentals of Computer Programming The project is designed to encourage the use and Manufacturing Processes/Environment & Ecology knowledge of theory and design. Computer-aided modeling Digital and Analog Devices and Circuits knowledge of theory and design. Computer-aided modeling Remedial English Language* is also used, providing the opportunity to carry out an Electronic Material and Devices is also used, providing the opportunity to carry out an Mathematics -II engineering investigation from conception to conclusion. Electrical Power engineering investigation from conception to conclusion. Engineering Mechanics/ Engg. Chemistry + Lab Mathematics II Computer Concepts and Programming in C/Electrical Engg. Control System and Automation + Lab OTHER INFORMATION Business Management Techniques OTHER INFORMATION Professional Communication/ Electronics Engineering + Lab COURSE LENGTH Seminar on Advanced Topics COURSE LENGTH Environment & Ecology/Manufacturing Processes 4 Years Year 2 4 Years Life Skills Instrumentation and Control Principles ATTENDANCE MODE Remedial English Language ATTENDANCE MODE Electronic Computer Aided Design Full-time Regular Year 2 Full-time Regular Computer Architecture and Operating System Mathematics – III Mathematics III Fundamentals of Electronics Devices Semi-conductor Fabrication Processes Digital Electronics + Lab Microprocessor Systems Electro Magnetic Field Theory + Lab Minor Project RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES Fundamentals of Networks Analysis & Synthesis Power Electronics and Applications Open Elective- 1 Signal and Systems BTech Electrical and Electronic Engineering. BTech Electrical and Electronics Engg. Electronic Circuits Network Analysis and Circuits Computer Architecture and Organization BTech Electronic and Telecommunication Engineering Electromagnetic Theory BTech Electroncis and Communication Engg. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement + Lab Antenna and Wave Propagation Signals and Systems Major Project I Open Elective-II Year 3 Open Elective-III Analog and Digital Communication CAREERS Year 3 CAREERS Pulse and Digital Integrated Circuits Integrated Circuits + Lab Digital Hardware Design Graduates can pursue careers in the communication Principles of Communication + Lab Graduates can pursue careers in the communication Telecommunications Standards, Regulation and Legislation Microprocessors + Lab industry, telecom sector, design and manufacture, Electronic Measurement and Testing industry, telecom sector, design and manufacture, research and development, technical management, Antenna and Wave Propagation research and development, technical management, 52 Major Project II Control Systems-I + Lab 53 marketing and large public sector and private undertaking Data Communication and Networks marketing and large public sector and private undertaking Open Elective-IV Mobile Communication having their captive telecom networks. having their captive telecom networks.
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE B.Tech (Electrical and Electronics Engineering) B.Tech (Electrical Engineering)
COURSE INFORMATION Automatic Control Systems COURSE INFORMATION Electro-mechanical Energy Conversion n n i i
. This is a well-established programme designed to integrate Mechatronics This is a well-established programme designed to integrate Elements of Power Systems . u electrical / electronic systems with computer technology so Electro-mechanical Energy Conversion electrical systems with computer technology so that Mechatronics u d Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments High Voltage Engineering d e that graduates can take up demanding, responsible and graduates can take up demanding, responsible and exciting e . .
y exciting positions in the rapidly expanding electrical and Analog and Digital Communication positions in the rapidly expanding electrical industries. Armed Electrical Measurements and Applied Instruments y t t i electronics industries. Armed with this qualification, graduates Major Project II with this qualification, graduates will have the necessary skills Project II i s s
r will have the necessary skills to develop a concept through the Year 4 to develop a concept through the design and computer Year 4 r e design and computer modeling stages, to that of product Electric Drives modeling stages, to that of product testing using sophisticated Electric Drives e v v i testing using sophisticated computer controlled instruments. Switch Gear and Protection computer controlled instruments. Power System Analysis i n n
u In the third year of the course, students are encouraged to Digital Signal Processing In the third year of the course, students are encouraged to Switch Gear and Protection u i i
a take advantage of the industrial placement. The experience Electronics Circuit Design and Manufacture take advantage of the industrial placement. The experience Computer Methods in Power System Analysis a r r . gained through the practical application of taught material can Power Systems gained through the practical application of taught material can Automatic Control System .
w greatly improve job prospects. Embedded Systems greatly improve job prospects. Industrial Robots w
w Year 1 Microwave Engineering Year 1 Industria Management w
w Professional Communication & Technical Writing Vlsi Design and Technology Professional Communication & Technical Writing Solid State Control of Electric Drives w Mathematics I Optical Fibre Systems Mathematics I Modelling and Simulation of Electrical Machines Electrical Engineering Radar System and Communication Electrical Engineering Micro-motors and their Applications Mechanical Engineering Quality Assurance and Management Principles Mechanical Engineering Power Station Practice ENTRY REQUIREMENT Basic Electronics Neural Networks Basic Electronics Project III ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a Engineering Design Engineering Project Engineering Design 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a recognized board of secondary education. Fundamentals of Computer Programming Fundamentals of Computer Programming COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT recognized board of secondary education. Digital and Analog Devices and Circuits COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Digital and Analog Devices and Circuits Assessment is through assignments, written examinations, Electronic Material and Devices Assessment is through assignments, written examinations, Electronic Material and Devices presentations and design and project reports. All students are Electrical Power presentations and design and project reports. All students Electrical Power required to complete a 10,000 - word dissertation, based on project Mathematics II are required to complete a 10,000 - word dissertation, Mathematics II work, in the final year. The project is designed to encourage the use and knowledge of Control System and Automation based on project work, in the final year. Control System and Automation theory and design. Computer-aided modeling is also used, providing The project is designed to encourage the use and Business Management Techniques Business Management Techniques the opportunity to carry out an engineering investigation from Seminar on Advanced Topics knowledge of theory and design. Computer-aided modeling Seminar on Advanced Topics conception to conclusion. Year 2 is also used, providing the opportunity to carry out an Year 2 Instrumentation and Control Principles engineering investigation from conception to conclusion. Instrumentation and Control Principles OTHER INFORMATION Electronic Computer Aided Design Electronic Computer Aided Design COURSE LENGTH Computer Architecture and Operating System OTHER INFORMATION Computer Architecture and Operating System 4 Years Mathematics III COURSE LENGTH Mathematics III ATTENDANCE MODE Semi-conductor Fabrication Processes 4 Years Semi-conductor Fabrication Processes Full-time Regular Microprocessor Systems ATTENDANCE MODE Microprocessor Systems Minor Project Full-time Regular Minor Project Power Electronics and Applications Power Electronics and Applications Signal and Systems Signal and Systems RELATED COURSES Network Analysis and Circuits Network Analysis and Circuits Electromagnetic Theory RELATED COURSES Electromagnetic Theory BTech Electronics and Telecommunications Antenna and Wave Propagation BTech Electronics and Telecommunications Antenna and Wave Propagation BTech Electrical and Electronics Engg. Major Project I Major Project I Year 3 CAREERS Year 3 CAREERS Digital Integrated Circuits Electronics, electrical and communication industries are Communication Engineering Electronics, electrical and communication industries are Antenna and Wave Propagation growing rapidly and graduates are often able to select from Electrical Machines I growing rapidly and graduates are often able to select from Electrical Machines I these. Employers include software firms, device Electrical Machines II these. Employers include software firms, device 54 Electrical Machines II manufacturers, automation industries, telecom specialists, Health Safety and Risk Management 55 manufacturers, automation industries, telecom specialists, Power Distribution power plants, defence establishments and R&D Industrial Engineering power plants, defence establishments and R&D Health Safety and Risk Management organisations. Applied Thermodynamics organisations.
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE B.Tech (Computer Aided Engineering) B.Tech (Mechanical Design Engineering)
COURSE INFORMATION Minor Project-II COURSE INFORMATION Finite Element Methods in Engineering n n i i
. This degree provides a broad based engineering education to Advanced Mechanical Design This degree provides a broad based engineering education to Minor Project-II . u equip students with the knowledge required to practice Heat and Mass Transfer equip students with the knowledge required to practice Machine Design-II u d professionally as design or manufacturing engineer. Manufacturing Systems & Processes Process Technology d e professionally as a design engineer. The main aim of this e . Business for Manufacture . y This course has three main aims: firstly to enable students to course is to enable students to understand the fundamental Manufacturing Systems y t t i understand the fundamental concepts of engineering with the Computer-Aided Design concepts of engineering with the emphasis on those most Business for Manufacture i s s
r emphasis on those most relevant to mechanical engineering; Major Project-II relevant to mechanical engineering; secondly, to show how Computer-Aided Design r e secondly, to show how they may be applied to solve a wide Year 4 they may be applied to solve a wide range of mechanical and Major Project-II e v v i range of mechanical engineering problems using computers Modeling & Simulation allied engineering problems using computers and computer- Year 4 i n Experimental Stress Analysis n u and computer-aided methods, and thirdly, to develop skills and aided methods, and thirdly, to develop skills and confidence Hydraulic Machinery & Fluid Power u i Total Quality Management i a confidence to allow the creation of computer-based systems to allow the creation of computer-based systems covering a Total Quality Management a r r . covering a wide range of disciplines. Advanced Topics on Engineering Optimization Project wide range of disciplines. Mechanical System Design & Analysis .
w Students are strongly recommended to take advantage of the Management Students are strongly recommended to take advantage of Project Management w Elective Subjects w industrial placement, which provides the opportunity to apply the industrial placement, which provides the opportunity to Elective Subjects w the knowledge and skills gained during the course. Advance Computer-Aided Design w apply the knowledge and skills gained during the course. Individual Project w Optical Measuring Techniques in Mech. Engineering Year 1 Year 1 Advance Mechanical Design Composite Materials Professional Communication & Technical Writing Professional Communication & Technical Writing Numerical Control of Machine Tools Value Engineering Mathematics I Mathematics I Composite Materials Electrical Engineering Group Project ENTRY REQUIREMENT Electrical Engineering Value Engineering ENTRY REQUIREMENT Mechanical Engineering Major Project 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a Mechanical Engineering Group Project 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a Basic Electronics recognized board of secondary education. Basic Electronics Major Project recognized board of secondary education. Engineering Graphics & Introduction to Design Fundamentals COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Engineering Graphics & Introduction to Design of Computer Programming Mathematics II Units are assessed using a variety of methods e.g. Fundamentals of Computer Programming Mathematics II COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Workshop Technology & Practice assignments, practical work, seminars and reports. The final Workshop Technology & Practice Units are assessed using a variety of methods e.g. Engineering Graphics & Auto Cad degree award is based on both coursework and End Term Strength of Material Examinations. The projects provide the students with Engineering Graphics & Auto Cad assignments, practical work and reports. The final degree Engineering Materials opportunity to apply newly gained skills and knowledge to the Strength of Material classification is based on both coursework and End Term Theory of Machines (Statics) solution of a problem, and is based on placement experience Engineering Materials Examinations. The projects during the course provide the Applied Thermodynamics or chosen from the live problems from the industry. Theory of Machines (Statics) students with opportunity to apply newly gained skills and Year 2 Applied Thermodynamics knowledge to the solution of a problem, possible based on Engineering Design & Computing Skills including CAD OTHER INFORMATION Year 2 placement experience or chosen from the live problems Theory of Machines (Dynamics) COURSE LENGTH Engineering Design & Computing Skills including CAD from the industry. Introduction to Manufacturing Processes 4 Years Theory of Machines (Dynamics) Mathematics III ATTENDANCE MODE Introduction to Manufacturing Processes OTHER INFORMATION Material Science Full-time Regular Mathematics III COURSE LENGTH Instrumentation & Control Principles Material Science 4 Years Minor Project-I Instrumentation & Control Principles ATTENDANCE MODE Computer Integrated Manufacturing Systems Computer Minor Project-I Full-time Regular Modeling & Design Engineering Product Design-I Business Management Techniques RELATED COURSES Computer Modeling & Design Manufacturing Machines Business Management Techniques Fluid Mechanics B Tech in Mechanical Engineering Energy Management RELATED COURSES Measurement & Metrology B Tech in Computer-Aided Engineering Fluid Mechanics Major Project-I Measurement & Metrology B Tech in Mechanical Engineering B Tech in Computer-Aided Engineering Year 3 CAREERS Major Project-I Mechanical Vibrations Year 3 Operations Research Job opportunities exist in IT Sector, Defence, Mechanical Vibrations CAREERS Design for Production 56 Government and R & D Organizations. Operation Research Job opportunities exist in Automotive, Aerospace, 57 Control Systems Design for Production Component Design, Precision, Process, Oil & Gas Mechanics of Solids Machine Design-I Industry, Defence and R & D Organizations . Finite Element Methods in Engineering Applications to Hydraulics & Pneumatics
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE B.Tech (Mechanical Engineering) B.Tech (Manufacturing Technology)
COURSE INFORMATION Year 3 COURSE INFORMATION Minor Project-II n n i i
. This degree provides a broad based engineering education to Machine Design - I + Lab This degree provides a broad based engineering education to Machine Design-II . u equip students with the knowledge required to practice Theory of Machines - I equip students with the knowledge required to practice Product Planning & Control u d Manufacturing Science - II + Lab Process Technology d e professionally as a mechanical engineer .This course has two professionally not only as a mechanical engineer but also as e . .
y main aims: firstly to enable students to understand the Heat & Mass Transfer + Lab manufacturing engineer. Business for Manufacture y t t i fundamental concepts of engineering with the emphasis on I.C. Engines & Compressors The main aim of this course is to enable students to Computer-Aided Design i s s
r those most relevant to mechanical engineering and secondly, Open Elective IV understand the fundamental concepts of engineering with the Major Project-II r e to show how they may be applied to solve a wide range of Machine Design - II + Lab emphasis on those most relevant to mechanical engineering; Year 4 e v v i mechanical engineering problems using computers and Theory of Machines - II + Lab as well as to show how they may be applied to solve a wide Hydraulic Machinery & Fluid Power i n n
u computer-aided methods. Departmental Elective - I range of mechanical engineering problems using computers Total Quality Management u i i
a Students are strongly recommended to take advantage of Departmental Elective - II and computer-aided methods. Students are strongly Numerical Control of Machine Tools & Robotics a r r . the industrial placement, which provides the opportunity to Open Elective V recommended to take advantage of the industrial placement, Project Management .
w apply the knowledge and skills gained during the course. Year 4 which provides the opportunity to apply the knowledge and Elective subjects w
w Year 1 Computer Aided Design + Lab skills gained during the course. Individual Project w
w Mathematics –I Automobile Engineering + Lab Year 1 Quality Control w Engg. Physics + Lab Departmental Elective - III Professional Communication & Technical Writing Operations Research Engg.Chemistry / Engg Mechanics + Lab Departmental Elective - IV Mathematics I Composite Materials Electrical Engg / Computer Concepts and Programming in Quality control Electrical Engineering Value Engineering ENTRY REQUIREMENT C + Lab Departmental Elective -V Mechanical Engineering Group Project ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a Electronics Engineering / Professsional Communication + Departmental Elective - VI Basic Electronics Major Project 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a recognized board of secondary education. Lab Project Engineering Graphics & Introduction to Design recognized board of secondary education. Manufacturing Processes/Environment & Ecology + Lab Fundamentals of Computer Programming Mathematics II COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Remedial English Language COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Workshop Technology & Practice Units are assessed using a variety of methods e.g. Mathematics -II Units are assessed using a variety of methods e.g. Engineering Graphics & Auto Cad assignments, practical work and reports. The final degree Engineering Mechanics/ Engg. Chemistry + Lab assignments, practical work, seminars and reports. The final Strength of Material classification is based on both coursework and End Term Computer Concepts and Programming in C/Electrical Engg. degree award is based on both coursework and End Term Engineering Materials Examinations. The projects provide the students with + Lab Examinations. The projects provide the students with Theory of Machines (Statics) opportunity to apply newly gained skills and knowledge to Professional Communication/ Electronics Engineering + opportunity to apply newly gained skills and knowledge to Applied Thermodynamics the solution of a problem, possible based on placement Lab the solution of a problem, chosen from the live problems Year 2 experience or chosen from the live problems from the Environment & Ecology/Manufacturing Processes + Lab from the industry. Engineering Design & Computing Skills including CAD industry. Life Skills Theory of Machines (Dynamics) Remedial English Language OTHER INFORMATION Manufacturing Processes-I OTHER INFORMATION COURSE LENGTH Year 2 COURSE LENGTH Mathematics III 4 Years Mathematics – III 4 Years Material Science Fluid Mechanics Instrumentation & Control Principles ATTENDANCE MODE ATTENDANCE MODE Full-time Regular Materials Science in Engg + Lab Full-time Regular Minor Project-I Strength of Material Engineering Product Design-I Thermodynamics + Lab RELATED COURSES Computer Modeling & Design Open Elective I Business Management Techniques Electrical Machines & Automatic Control + Lab B Tech in Mechanical Engineering Energy Management RELATED COURSES Applied Thermodynamics + Lab B Tech in Computer-Aided Engineering Fluid Mechanics B Tech in Mechanical Engineering Manufacturing Science - I + Lab Measurement & Metrology B Tech in Computer-Aided Engineering Measurement & Metrology + Lab Major Project-I CAREERS Open Elective II Year 3 CAREERS Open Elective III Design for Production Job opportunities exist in automotive, aerospace, Heat and Mass Transfer component design, precision industry, defence and R&D Job opportunities exist in automotive, aerospace, 58 Product Development & Design 59 organizations as also in industries with focus on component design, precision industry, defence and R&D Machine Design-I automation. organizations as also in industries with focus on Manufacturing Processes-II automation. Dynamics of Machines
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE B.Tech (Photonics Engineering) B.Tech (Mobile Telecommunication Engineering)
COURSE INFORMATION Microprocessor and its Applications COURSE INFORMATION Neural Networks n n i i
. Photonics Engineering is a four-year full-time program. In the Major Project II Mobile Telecommunication Engineering is a four-year full- Quality Assurance and Management . u first two years the necessary mathematics, physics, Year 4 time program. In the first two years the necessary Major Project I u d Optics and Solid State Physics Year 4 d e computing and basic telecommunications courses are taken. mathematics, physics, computing and basic e . .
y These courses provide the theoretical foundations essential Photonic Devices & Systems telecommunications courses are taken. These courses Optics and Solid State Physics y t t i to the understanding the applications of Photonics in future Optical Signal Processing provide the theoretical foundations essential to the Digital Image Processing i s s
r like optical computing and optical communication systems. Advanced Optics Technology understanding the applications of Mobile telecommunication Reliability and Failure of Solid State Devices r e The advanced courses are covered in third and fourth years Satellite Communications in mobile communication and future mobile computing. The Telecommunication Switching and Signaling e v v i with minor and major projects. Telecommunication Transmission and Switching advanced courses are covered in third and fourth years with Mobile Computing and Internet Technology i n n
u Year 1 Quality Assurance and Management Principles minor and major projects. Smart Antennas for Mobile Communication u i i
a Professional Communication & Technical Report Writing Optical Computing Year 1 Wireless Communication and Mobile Computing a r r . Basic Electronics Neural Networks Professional Communication & Technical Report Writing Mobile Communication and Security Issues .
w Electrical Engineering Optical Sensors-MEOMS Basic Electronics Embedded Systems Design for Mobile Systems w
w Mathematics I Integrated Optical Communications Systems Electrical Engineering Management of Mobile Networks w
w Introduction to Photonics Major Project III Mathematics I Multimedia Communication & Mobile Technology w Computing Fundamentals Telecommunication Fundamentals Major Project II Pulse and Digital ICs COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Computing Programming Business Management Techniques Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, Pulse and Digital ICs COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT ENTRY REQUIREMENT Electronic Material and Devices time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, Business Management Techniques Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a Mathematics II case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- Electronic Material and Devices time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a recognized board of secondary education. Engineering Design semester theory/ practical exams. The project in the last Mathematics II case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- recognized board of secondary education. Seminar and Minor project semester is assessed by a combination of written report and Engineering Design semester theory/ practical exams. The project in the last Year 2 presentation. Seminar and Project semester is assessed by a combination of written report and Analog and Digital Communication Year 2 presentation. Computer Organization and OS OTHER INFORMATION Analog and Digital Communication Signal and Systems COURSE LENGTH Computer Organization and OS OTHER INFORMATION Network Analysis and Circuits 4 Years Signal and Systems COURSE LENGTH Electronic Measurements and Testing ATTENDANCE MODE Network Analysis and Circuits 4 Years Maths-III Full-time Regular Electronic Measurements and Testing ATTENDANCE MODE RF and Microwave Engineering Mathematics-III Full-time Regular Quantum Physics RF and Microwave Engineering Semiconductor Fabrication Process Engineering Electromagnetism Engineering Electromagnetism and Antennas Antennas and Wave Propagation System Simulation Cellular Communication Principles RELATED COURSES Major Project I RELATED COURSES System Simulation Year 3 Major Project B.Tech in Electronics and Communication Physics of Solid State Devices Year 3 B.Tech in Electronics and Communication B Tech in Electronics and Telecommunication Data communication & Computer Networks B.Tech in Electronics and Telecommunication Physics of Solid State Devices Laser & Optoelectonics Principles B.Tech in Electrical and Electronics Engineering Microprocessors and Applications Optical Instrumentation Principles Data communication and Networks Optical Fibers and Components Telecommunications Standards and Regulations CAREERS Telecommunications Systems Principles and standards Optical Fiber Components and Systems VLSI Design and Technology CAREERS VLSI Design and Technology Graduates can choose careers in environmental industry, Broad Band Communication Systems Broad Band Communication Systems Graduates can choose careers in the environmental National Research Programs and electronics and Radar System and Communication Radar System and Communication industry, National Research Programs on opt electronics communication industry and education, planning Digital Signal Processing Digital Signal Processing and electronics and optical communication industry and networks and management of networks. 60 61 education, planning networks and management of networks.
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE B.Tech (Civil Engineering) B.Tech (Biotechnology)
COURSE INFORMATION Transportation Engg - II + Lab COURSE INFORMATION Food Biotechnology + Lab n n i i . This is a well-established programme designed to integrate Departmental Elective - I The biotechnology course provides students with a broad- Open Elective-V . u civil construction and highways so that graduates can take up Departmental Elective - II based education in subjects underpinning biotechnology in the Year 4 u d Open Elective V Intellectual Property Rights In Biotechnology + Lab d e demanding, responsible and exciting positions in the rapidly initial semesters. They are then given the knowledge of major e . Open Elective-VI . y expanding construction industries. Year 4 themes of immunology, molecular genetics and y t t i Year 1 Design of Steel Structures Open Elective-VII i
s bioinformatics. Throughout the degree course there is s
r Mathematics –I Seminar particular emphasis on the laboratory and analytical methods Departmental Electives -V r e Department Elective - III Industrial Training e
v Engg. Physics applied in biotechnology. v i Engg.Chemistry / Engg Mechanics + Lab Department Elective - IV Marketing & Management of Biological Products + Lab i n Indicative list of units is mentioned as : Departmental Electives -VII n u Electrical Engg / Computer Concepts and Programming in C Industrial Training** u i Year 1 i a + Lab Project Departmental Electives -VIII a r Mathematics –I r . Electronics Engineering / Professsional Communication + Construction Technology & Management Seminar .
w Engg. Physics + Lab w Lab Project Major Project Engg.Chemistry/Engg Mechanics + Lab w Manufacturing Processes/Environment & Ecology Departmental Elective - V COURSE WORK AND ASSESSMENT: w Electrical Engg/Computer Concepts and Programming + Lab w Remedial English Language Departmental Elective - VI w Electronics Engineering/Professsional Communication + Lab Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, Mathematics -II Introduction to Biotechnology/Environment & Ecology time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, Engineering Mechanics/ Engg. Chemistry + Lab COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Remedial English Language* case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- Computer Concepts and Programming in C/Electrical Engg. Assesments are both formative and summative with Mathematics -II semester theory/ practical exams. The project in the last ENTRY REQUIREMENT + Lab ENTRY REQUIREMENT weightage of 60:40 in the first two years. Students will Engineering Mechanics/ Engg. Chemistry + Lab semester is assessed by a combination of written report and 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a Professional Communication/ Electronics Engineering + Lab 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a complete a dissertation under supervision of a course tutor. Computer Concepts and Programming in C/Electrical Engg. presentation. recognized board of secondary education. recognized board of secondary education. Environment & Ecology/Manufacturing Processes + Lab Life Skills OTHER INFORMATION Professional Communication/ Electronics Engineering + Lab OTHER INFORMATION Remedial English Language COURSE LENGTH Environment & Ecology/Introduction to Biotechnology + Lab Year 2 4 Years Life Skills COURSE LENGTH Strength of Material ATTENDANCE MODE Remedial English Language 4 Years Mathematics III Full-time Regular Year 2 ATTENDANCE MODE Fluid Mechanics + Lab Cell Biology + Lab Full Time Building Materials & Construction + Lab Microbiology + Lab Surveying + Lab Biochemistry + Lab RELATED COURSES Open Elective I Genetics + Lab Structural Analysis - 1 + Lab Open Elective-I BSc. Biotechnology Geoinformatics + Lab Open Elective-II Hydraulics & Hydraulic Machines + Lab Plant Biotechnology + Lab Engineering Geology + Lab Molecular Biology + Lab CAREERS Open Elective II Techniques in Biotechnology + Lab A biotechnology degree will form a passport into areas Open Elective III Industrial Microbiology & Enzyme Technology + Lab Year 3 CAREERS Bioprocess Engineering + Lab such as agriculture, drug design, medical biotechnology, Geotechnical Engg + Lab Open Elective-III food industry, genetic engineering, bioinformatics, Graduates can choose careers in construction and building Structural Analysis - II Year 3 forensics, environmental management et al. industries as executives and managerial posts. Design of Concrete Structures - 1 Genetic Engineering + Lab Qualified biotechnologists have opportunities in Transportation Engg - 1 + Lab Thermodynamics of Bioprocess Engineering + Lab multinational companies, entrepreneurial enterprises, Environmental Engg - 1 Departmental Electives -I the health service, research industry, academia and Open Elective IV Departmental Electives -II dedicated research organisations. Environmental Engg - II + Lab Bioinformatics Other careers include teaching, scientific writing and Design of Concrete Structures - II Open Elective-IV information services, and a range of areas where the value Downstream Process Engineering + Lab of science graduates skills is recognised. 62 Animal Biotechnology + Lab 63 After the course, students can consider other options like: Departmental Electives -III Departmental Electives -IV Masters in - biotechnology, molecular biology, bioinformatics, microbiology and many more.
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BSc (Agriculture) BSc (Biotechnology)
COURSE INFORMATION Year 3 COURSE INFORMATION IPR n n i i
. As we all know that India lives in villages and Indian farmers Production Technology of Spices, Aromatic, Medicinal and Biotechnology is a comprehensive course that prepares the GMP and GLP . u lack in methods and techniques for practicing agriculture. This Plantation Crops students to deal effectively with issues related to agriculture, Lab Course V u d Plant Pathogens and Principles of Plant Pathology Animal Biotechnology d e course brings about awareness about the upgraded medicine and food industry. The biotechnology course e . .
y techniques and better infrastructure, which will boost Biochemistry provides students with a broad-based education in subjects Plant Biotechnology y t t i agricultural profession in India. It will enable students to Farming Systems and Sustainable Agriculture underpinning biotechnology in the initial semesters. They are Major Project i s s
r understand environment and all aspects of agriculture. Crop Pests and Stored Grain Pests and Their Management then given the knowledge of major themes of immunology, r e Diseases of Field Crops and Their Management molecular genetics and bioinformatics. Throughout the e v Year 1 COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT v i Principles of Agronomy and Agricultural Meteorology Diseases of Horticultural Crops and Their Management degree course there is particular emphasis on the laboratory i n Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, n
u Introduction to Computer Application Production Economics and Farm Management and analytical methods applied in biotechnology. For students u i time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, i
a Fundamental of Horticulture Organic Farming wishing to take a sandwich placement, every effort will be case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- a r r . Introductory Agriculture (Ancient Heritage, Agricultural Weed Management made to send the student to high-ranking research institutes semester theory/ practical exams. The project in the last . w Scenario and Gender Equity in Agriculture) Rain fed Agriculture and industries wherein the knowledge and practical skills semester is assessed by a combination of written report and w w Life Skills-I Remote Sensing and GIS Application gained during the first two years of the course would be presentation. w
w Foreign Language - I applied and enhanced. In the final year, the emphasis is on the w Fundamental of Soil, Water and Conservation Engineering COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT application of the subjects taught, particularly in the context of OTHER INFORMATION Elementary Maths The university conducts ongoing student assessment diagnostic medicine, drug production, agriculture, forensic COURSE LENGTH Introductory Nematology science, the food industry, and the environment. The ENTRY REQUIREMENT through class presentations and spot tests. Student- 3 Years ENTRY REQUIREMENT Statistics participation in classroom discussions is also monitored by scientific skill and knowledge developed during the course can ATTENDANCE MODE 10+2 from any recognized board of Water Management Including Micro Irrigation faculty. The college holds examinations at the end of each be used to investigate a current research topic in Full-time Regular 10+2 with PCB with 45% marks from a secondary education or equivalent. Dimensions of Agricultural Extension year. The live project and practical trainings constitute a part biotechnology. recognized board of secondary education. Life Skills-II of the assessment procedure for the degree. Year 1 Foreign Language - II Cell biology Principles of Agricultural Economics OTHER INFORMATION Genetics Livestock Production and Management Scope of Biotechnology COURSE LENGTH RELATED COURSES Year 2 3 Years Life Science Agricultural Microbiology ATTENDANCE MODE Lab Course I BTech. Biotechnology Principles of Genetics Full-time Regular Microbiology Environmental Science Biostatistics Principles of Plant Breeding Introduction to Computers CAREERS Manures, Fertilizers and Agro-Chemicals Mathematics A biotechnology degree will form a passport into areas Agricultural Finance and Co-Operation Lab Course II such as agriculture, drug design, medical biotechnology, Production Technology of Vegetables and Flowers Year 2 food industry, genetic engineering, bioinformatics, Production Technology of Fruit Crops RELATED COURSES Biochemistry forensics, environmental management et al. Insect Ecology and Integrated Pest Management B.Sc Agro Forestry Biophysics Qualified biotechnologists have opportunities in Agricultural Marketing, Trade and Prices* B.Tech Agricultural Engineering Physiology Field Crops-I (Kharif) Enzymology multinational companies, entrepreneurial enterprises, Field Crops- II (Rabi) Lab Course III the health service, research industry, academia and CAREERS Molecular Biology dedicated research organisations. Candidates with B.Sc Agriculture degree have an amazing Industrial Biotechnology Other careers include teaching, scientific writing and career ahead. They have a lot of options available which Bioinformatics information services, and a range of areas where the can be pursued as their career in Seed Companies, Bioethics and Biosafety value of science graduates skills is recognised. Pesticide Companies and Fertilizer Companies etc. In Lab Course IV After the course, students can consider other options Agriculture the main Job profiles can be as Rice Breeder, Year 3 like: Genetic Engineering Agriculturists or Agriculture Specialist etc. Masters in - biotechnology, molecular biology, Immunology bioinformatics, microbiology and many more. 64 Environmental Biotechnology 65
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BSc (Biochemistry) BSc (Microbiology)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. Biochemistry is considered to be the backbone of life Assessment methods include assignments, examinations, Microbiology is a field fundamental to all of biology. Assessment methods include assignments, examinations, . u sciences. Therefore, it bears a far reaching implication for presentations and a comprehensive project work detailing Microorganisms provide the primary steps in the food chain. presentations, practical examinations, viva-voce and a u d d
e development of a country. Recognizing its pivotal role in the theoretical knowledge gained throughout the program. The metabolic pathways and genetic systems within bacteria comprehensive project work detailing the theoretical e . .
y development of life sciences, the syllabus has been designed have served as the stepping stones for later discoveries in knowledge gained throughout the program. y t t i so that the students are involved in the whole course which other systems. Microbiology, including the sub fields of i s s r gives them an indepth knowledge of the techniques OTHER INFORMATION virology and immunology, continues to be at the forefront of OTHER INFORMATION r e involoved in the industries utilizing biochemistry. COURSE LENGTH scientific investigation. Microbiological principles are being e v COURSE LENGTH v i Year 1 3 years applied in ecology, biotechnology, medicine, agriculture and i n 3 Years n
u Physical Chemistry ATTENDANCE MODE the food industry. The field is full of potential. ATTENDANCE MODE u i i
a Organic and Inorganic Chemistry Full-time Regular Year 1 Full-time Regular a r r . Biophysics Basic Biology .
w Biostatistics (Math) Chemistry for Life Sciences w
w Chemistry of Biomolecules1 & 2 Introductory Microbiology w
w Enzymes Bacterial Taxonomy w Biochemical Analysis & Preparation Fundamentals of Biochemistry Year 2 Cell biology Intermediary Metabolism and Bioenergetics Microbial Physiology ENTRY REQUIREMENT Cell Biology Microbial Biochemistry ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 with PCB with 45% marks from a Molecular Biology Year 2 10+2 with PCB with 45% marks from a recognized board of secondary education. Immunology Microbial Genetics recognized board of secondary education. Protein and Membrane Chemistry Diversity of eukaryotic microorganisms Molecular Genetics Virus Structure and taxonomy Nutritional Biochemistry Microbial metabolism Biochemical Techniques RELATED COURSES Environmental Microbiology Year 3 Agricultural Microbiology Applied Biochemistry MSc Biochemistry Medical Microbiology CAREERS Human Physiology Fermentation techniques Medical Biochemistry Year 3 RELATED COURSES Introductory Pharmacology Microbial genetics & its applications Plant Biochemistry CAREERS Biostatistics MSc Microbiology Introductory Bioinformatics Microbial Biotechnology Project Work The student will develop technical and scientific Bio Instrumentation competence, deductive and analytical skills as a Immunology preparation for a wide range of careers in the Microbial Technology CAREERS pharmaceutical, medicine and health industry, forensics, Research project agriculture and related industries. Students of microbiology will find opportunities in After the course ,students can consider other options like: academia, industry, medicine, public health and Masters in Biochemistry, Molecular Biology, biotechnology related fields. Bioinformatics, Life Sciences and many more.
66 67
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BSc (Environmental Science & Wild Life Management) BCA (Bachelor of Computer Application)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This course focuses on 'real-world' problem solving and A wide variety of teaching methods are used including The purpose of this degree is to prepare students for entry- Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, . u applied solutions to Environment, wildlife and conservation lectures, laboratory practicals, fieldwork, seminars and level computer science positions in business and industry. time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, u d d
e issues. The course is designed to provide theoretical and tutorials. Most courses are assessed by both continuous Specifically, the program is designed to assist candidates to case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- e . .
y practical expertise in a range of discipline areas such as assessment and a written examination. Continuous obtain quality graduate-level content expertise in major areas semester theory/ practical exams. The project in the third y t t i biodiversity, wildlife ecology, landscape and vegetation assessment takes many forms including essays, a series of of computer science, information technology, management, year is assessed by a combination of written report and i s s
r management, conservation, animal biology and practical reports, or a group project. Final year students also and Internet and web technologies. The programme is case- presentation. r e environmental management. The course is designed to attend a residential teamwork course. oriented and application based. The degree is carried out in e v v i enable graduates to contribute in a professional capacity to three years. Project is a major part of the third year. i n OTHER INFORMATION n
u the study and management of environment and wildlife. The OTHER INFORMATION Semester I u i COURSE LENGTH i
a students will be provided with knowledge, understanding and COURSE LENGTH Programming Fundamentals Using C 3 Years a r r . skills required for a career in this vibrant and growing 3 Years Software Constructs & Tools ATTENDANCE MODE . w interdisciplinary field. ATTENDANCE MODE Computer Platforms Full-time Regular w
w The hands-on focus of the course includes field-based Full-time Regular Mathematics I w
w experiences such as extended wildlife field studies trips and Practical Lab I w regular practical classes. The strong focus on skills, Semester II professional development and volunteering will prepare System Analysis them for an exciting career in the industry. Computer Architecture ENTRY REQUIREMENT Year 1 Mathematics II ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from a recognized board with at Ecology & Environmental Science Business Flow Systems 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a least 50% marks Biological Sciences Practical Lab II recognized board of secondary education. Social Issues and the Environment Semester III Animal Diversity & Behaviour Networking Introduction to Evolutionary Genetics Database Management Systems Human Population & Environment Data Structures & Algorithms Year 2 Object Oriented Programming using C++ Life Sciences Practical Lab III Community Ecology Semester IV Conservation Biology Programming in Java Forest Management and Wildlife Operating Systems Animal Diseases & Treatment Software Engineering Biodiversity & Conservation RELATED COURSES Principles of Management Year 3 Practical Lab-I V Energy and Environment Marine Biology, Vertebrate Zoology, Environmental Semester V Bioethics Management & Sustainability, Wildlife Conservation & Internet & Website Management Wildlife Conservation & Management Ornithology Computer Graphics Diseases & Parasites Visual Programming Projects & Field Work E-Commerce Practical Lab-I V CAREERS Semester VI Graduates may expect excellent career opportunities as Major Project Programmers, Software Engineers, Computer Consultants, R&D Engineer, Digital Video Editors, etc. The students may also go for higher studies.
68 69
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE B.Tech (Information Technology) B.Tech (Internet Computing)
COURSE INFORMATION Semester V COURSE INFORMATION Internet Programming n n i Advanced JAVA i . The purpose of this degree is to prepare students for entry-level This exciting new field enables you to study a current and very Unix and Shell Programming . u computer science positions in business and industry. Specifically, Oracle DBA popular area of Computing in combination with a range of Mobile Computing and the Internet u d the program is designed to assist candidates to obtain quality System Programming and System Administration Industrial Project d e other subjects. It places an emphasis on practical and career e . graduate-level content expertise in major areas of computer Advanced Computer Architecture . y skills and provides a thorough understanding of the basic y
t Internet Technologies or WAT & WML Script t i science, information technology, management, and Internet and principles of computer networks the design philosophy of the COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT i s web technologies. The programme is case-oriented and Quality Management Principles or Marketing Management s r Life Skill V Internet and the details of Internet protocols. The degree is Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, r e application based. The degree is carried out in three years. Project e carried out through eight semesters, spread over four years. time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, v Evaluation of Project done in Summer Vacation of IV Semester v i is a major part of the third year. i The eighth semester is devoted to project work based on case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- n Semester I Semester VI n
u practical training in an Industrial Organization/ Institute. semester theory/ practical exams. The project in the last u i Essentials of Communication Computer Graphics i a Network Programming Year 1 semester is assessed by a combination of written report and a
r Mathematics - I r . Physics -I C# and .Net Technology Computer Platforms presentation. . w Manufacturing Process or Chemistry Distributed Operating System or Mobile Computing and the Computing Solutions w w Fundamentals of Computer & Programming in C or Electrical Internet S/W Constructs and Tools OTHER INFORMATION w
w Design and Analysis of Algorithms w Technology Introduction to Programming in C COURSE LENGTH Life Skills VI Elements of Mechanical Engineering or Engineering Graphics and Mathematical Foundations for Computer Science 4 Years Drawing Minor Project in Summer Vacation Systems Analysis Semester VII ATTENDANCE MODE Physics -I LAB Discrete Mathematics Compiler Design Full-time Regular ENTRY REQUIREMENT Workshop Practice or Chemistry LAB Visual Programming ENTRY REQUIREMENT Artificial Intelligence and Experts Systems 10+2 with Mathematics from a Electrical Technology LAB or Computer Programming LAB Computer Architecture 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a Elements of Mechanical Engineering LAB Post Relational Databases recognized board of secondary education. Professional Communication and Technical Report Writing recognized board of secondary education. Semester II Neural Networks or Network Security & Cryptography Basics of Biotechnology Distributed Computing Year 2 Mathematics - II Multimedia System Database Management Systems Physics -II Theory of Computation Principles of Management Manufacturing Process or Chemistry Evaluation of Project Done in Summer Vacation of VI Semester Communication Technology Fundamentals of Computer & Programming in C or Electrical Semester VIII Data Structures and Algorithms Technology Data Warehousing and Data Mining Computer Implementation Project Elements of Mechanical Engineering or Engineering Graphics and Server Side Programming Digital Electronics Drawing Major Project Object Oriented Programming using C++ Physics -I LAB Quality Management Principles Workshop Practice or Chemistry LAB COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Systems Software Electrical Technology LAB or Computer Programming LAB Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, time- Operating Systems constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, case Elements of Mechanical Engineering LAB Year 3 Semester III studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end-semester Decision Support Systems Object-Oriented Programming Using C++ theory/ practical exams. The project in the third year is assessed Internet Technologies Database Management Systems by a combination of written report and presentation. Networking Programming in Java Data Structures and Algorithms OTHER INFORMATION Networking Advanced Computing Project Principles of Management or Inside the PC-Microcomputer COURSE LENGTH CAREERS Technical Skills 4 Years Human Computer Interface Life Skills III ATTENDANCE MODE Data Mining and Data Warehousing The wide range of option choices in the final year enables Semester IV Full-time Regular Techniques of Artificial Intelligence graduates to follow a range of careers as computer System Analysis and Design Graphics and Animation programmers, system analysts, technical support Operating Systems E-Commerce and Web management Programming in JAVA engineers and can lead to supervisory and managerial Year 4 posts. Software Project Management or Software Engineering CAREERS Internet and Information Security Real Time Systems Software Project Management 70 Broadband & Wireless Mobile Communication or E-Commerce Graduates may expect excellent career opportunities as 71 Life Skills IV Programmers, Software Engineers, Computer Project in Summer Vacations after IV Semester Consultants, R&D Engineer, Digital Video Editors, etc. The students may also go for higher studies.
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE B.Tech (Mobile Computing) B.Tech (Software Engineering)
COURSE INFORMATION Year 4 COURSE INFORMATION Year 4 n n i i
. An expected significant trend in new technology is the WML Script and WAP Software now plays an important and central role in all Software Quality Assurance . u convergence of wireless communication technologies and Software Project Management aspects of daily life. It is the driving force in business, Software Project Management u d Internet Programming Internet Programming d e computing to support 'computing on the move'. Developers entertainment, medicine, and transportation. In 2001, the e . .
y of mobile computing systems will need a range of current and Unix and Shell Programming US Department of Labor Statistics stated that software Unix and Shell Programming y t t i emerging skills and knowledge including: software design and Mobile Computing and the Internet engineering is projected to be the fastest growing professional Software Reliability and Reusability i s s
r development, communications and network technologies, Industrial Project field in the next ten years. Software engineers are responsible Industrial Project r e mobile computing applications, issues such as security and for the analysis, design, construction, and testing of the e v v i ethics. The degree introduces you to this emerging field. COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT complex software systems. Our objective is to prepare just i n COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n
u Year 1 Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, the type of computing professional that are needed in the u i Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, i
a Computer Platforms time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, industry to develop the complex systems. time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, a r r . Computing Solutions case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- Year 1 case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- . w S/W Constructs and Tools semester theory/ practical exams. The project in the third Computer Platforms semester theory/ practical exams. The project in the last w w Introduction to Programming in C year is assessed by a combination of written report and Computing Solutions semester is assessed by a combination of written report and w
w Mathematical Foundations for Computer Science presentation. S/W Constructs and Tools presentation. w Systems Analysis Introduction to Programming in C Discrete Mathematics OTHER INFORMATION Mathematical Foundations for Computer Science OTHER INFORMATION Visual Programming Systems Analysis ENTRY REQUIREMENT COURSE LENGTH COURSE LENGTH ENTRY REQUIREMENT Computer Architecture 4 Years Discrete Mathematics 4 Years 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a Professional Communication and Technical Report Writing ATTENDANCE MODE Visual Programming ATTENDANCE MODE 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a recognized board of secondary education. recognized board of secondary education. Year 2 Full-time Regular Computer Architecture Full-time Regular Database Management Systems Professional Communication and Technical Report Writing Principles of Management Year 2 Communication Technology Database Management Systems Data Structures and Algorithms Principles of Management Computer Implementation Project Communication Technology Digital Electronics Data Structures and Algorithms Object Oriented Programming using C++ Computer Implementation Project Quality Management Principles Digital Electronics Systems Software Object Oriented Programming using C++ Operating Systems Quality Management Principles Year 3 Systems Software Decision Support Systems Operating Systems Wireless Interaction Design Year 3 Programming in Java Decision Support Systems Networking Software Engineering Techniques Advanced Computing Project CAREERS Programming in Java Human Computer Interface Networking CAREERS Data Mining and Data Warehousing Graduates may expect excellent career opportunities as Advanced Computing Project Techniques of Artificial Intelligence Programmers, Software Engineers, Computer Human Computer Interface The wide range of option choices in the final year enables Databases and Mobile Computing Consultants, R&D Engineer, Digital Video Editors, etc. Data Mining and Data Warehousing graduates to follow a range of careers as computer Wireless Business Applications The students may also go for higher studies. Techniques of Artificial Intelligence programmers, system analysts, technical support Software Verification and Validation engineers and can lead to supervisory and managerial Object Oriented Software Engineering posts.
72 73
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE B.Tech (Computer Science & Engineering) B.Tech (Computational Management)
COURSE INFORMATION Year 3 COURSE INFORMATION Year 4 n n i i
. The BTech in Computer Science and Engineering is for Software Engineering + Lab The fields of Computing and Business are complementary as E-Commerce . u students seeking a broad and deep knowledge of hardware, Java Programming + Lab business strategy is increasingly interlinked with IT Software Project Management u d Computer Networks + Lab Internet Programming d e software, and theoretical aspects of high-speed computing developments. This degree enables you to combine a good e . .
y devices, and with the application of these devices to scientific, Open Elective-4 knowledge of computing with an understanding of how Unix and Shell Programming y t t i technological, and business problems. The degree is carried Department Elective-I modern organizations work. The degree is carried out Strategic Management i s s
r out through eight semesters, spread over four years. The Department Elective-II through eight semesters, spread over four years. The eighth Industrial Project r e eighth semester is devoted to project work based on practical Microprocessor and Interfacing + Lab semester is devoted to project work based on practical e v v i training in an Industrial Organization/ Institute. This course is Advanced Java Programming + Lab training in an Industrial Organization/ Institute. COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT i n n
u designed to equip students for professional careers within the System Programming + Lab Year 1 The fields of Computing and Business are complementary as u i i
a computer industry, particularly those who wish to gain E-Commerce and ERP Computer Platforms business strategy is increasingly interlinked with IT a r r . employment in international IT companies, and prepares Departmental Elective III Computing Solutions developments. This degree enables you to combine a good .
w students for Postgraduate study. Departmental Elective IV S/W Constructs and Tools knowledge of computing with an understanding of how w
w Year 1 Year 4 Introduction to Programming in C modern organizations work. The degree is carried out w
w Mathematics –I Compiler Design + Lab Mathematical Foundations for Computer Science through eight semesters, spread over four years. The eighth w Engg. Physics + Lab Departmental Elective V Systems Analysis semester is devoted to project work based on practical Engg.Chemistry/Engg Mechanics + Lab Departmental Elective VI Discrete Mathematics training in an Industrial Organization/ Institute. . Electrical Engg/Computer Concepts and Programming in C Departmental Elective VII Visual Programming ENTRY REQUIREMENT ENTRY REQUIREMENT + Lab Programming with ASP.Net + Lab Computer Architecture OTHER INFORMATION 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a Electronics Engineering/Professsional Communication + Lab Departmental Elective VIII Professional Communication and Technical Report Writing COURSE LENGTH 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a recognized board of secondary education. Manufacturing Processes/Environment & Ecology + Lab Departmental Elective IX Year 2 4 Years recognized board of secondary education. Remedial English Language Database Management Systems ATTENDANCE MODE Mathematics -II COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Principles of Management Full-time Regular Engineering Mechanics/Engg. Chemistry + Lab Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, Communication Technology Computer Concepts and Programming in C/Electrical Engg. time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, Data Structures and Algorithms + Lab case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- Computer Implementation Project Professional Communication/ Electronics Engineering + Lab semester theory/ practical exams. The project in the third Digital Electronics Environment & Ecology/Manufacturing Processes year is assessed by a combination of written report and Object Oriented Programming using C++ Life Skills presentation. Quality Management Principles Remedial English Language Systems Software Year 2 OTHER INFORMATION Operating Systems Mathematics – III COURSE LENGTH Year 3 Switching Theory and Digital Design + Lab 4 Years Decision Support Systems Data Structures & Algorithms + Lab ATTENDANCE MODE Financial Systems and Auditing Discrete Mathematics & Structures Full-time Regular Programming in Java Programming Language + Lab Networking CAREERS Open elective- I Advanced Computing Project Operating System and Concepts + Lab CAREERS Human Computer Interface The wide range of option choices in the final year enables Computer Architecture and Organization Data Mining and Data Warehousing Graduates may expect excellent career opportunities as graduates to follow a range of careers as computer Database Management System + Lab Techniques of Artificial Intelligence Programmers, Software Engineers, Computer programmers, system analysts, technical support Object Oriented Programming Using C++ + Lab Management Information Systems Consultants, R&D Engineer, Digital Video Editors, etc. engineers and can lead to supervisory and managerial Automata Theory Knowledge Management The students may also go for higher studies. posts. Open Elective-II
74 75
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MSc (Physics/Chemistry/Maths) MSc (Biochemistry)
PHYSICS COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. Year 1 All the units would be assessed though written exams at the Rapid development in many areas of science frequently mean All the units would be assessed though written exams at the . u Mathematical Physics & Numerical Methods end of the semester and the practical experience gained by that graduates need to retrain in particular specialized fields of end of the semester and the practical experience gained by u d d
e Molecular Physics & Spectroscopy the student would be assessed during the sessionals to be study. The wide choice of modules available on this the student would be assessed during the sessionals to be e . .
y Electromagnetic Theory and Modern Optics examined by an external examiner. Students are also programme makes it possible to tailor study closely to examined by an external examiner. Students are also y t t i Digital Electronics & Microprocessors expected to appear for a viva-voce based on both the theory individual needs, particularly if you are seeking to study a new expected to appear for a viva-voce based on both the theory i s s
r Practical - I and practical syllabus. scientific discipline, retrain or update your knowledge and and practical syllabus. r e The students, for obtaining the degree, are required to skills. The students, for obtaining the degree, are required to e v Practical - II v i Year 2 submit a comprehensive 10,000 word report and present a Year 1 submit a comprehensive 10,000 word report and present a i n n
u Wave Mechanics and Quantum Mechanics seminar detailing the training work. Bioinorganic Chemistry seminar detailing the training work. u i i
a Solid State Physics and Material Science Biophysics a r r . Nuclear Physics OTHER INFORMATION Biostatistics OTHER INFORMATION . w Microcontroller and Digitral Signal Processing COURSE LENGTH Cell and Molecular Biology COURSE LENGTH w w Practical-III 2 Years Molecular Genetics and Genetic Engineering 2 Years w w Practical-IV ATTENDANCE MODE Advanced Enzymology ATTENDANCE MODE w CHEMISTRY Full-time Regular Immunology Full-time Regular Year 1 Instrumentation: Biochemical and Molecular Biology Inogranic Chemistry Techniques ENTRY REQUIREMENT Organic Chemistry Protein and Membrane Chemistry ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation or equivalent from a Physical Chemistry Intermediary Metabolism and Bioenergetics Graduation or equivalent from a recognized University in related fields. Practical Test Nutritional and Regulatory Biochemistry recognized University in related fields. Year 2 Year 2 Inogranic Chemistry Computer Applications and Bioinformatics Organic Chemistry Drug Metabolism and Pharmacokinetics Physical Chemistry Human Physiology Inogranic Group : Paper Applied Biochemistry Organic Group : Paper Clinical Biochemistry Physical Group : Paper Six months dissertation project Practical Test MATHS Year 1 Advanced Calculus RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES Foundations of Analysis PGD in Bioinformatics PGD in Bioinformatics Complex Analysis Algebra Differential Equations CAREERS CAREERS Topology Measure and Integration A biochemistry postgraduation will form a passport into A biochemistry postgraduation will form a passport into Functional Analysis areas such as proteomics, drug manufacture and design, areas such as proteomics, drug manufacture and design, Linear Algebra bioinformatics, medicine and health, forensics, agriculture bioinformatics, medicine and health, forensics, agriculture Mechanics and related industries and the research industry. and related industries and the research industry. Year 2 Algebric Topology Boundry value Problems Rings and Modules Graph Theory 76 Numerical Analysis 77 Advanced Complex Analysis Field Theory Computer Science-I
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MSc (Microbiology) MSc (Bioinformatics)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. Microbiology is at the forefront of a technical revolution. We Assessment methods include assignments, examinations, Applied Biology is a comprehensive course that prepares the Units are assessed using a variety of methods e.g. . u are now using genetic engineering techniques, to direct the presentations, practical examinations, viva-voce and a students to deal effectively with issues related to agriculture, assignments, examinations, practicalwork and reports. The u d d
e protein synthesis of certain microorganisms, and we stand comprehensive project work detailing the theoretical medicine and food industry. The scientific skill and knowledge final degree classification is based on both course-work and e . .
y upon the threshold of using genetic engineering techniques in knowledge gained throughout the program. developed during the course can be used to investigate a end-of-year examinations. A project work detailing the y t t i the medical treatment of mankind. This course will current research topic in biology. theoretical and practical knowledge gained during the two i s s
r emphasize on science of microbiology through consideration OTHER INFORMATION Year 1 years of study would be assessed through seminar r e of the diversity of structure, function, methods of genetic presentation. e v COURSE LENGTH Introduction to Bioinformatics and IT v i transfer and replication of DNA among bacteria and fungi, Molecular Biology and Genetics The project has to be undertaken at a research i n 2 Years n
u stressing the importance of micro-organisms in industry, Introduction to Programming and Database institute/industry of repute. u i ATTENDANCE MODE i
a medicine, agriculture and science where appropriate. Full-time Regular Mathematics and Statistics a r r . Year 1 Lab Course I OTHER INFORMATION .
w General Microbiology and Microbial Systematics Genomics COURSE LENGTH w
w Quantitative biology Database Management 2 Years w
w Scientific writing Computational Biology ATTENDANCE MODE w Computers. Computer Programming in C++, Lab Course II Full-time Regular Biochemistry Year 2 Virology. Proteomics ENTRY REQUIREMENT Environmental Microbiology. Biomolecular Structure and Analysis ENTRY REQUIREMENT B.Sc. degree in Microbiology or related Microbial Physiology Drug Design and Molecular Modeling Graduation or equivalent from a sciences from a recognised institution. Project Programming with PERL recognized University in Life Sciences, Year 2 Lab Course III Computer Sciences or Engineering Medical Microbiology Alograthim in Bioinformatics Sciences. Molecular Biology - I System Biology and Microarray Technology Microbial Metabolism Major Project Biotechnology Immunology Microbial Gene Manipulation Techniques and Computer Applications in Biology Dissertation. RELATED COURSES M.Sc Biotechnology RELATED COURSES PGD in Bioinformatics PGD in Bioinformatics
CAREERS
CAREERS A few sample career opportunities are: Computational Biology Co-ordinator, Bioinformatics Software Career opportunities abound in areas such as agri, food Developer, Director of Information Technology, and health care laboratories, Hospitals as Bioinformatics Programmer, Applications Scientist, Microbiologists, Quality control-Food Industries, sequence analysts etc. Hotels, Diary and Pharmaceutical Industries, Pollution control
78 79
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MSc (Biotechnology) M.Tech (Automotive Engineering & Business)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. Today the term biotechnology has come to refer to the All the units would be assessed through written exams at the The aim of this course is to provide a natural follow up to Units are assessed using a variety of methods e.g. . u modification of living organisms and their products to improve end of the semester and the practical experience gained by typical undergraduate courses in Mechanical Engineering .& assignments, practical work and reports. The final degree u d d
e human lives and the environment. Currently, the the student would be assessed during the sessionals to be Mechanical Design Engineering, concentrating on rapidly classification is based on both coursework and End Term e . .
y biotechnology industry is using the practical applications of examined by and external examiner. Students are also growing automobile engineering related manufacturing, Examinations. The projects provide the students with y t t i basic research in biology, biochemistry and genetics to expected to appear for a viva-voce based on both the theory assembly & service and business industry. The area is vast and opportunity to apply newly gained skills and knowledge to i s s
r develop commercial products. Many of the employers, now, and practical syllabus. is moving towards computer aided technology. the solution of a problem, possibly based on placement r e are seeking applicants with a broad knowledge of The students, for obtaining the degree, are required to experience or chosen from the live problems from the e v Year 1 v i biotechniques. This course, therefore, specifically aims to submit a comprehensive 10,000 word report and present a Automotive Manufacturing industry. i n n
u equip students with the knowledge, skills, competencies and seminar detailing the training work. Design Planning & Control of Production Systems u i i
a awareness in preparation for employment in industry and Advanced Vehicle Technology a
r OTHER INFORMATION r . research organizations working in the expanding OTHER INFORMATION Computer Applications in Motor COURSE LENGTH . w biotechnology sector as well as for research in higher COURSE LENGTH Vehicle Electrical & Electronic Systems 2 Years w w degrees. 2 Years Selected Topics in Automotive Engines ATTENDANCE MODE w w Year 1 ATTENDANCE MODE Plan and Co-ordinate Vehicle Full-time Regular w Cell Biology and Genetics Full-time Regular Vehicle Parts Management Microbiology Computer Methods in Mechanical Design Biochemistry Operations Research ENTRY REQUIREMENT Bioanalytical Techniques Year 2 ENTRY REQUIREMENT B.Sc./B.Tech. degree in Biotechnology or Fermentation Technologies Principles of Management B.Tech. in mechanical Engg. or any related sciences from a recognised Lab Course I Ergonomics & Work Design equivalent degree frlom a recognised institution. Industrial Biotechnology Managing Quality & Customer Interface university. Immunology Industrial Application of Simulation Molecular Biology and Nucleic Acid Application Maintenance Management Bioinformatics Major Project Genomics Lab Course II RELATED COURSES Year 2 RELATED COURSES Plant and Agricultural Biotechnology PGD in Bioinformatics M.Tech. in Industrial Engineering Animal Biotechnology PGD Forensic Sciences Pharmaceutical Biotechnology and Diagnostics M. Tech. in Manufacturing Technology Environmental Biotechnology Genetically Modified Organisms Lab Course III Molecular Genetics and Virology CAREERS CAREERS Food Technology Qualified Bio-technologists have opportunities in Candidates can pursue jobs in manufacturing & service Major Project multinational companies, entrepreneurial enterprise, the related industry in automobiles, heavy earth moving health services, research industry, academia and dedicated machineries, etc. research in the various sub-disciplines of the subjects like agri-biotech, agri-business, pharma-biotech etc.
80 81
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE M.Tech (Mobile Network Management) M.Tech (Telecommunication Services Management)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The aim of this course is to provide a natural follow up to Assessment is through assignments, written examinations, The aim of this course is to provide specialization in telecom Assessment is through assignments, written examinations, . u typical undergraduate courses in electronics and presentations and design and project reports. All students services to undergraduates in telecomm Engineering. With presentations and design and project reports. All students u d d
e Telecommunication, and mobile telecommunication are required to complete a 10,000-word dissertation, based rapid development and demand for Telecommunication are required to complete a 10,000-word dissertation, based e . .
y Engineering concentrating on commercially important and on project work, in the final semester. The project is services this program will be ideal for students interested in on project work, in the final semester. The project is y t t i rapidly growing area of mobile network Management. It designed to encourage the use and knowledge of theory and this particular area. Telecommunication services designed to encourage the use and knowledge of theory and i s s
r makes use of mobile computing, Network management design. management includes Digital communication, multimedia, design. r e systems, network security and Network software laboratory. t e l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n t r a n s m i s s i o n s w i t c h i n g , e v v i Year 1 telecommunication software lab, etc. to study the program in i n OTHER INFORMATION OTHER INFORMATION n
u Digital Communication detail. u i COURSE LENGTH Course Length i a Telecommunication Systems Year I 2 Years a
r 2 Years r . Digital Signal Processing ATTENDANCE MODE Signal Theory ATTENDANCE MODE . w Mobile Computing Full-time Regular Introduction to Telecommunication Systems Full-Time w w Computer Networks Digital Communication w
w Wireless Communication Networks Telecommunication Systems w Networks Management Systems Telecommunication Software Laboratory Telecommunication Network Lab 1 Telecommunication Services Management Protocol Engineering Multimedia Systems ENTRY REQUIREMENT International Telecommunication Management Telecommunication Technologies ENTRY REQUIREMENT B.E./B.Tech. in Electronics and Year 2 International Telecommunication Management B.Sc/B.Tech in Electronics & Telecommunication and Mobile Network Security Protocol Engineering Telecommunication Engineering or any Telecommunication Access Networks Year II Equivalent Degree from a Recognized Telecommunication Network Lab 2 Digital Signal Processing University Network Software Laboratory Internet Technologies Internet Technologies Telecommunication Systems Analysis Planning and Design Major Project Telecommunication Transmission and Switching Embedded Telecommunication Systems Laboratory RELATED COURSES Major Project RELATED COURSES MTech Telecommunication Services Management M.Tech Mobile Networks Management
CAREERS CAREERS Candidate shall be able to pursue careers in the mobile telecom industry, R&D units and can also go in further Candidates will be able to pursue a career in the studies. telecommunication industry. He can also pursue a research in R&D unit. He can also go in for higher studies.
82 83
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE M.Tech (Microelectronic & Communication Systems) M.Tech (Embedded Systems & VLSI)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This is a two years course designed in consultation with the Assessment is through examinations, presentations, The aim of this course is to provide a natural follow-up to Assessment is based on continuous assignments. seminars, . u industry, looking specifically at RF IC design for laboratory work, project reports and viva voce. All students typical undergraduate courses in electrical and electronic presentations. written examinations. All the students shall be u d d
e communications systems and associated microelectronic are required to complete a 10,000-word dissertation, based engineering, concentrating on the commercially important required to complete a final project at the end of the course. e . .
y support technologies. Microelectronics makes use of the on project work, in the final semester. The project is and rapidly expanding area of embedded digital systems for The project is designed to encourage their innovative ideas y t t i application of VHDL and verilog hardware languages for the designed to encourage the use and knowledge of theory and communication and control. It offers a range of options of and to test the implementation skills i s s
r design of lCs. Communications include the concepts of design using various CAD tools. immediate relevance to the industry at large, and is an r e protocols, communications, optical fibre, and high frequency excellent preparation for those wishing to engage themselves e v OTHER INFORMATION v i design skills. in research. The goal of this course is to develop a i n OTHER INFORMATION COURSE LENGTH n
u Year I comprehensive understanding of the technologies behind the u i COURSE LENGTH 2 Years i
a Advanced Embedded Systems Technologies and Design -I 2 Years embedded systems, particularly, those using computing ATTENDANCE MODE a r r . Radio Frequency Design ATTENDANCE MODE elements (processor, DSP or ASSP's). The students develop Full-time Regular . w Digital Electronic Design Automation Full-time Regular an appreciation of the technology, capabilities and limitations w
w Silicon Electronic Design of the hardware, software components for building w
w Optical Fibre Communication Systems embedded systems, and methods to evaluate design trade w Year II offs between different choices of technology. Advanced Embedded Systems Technologies and Design –II Digital Signal Processing Communication Systems Embedded Systems ENTRY REQUIREMENT Retrieval and Presentation of Information Digital System Design VLSI (Very Large Scale Integrated ENTRY REQUIREMENT B.Sc/BEng/B.E./B.Tech in Electronics and Major Project Circuits) B.Sc. (Engg.)/B.E./B.Tech in Electronics Communication and B.Sc. (Electronics) Software Development and Communication/B.Sc. (Electronics) from a recognized University. Software Engineering from a recognized university Image Processing Embedded control Advanced Digital Systems Real Time Systems Embedded Systems Design Project Major Project RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES MTech Photonics M.Tech. Mobile Networks Management
CAREERS CAREERS Candidates shall be able to pursue careers in Candidates shall be able to pursue careers in the communication industry, microelectronics units, R&D communication industry, microelectronics units, R&D units, chip designing and can be also used as the basis for units, chip designing and can be also used as the basis for further academic study. further academic study.
84 85
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE M.Tech (Power Electronics) M.Tech (Optoelectronics and Communication Systems)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This is a well-designed programme to acquaint engineers Assessment is through assignments, written examinations, This is a two years course designed to strengthen careers and Assessment is through examinations, presentations, . u with the power and electronic devices that are used together presentations and design and project reports. All students research in Communication, Optoelectronics and laboratory work, project reports and viva voce. All students u d d
e to control and condition power. The course lays emphasis on are required to complete a 10,000-word dissertation, based Semiconductor device technology. After completing the are required to complete a 10,000-word dissertation, based e . .
y practical aspects and imparts knowledge on both power on project work, in the final semester. The project is initial taught component, students would learn the on project work, in the final semester. The project is y t t i devices and control and protection circuits used for designed to encourage the use and knowledge of theory and techniques and methods of a particular research area designed to encourage the use and knowledge of theory and i s s
r equipment design. Students will be encouraged to take design. culminating into a major project in the chosen field. design. r e advantage of industrial visits and familiarize themselves with The course aims to provide a coherent and useful educational e v v i the products being manufactured in industry. experience, together with the practical skills for graduates i n OTHER INFORMATION OTHER INFORMATION n
u Magnetic Components who wish to further their interest in optoelectronics and u i COURSE LENGTH COURSE LENGTH i
a Power Semiconductor Devices 2 Years communication systems. 2 Years a r r . Diode Circuits ATTENDANCE MODE Laser Physics ATTENDANCE MODE . w Controlled Rectifier Circuits Full-time Regular Semiconductor Optical Devices Full-time Regular w
w AC Voltage Regulators Optical Fibre Communication Systems w
w Linear Regulated Power Supplies Image Formation and Processing w DC-DC Converters Radio Frequency Design Switched Mode Power Supplies Transmission Systems Inverters Switching Systems ENTRY REQUIREMENT Ups Systems Communication Systems ENTRY REQUIREMENT B.Sc (Engg)/B.E./Btech in Electronics, Static Switches Integrated Services Digital Network B.Sc./B.Tech. in Electronics & Electrical or Instrumentation from a DC Drives Retrieval and Presentation of Information Telecommunication Engg.or any Recognized University AC Drives Project equivalent degree from a recognized Protection of Devices and Circuits Subcarrier Multiplexed (SCM) System University. Major Project Major Project
RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES M.Tech Mobile Networks Management M.Tech. Mobile Networks Management
CAREERS CAREERS The skills acquired through the course will enable the Candidates shall be able to pursue careers in students to obtain placement in wide range of industries communication industry, optical fibre and optomix such as railways, power supply manufacturers, UPS, equipment manufacturing units, national long-distance and inverter and stabilizer designers and in defence international long-distance network operators, telecom establishments. Apart from industries, there’s a lot of service operators and large public sector and private scope in R&D organizations. undertaking having their captive telecom networks.
86 87
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE M.Tech (Parallel & Distributed Computing) M.Tech (Intelligent Systems)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION Programming Methodology n n i i
. This specialized course offers graduates the opportunity to Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, Artificial Intelligence is quickly emerging from the laboratory Real-Time Embedded Systems . u gain in-depth knowledge and up-to-date skills in the rapidly time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, and is venturing into the commercial marketplace. Its impact Software Engineering u d Software Project Management d e developing areas of parallel and distributed computing. case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- on society is growing rapidly: in speech and language e . .
y Parallel and distributed computing techniques are now central semester theory/ practical exams. The industrial project/ technology, strategic planning and diagnosis, process and y t t i to a wide range of engineering and business applications. The dissertation is assessed by a combination of written report system control, vision and authentification systems, COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT i s s
r explosion in interest in the Internet has stimulated a whole and presentation. information retrieval and data-mining and many other Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, r e new industry of networked applications, including multi- contexts. AI research is increasingly being supported by time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, e v v i media. In addition to this, data processing applications in governments and industry. The many new realizations case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- i n OTHER INFORMATION n
u business are now routinely implemented on client-server continually redefine which applications we can achieve and semester theory/ practical exams. The industrial project/ u i COURSE LENGTH i
a architectures based on computer networks, and highly push existing technology to its limits. Reasoning with dissertation is assessed by a combination of written report a
r 2 Years r . parallel supercomputers are now regularly used to satisfy ATTENDANCE MODE knowledge is a central issue. The mere fact that knowledge is and presentation. . w needs for high-performance computing in science, Full-time Regular power makes the importance of AI indisputable. This degree w w engineering and commerce. This innovative Masters course in Artificial Intelligence introduces the candidates with this OTHER INFORMATION w w is carried through two years comprising four semesters. The fascinating specialization of Computer Science. COURSE LENGTH w last semester is devoted to industrial project/ dissertation. The degree is carried through two years comprising four 2 Years Year 1 semesters, with five papers in each of the first three ATTENDANCE MODE Computer System Architecture semesters, which include theory as well as laboratory Full-time Regular ENTRY REQUIREMENT Data Structures And Algorithms programmes. The last semester is devoted to industrial ENTRY REQUIREMENT BTech/ BE in Computer Science/ any Object Oriented Programming (C++) project/ dissertation BTech/ BE in Computer Science/ any engineering stream or Masters in Database Management Systems Year 1 engineering stream or Masters in Computer Science/ Information Discrete Mathematical Structures Computer System Architecture Computer Science/ Information Technology/ Software Engineering/ Artificial Intelligence Data Structures And Algorithms Technology/ Software Engineering/ Computer Applications or M.Sc. in Maths/ Computer Applications or M.Sc. in Maths/ Physics/ Statistics/ Operations Research or Operating Systems Object Oriented Programming (C++) Physics/ Statistics/ Operations Research or equivalent. Data Communication And Computer Networks Database Management Systems equivalent. Distributed and Parallel Computing Discrete Mathematical Structures Parallel Computer Architecture Artificial Intelligence Year 2 Operating Systems Parallel Programming Data Communication And Computer Networks Distributed Operating Systems Logic & Fuzzy Systems Open Distributed Systems Knowledge Representation Elective I Year 2 Elective II Neural Networks Industrial Project/ Dissertation Natural Language Processing List of Electives Robotics Computer Graphics And Multimedia Elective I Distributed Computing Elective II Human Computer Interface Industrial Project/ Dissertation CAREERS Internet Programming & Web Technologies List of Electives Mobile Computing CAREERS Computer Graphics And Multimedia Students will find employment as software developers or computer scientists within a software house, Network Security & Cryptography Students will find employment as software developers or Distributed Computing manufacturer or user organisation or the scientific and Programming Methodology computer scientists within a software house, Human Computer Interface engineering community. They may also become Real-Time Embedded Systems manufacturer or user organisation or the scientific and Internet Programming & Web Technologies consultants either self employed or as part of a Software Engineering engineering community. They may also become Mobile Computing management services team. Software Project Management consultants either self employed or as part of a Network Security & Cryptography management services team. 88 89
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE M.Tech (Software Engineering) M.Tech (Geophysics)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION List of Electives n n i i
. Software Engineering is a discipline concerned with the Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, Geophysics is a branch of Earth Sciences which employs Computational Seismology . u practical problems of developing large-scale software time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, physical measurement and mathematical models to explore Geomagnetism u d Whole Earth Dynamics d e systems. This degree provides students with the theoretical case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- the earth and it’s surroundings. The Geophysics program is e . .
y foundations of software engineering, experience in team semester theory/ practical exams. The industrial project/ designed to build mathematical and analytical skills, build Solid Mechanics y t t i projects involving software development and management, dissertation is assessed by a combination of written report theoritical knowledge in Geophysical fields, develop Numerical Simulation of Earth System i s s
r hands-on experience with state-of-the-art tools, an and presentation. application and interpretation skills through laboratories and Geotomography r e understanding of advanced software development and develop ability to carry out independent field measurements. Seismic data Analysis & Reservoir Geophysics e v v i management techniques, and exposure to the most recent Courses taught included those relevant to: exploration for Reservoir Modelling i n OTHER INFORMATION n
u developments and emerging technologies in Software petroleum, mineral and groundwater rersources; solid-earth Radiometric Exploration u i COURSE LENGTH i
a Engineering. The emphasis of the program is on research and earthquake studies for natural hazard mitigation. Advanced Remote Sensing & Image Processing a
r 2 Years r . implementing software engineering projects within cost and ATTENDANCE MODE Year 1 . w schedule by applying proven and innovative practices. Full-time Regular Mathematical Methods in Geophysics COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT w w Year 1 Solid Earth Geophysics Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, w
w Computer System Architecture Numerical Methods and Computer Programming time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, w Data Structures and Algorithms Basic Geology case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- Object Oriented Programming (C++) Geology Lab semester theory/ practical exams. The industrial project/ Database Management Systems Computer Lab dissertation is assessed by a combination of written report ENTRY REQUIREMENT Discrete Mathematical Structures Remote Sensing & GIS and presentation. ENTRY REQUIREMENT BTech/ BE in Computer Science/ any Artificial Intelligence Stratigraphy, Himalayan, Economic and Petroleum Geology BTech or equivalent engineering stream or Masters in Operating Systems Geophysical Signal Processing OTHER INFORMATION Computer Science/ Information Data Communication and Computer Networks Geophysical Fields & Waves COURSE LENGTH Technology/ Software Engineering/ Software Engineering Geophical Lab-I & II Computer Applications or M.Sc. in Maths/ 3 Years Physics/ Statistics/ Operations Research or Software Measurement and Project Estimation Geological Field Training ATTENDANCE MODE equivalent. Year 2 Seismology Full-time Regular Software Verification and Validation Gravity & Magnetic Prospecting Software Quality Management Groundwater Geophysics Software Project Management Electrical Prospecting Elective I Geophysical Lab-III & IV Elective II Geophysical Field Training-I Industrial Project/ Dissertation Year 2 List of Electives CAREERS Petrophysics & Well Logging CAREERS Algorithm Analysis and Design Physical Oceanography & Marine Geophysics Computer Graphics and Multimedia Students will find employment as software developers or Seisimic Prospecting On completion of the program, students can get placed Data Warehousing and Data Mining computer scientists within a software house, Geophysical Inversion with leading industries/organizations in the petroleum, Distributed Computing manufacturer or user organisation or the scientific and Geophysical Lab - V & VI application software, mineral exploration and Human Computer Interface engineering community. They may also become Near Surface Geophysics groundwater sectors. Internet Programming & Web Technologies consultants either self employed or as part of a Non-Linear Geophysics Mobile Computing management services team. Geophysical Lab - VII & VIII Network Security & Cryptography Geophysical Field Training - II Programming Methodology Elective - I & II Real-Time Embedded Systems Dissertation Comprehensive Viva-Voce Seminar
90 91
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MSc (Computer Science) MCA (Master of Computer Application)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This Masters course is designed to offer computer graduates Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, The goal of the program is to select students whose academic Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, . u and established computer professionals the opportunity to time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, background, work experiences, leadership abilities and time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, u d d
e extend their knowledge and skills in latest developments in case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- communication skills meet the demands of the MCA case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- e . .
y the field of Computer Science. The programme offers semester theory/ practical exams. The industrial project/ program and promise a successful career in Information semester theory/ practical exams. The projects in the third y t t i instructions in the fundamental principles, design and dissertation is assessed by a combination of written report Technology and Computer Applications. These individuals year is assessed by a combination of written report and i s s
r application of computer systems and computer technologies. and presentation. must be able to benefit from, as well as, contribute to the presentation. r e The degree is carried through two years comprising four educational programs. Intelligent, Ethical, Articulate and e v v i semesters, with five papers in each of the first three active individuals are encouraged to pursue this program. The i n OTHER INFORMATION OTHER INFORMATION n
u semesters. The last semester is devoted to industrial project/ admissions board evaluates applicant’s potential as future u i COURSE LENGTH COURSE LENGTH i
a dissertation. leaders and their projected ability to succeed in and profit a
r 2 Years 3 Years r . Semester I ATTENDANCE MODE from the program. ATTENDANCE MODE . w Programming Fundamentals using C Full-time Regular Semester I Full-time Regular w w Computer Architecture Programming Fundamentals using C w
w Database Management System Computer Architecture w MS-Office Database Management System Practical Lab - I MS-Office Semester II Practical Lab - I ENTRY REQUIREMENT Computer Networks and Data Communications Semester II ENTRY REQUIREMENT BTech/ BE in Computer Science/ any Operating Systems Computer Networks & Data Communications BTech/ BE in Computer Science/ any engineering stream or Masters in Data Structures & Algorithms Operating Systems engineering stream or Masters in Computer Science/ Information Visual Programming Data Structures and Algorithms Computer Science/ Information Technology/ Software Engineering/ Practical Lab - II Visual Programming Technology/ Software Engineering/ Computer Applications or M.Sc. in Maths/ Computer Applications or M.Sc. in Maths/ Physics/ Statistics/ Operations Research or Semester III Practical Lab -II Physics/ Statistics/ Operations Research or equivalent. UNIX & Shell Programming Semester III equivalent. Data Mining & Data Warehousing Unix & Shell Programming Artificial Intelligence Data Mining & Data Warehousing Computer Graphics Artificial Intelligence Practical Lab -III Computer Graphics Semester IV Practical Lab - III Analysis & Design of Computer Algorithms Semester IV C # & .Net Technology Analysis & Design of Computer Algorithms Software Project Management CAREERS C# & .Net Technology Practical Lab -IV Software Project Management Minor Project Students will find employment as software developers or Advanced Computer Architecture computer scientists within a software house, Practical Lab - IV manufacturer or user organisation or the scientific and Semester V engineering community. They may also become Advanced JAVA CAREERS consultants either self employed or as part of a Neural Networks management services team. Object Oriented Design & Modeling The candidates who successfully complete their degree Quality Management Principles can seek good careers as Systems Manager, Software Practical Lab - V Project Manager, System Administrator, System Analyst, Semester VI Application Manager, Multimedia Experts, Networking Major Project Managers etc. The students may also go for higher studies.
92 93
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MSc (Information Technology) PGD (Bioinformatics)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The purpose of this degree is to prepare students for entry- Units are normally assessed through class tests, quizzes, Bioinformatics - the application of information technology to Assessment methods include assignments, examinations, . u level computer science positions in business and industry. time-constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, biological problems - is key to achieving solutions to biological presentations and a comprehensive project work detailing u d d
e Specifically, the program is designed to assist candidates to case studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- problems and is the gateway to a career in an ever growing the theoretical knowledge gained throughout the program e . .
y obtain quality postgraduate-level content expertise in major semester theory/ practical exams. The project in the final industry. y t t i areas of computer science, information technology, semester is assessed by a combination of written report and Exciting and dynamic as this young industry is, it suffers from a i
s OTHER INFORMATION s r management, and Internet and web technologies. The presentation. major skills gap. Uniquely, this course brings together COURSE LENGTH r e programme is case-oriented and application based. The biological and computational science with business e v 1 Year v i degree is carried out in two years. management. i n OTHER INFORMATION ATTENDANCE MODE n
u Semester I The diploma is designed to meet the fast-growing national u i COURSE LENGTH Full-time Regular i
a Programming Fundamentals using C and international demand of industries such as a
r 2 Years r . Computer Architecture ATTENDANCE MODE pharmaceuticals and biotechnology for competent staff who . w Database Management System Full-time Regular are skilled in both biological sciences and information w w MS-Office technology. w
w Practical Lab -I Fundamentals of Bioinformatics and IT w Semester II Introduction to Programming and Databases Computer Networks & Data Communications Mathematics and Statistics Operating Systems Business of Bioinformatics ENTRY REQUIREMENT Data Structure & Algorithms Molecular Biology ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduate in any discipline Visual Programming Computational Biology Graduate in any discipline Practical Lab -II Database Design, Management & Datamining Semester III Topics for Advanced Bioinformatics Research UNIX & Shell Programming Bioinformatics Research RELATED COURSES Distributed Computing PGD Biotechnology Artificial Intelligence Computer Graphics & Multimedia Practical Lab - III Semester IV Advance Architecture & Parallel Processing Neural Networks CAREERS Software Project Management The considerable potential for the discovery of new drugs Practical Lab - IV RELATED COURSES Minor Project has ensured that pharmaceutical companies are the BSc. Information Technology predominant investors in bioinformatics, and a major BTech Information Technology employer of bioinformaticians Bioinformatics promises to aid research and development in many other areas, including medical diagnostics, CAREERS pathology, genetic engineering and the next generation of high throughout biological data acquisition. Students may expect excellent career opportunities as In recent years, many new companies have been Programmers, Software Engineers, Computer established solely to provide bioinformatics products and Consultants, R&D Engineer, Digital Video Editors, etc. services The students may also go for higher studies. The rise of bioinformatics has generated a substantial new market for IT infrastructure and services as well.
94 95
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE PGD (Biotechnology) PGD (Manufacturing Engineering)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. Rapid development in the areas of biology have led to an All the units would be assessed through written exams at the This program in manufacturing engineering has been Modules are assessed through class tests, quizzes, time- . u urgent need for biologist to retrain in the field of biotech to be end of the semester and the practical experience gained by developed for career progression on the shop floor in the constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, case u d d
e familiar with all facilities of biotech. Currently, the the student would be assessed during the sessionals to be industry. Here computers are fully exploited to design and studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- e . .
y biotechnology industry is using the practical applications of examined by and external examiner. Students are also develop manufacturing processes of various types of machine semester theory/ practical exams. The project is assessed by y t t i basic research in biology, biochemistry and genetics to expected to appear for a viva-voce based on both the theory components. It encompasses planning, scheduling and a combination of written report and presentation. i s s
r develop commercial products. Many of the employers, now, and practical syllabus. manufacturing in most economic manner r e are seeking applicants with a broad knowledge of The students, for obtaining the degree, are required to Business Management Techniques e v OTHER INFORMATION v i biotechniques. This course, therefore, specifically aims to submit a comprehensive 10,000 word report and present a Planning and Scheduling Principles i n COURSE LENGTH n
u equip students with the knowledge, skills, competencies and seminar detailing the training work. Manufacturing Processes u i 1 Year i
a awareness in preparation for employment in industry and Advanced Machine Tools a
r ATTENDANCE MODE r . research organizations working in the expanding OTHER INFORMATION Material Handling Full-time Regular . w biotechnology sector as well as for research in higher COURSE LENGTH Industrial Engineering w w degrees. 1 Year Advanced Manufacturing Technologies w w Year 1 ATTENDANCE MODE CAD/CAM w Biomolecules Full-time Regular Computer-aided Machining Genetics Quality Assurance and Management Immunology Design for Manufacture ENTRY REQUIREMENT Microbiology Materials Engineering ENTRY REQUIREMENT Bachelor degree in Life Sciences, Cell Biology and Molecular Biology Health, Safety and Risk Management B.Sc./B.Tech. degree from a recognised computing or equivalent. r-DNA Technology Electrical and Electronic Principles institution. Tissue Culture Robot Technology Cell Biology Project Management Animal Biotechnology Mechanical Principles Plant Biotechnology
RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES
PGD in Bioinformatics BTech
CAREERS CAREERS Candidates shall be able to pursue careers in industry, Candidates with this qualification may work as specialists in R&D units and can be also use it as the basis for further manufacturing and process industries. academic study.
96 97
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE PGD (Forensic Sciences) PGD (Automotive Engineering and Business)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The successful investigation and prosecution of crime Assessment is through assignments, written examinations, This course in automotive engineering and business provides Units are assessed through class tests, quizzes, time- . u requires, in most cases, the collection, preservation, and presentations and design and project reports. All students knowledge in the area of automobile engineering along with constrained assignments, seminars on chosen topics, case u d d
e forensic analysis of evidence. Forensic analysis of evidence is are required to complete a 10,000-word dissertation, marketing. The course focuses on vehicle design, technology studies, work-based projects, mid-semester and end- e . .
y often crucial to demonstrations of guilt or innocence. based on project work, in the final year. and systems. It develops both technical and management semester theory/ practical exams. The project is assessed by y t t i Forensic science covers a wide range of chemical and skills. This programme is designed to integrate automotive a combination of written report and presentation. i s s
r biological disciplines relevant to criminal detection. OTHER INFORMATION engineering with general business undergoing, so that, r e This course covers a wide range of subject material, including students can develop their full potential as business leaders e v COURSE LENGTH OTHER INFORMATION v i DNA profiling, substances of abuse, chemical and and take up demanding, responsible and existing positions in i n 1 Years COURSE LENGTH n
u biochemical analysis (metals, drugs, fibers and paint), the rapidly expanding automotive industry. u i ATTENDANCE MODE 1 Year i a toxicology, as well as the theoretical aspects of criminology Full-time Regular Business Management Techniques a
r ATTENDANCE MODE r . and criminal evidence. Vehicle Engineering Principles Full-time Regular . w It is a practical, work-related course and is learnt by Fault Diagnosis and Repair w
w completing projects and assignments based on realistic Vehicle Electrical and Electronic System w
w workplace situations, activities and demands. Advance Vehicle Technology w Core Units Plan And Co-ordinate Vehicle Maintenance Scientific Principles Marketing Laboratory Organization Organization and Behavior ENTRY REQUIREMENT Role of a Science Technician Small Business Management ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in relevant subjects from a Work Place Practices Computer Application in Automobile Engineering BTech in Mechanical Engineering, recognized University. Scientific Methods Vehicle Microprocessor Systems Mechanical Design Engineering or BTech in Project Vehicle Parts Management Computer Aided Engineering from a Optional Units Vehicle Damage Assessment recognized University. Forensic Photography Forensic Psychology Forensic Media and Crime Criminal Investigation Procedures Introduction to Criminology Mathematics and Statistics for Technician RELATED COURSES Forensic Fire Investigation Traffic Accident Investigation BTech Chemical and Physical Forensic Science Biological Forensic Science RELATED COURSES Substances of Abuse CAREERS Genetics PGD in Biotechnology Advanced Forensic Investigations Candidates may be encouraged to pursue career in the Criminal Evidence automobile industry in production, R&D or service cum CAREERS support sector and settleing down in their own entreprenuership. Graduates can seek careers in research in pharmaceuticals, quality control in industries, medical research, forensic science laboratory, environmental science laboratory.
98 99 POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> PGDCA (Computer Application)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n i
. The goal of this program is to make students aware of Assessment is through examinations, presentations, u computer technology in today’s era so that they can match laboratory work, project reports and viva voce. All students d
e the pace of industries. We promise a successful career in are required to complete a 10,000-word dissertation, based .
y Information Technology and Computer Applications. These on project work, in the final semester. The project is t i individuals must be able to benefit from, as well as, contribute designed to encourage the use and knowledge of theory and s
r to the educational program. Intelligent, Ethical, Articulate and design using various CAD tools. e Active individuals are encouraged to pursue this program. v i The students require these skills not only in computer field n OTHER INFORMATION
u but these skills are required now in all areas of expertise. i COURSE LENGTH
a Semester I
r 1 Year . Programming Fundamentals using C ATTENDANCE MODE w Computer Architecture Full-time Regular w Database Management System
w MS-Office Practical Lab - I RELATED COURSES Semester II PGD in Optoelectronics and Communication Systems Computer Networks & Data Communications ENTRY REQUIREMENT Operating Systems PGD in Embedded Systems and VLSI For PGDCA (Computer Application): Data Structures & Algorithms B.Sc./BEng/B.E./B.Tech in Electronics and Visual Programming Communication and B.Sc. (Electronics) Practical Lab - II from a recognized University. For DIPLOMA Courses: CAREERS 10+2 with PCM with 45% marks from a recognized board of secondary education. Candidates shall be able to pursue careers in the communication industry, microelectronics units, R&D units, chip designing and can be also used as the basis for further academic study. DIPLOMA
DIPLOMA - (Electrical Engineering) DIPLOMA - (Civil Engineering) DIPLOMA - (Biotechnology) DIPLOMA - (Information Technology) DIPLOMA - (Software Engineering) DIPLOMA - (Computer Science & Engineering)
100 Business >>>>>>>>> Management
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BBA/BBA (Industry Integrated) BBA (International Business Administration)
COURSE INFORMATION Year 3 COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i . The program is designed to provide a flexible route to obtain Project Management The aim of the course is to produce graduates who possess A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used . u a general business degree, and consists of core and option Introduction to Database Management Systems throughout the course including lectures, workshops, u
d the necessary knowledge, competencies and linguistic skills d Consumer Behaviour e units. Core units provide a general business underpinning, to operate as managers in the world of international business. seminars, projects and group exercises with the aim of e . .
y whilst options allow students to select units from area of Introduction to Corporate Finance The units, which comprise the program, therefore focus on helping students to become independent learners, y t t i interest. The first year of the course provides an overview of Summer Training Report i s knowledge and competence development and its application equipped with practical skills and competencies. s r business skills and the economic environment, including Seminar to the solution of practical business problems alongside the r
e Each unit is assessed separately using a mixture of e Marketing Research v accounting, marketing, computer awareness, and business development of linguistic skills. Units are varied and include v i examinations, coursework and projects. A dissertation on i law. In the second year there is more consideration of the Advanced Human Resource Management n areas such as management accounting, marketing and the related topic is completed in the final year and students n
u functional areas of business such as business information Software Engineering u i information systems alongside language studies. The course will be assigned a project tutor for guidance. i a systems and optional units in management, marketing, International Finance a
r is very flexible with a number of business options. r . finance and human resource management. The third year of Major Research Project Year 1 . w the course looks at strategic management and decision Seminar Marketing OTHER INFORMATION w w making in the organizations. Students are also required to Managing Financial Resources COURSE LENGTH w
w produce a project on a business related subject of their COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT w Organizational Behavior 3 Years choice. A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used Organizations, Competition and Environment ATTENDANCE MODE (Specializations in any one of the following: throughout the course including lectures, workshops, Introduction to Computers and Technologies HR / Finance / Marketing / IT / IB) seminars, projects and group exercises with the aim of Full-time Regular ENTRY REQUIREMENT Quantitative Techniques for Business ENTRY REQUIREMENT Year 1 helping students to become independent learners, equipped Legal and Regulatory Framework 10+2 from any recognized board of Principles of Management with practical skills and competencies. Management Information Systems 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Business Mathematics Each unit is assessed separately using a mixture of Business Strategy secondary education or equivalent. Business Economics-I examinations, coursework and projects. A dissertation on Data Analysis Techniques Basic Accounting the related topic is completed in the final year and students Year 2 Computer Concepts & Programming will be assigned a project tutor for guidance. Quality Management Life Skills Marketing Intelligence Business Economics-II OTHER INFORMATION Managing Activities Marketing Management Managing People Organization Behaviour COURSE LENGTH 3 Years Managing Information Cost & Management Accounting ATTENDANCE MODE Managing Self C Languages Full-time Regular Business Modeling with Spreadsheets Environment & Ecology International Economics Year 2 Business Information Systems Organization Competition & Environment Operations Management Financial Management Year 3 RELATED COURSES Business Laws International Marketing Research Methodology International Finance BBA Business RELATED COURSES Human Resources Management International Strategic Management BBA Human Resources Open Elective I BBA Marketing BBA Accounting & Finance International Trade BBA Accounting & Finance Production & Operations Management BBA Human Resource Multinational Financial Reporting and Analysis Business Strategy International Human Resources Management BBA Marketing Management Information Systems International Logistics Entrepreneurship BBA International Business Administration International Tourism Management Labour Laws CAREERS Open Electives-II CAREERS Graduates of this course will be equipped to undertake a variety of positions in the business and international business world, including Graduates of this course go on to successful career, in marketing, exports, human resource management, financial service 104 Consultancy, Marketing, Health Management, Human and sales. 405 Resource Management, and many others including establishing successful small businesses.
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BBA (Marketing) BBA (Banking & Finance)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i . The degree provides grounding in marketing and is designed Most units are taught by a combination of lectures and This course is designed to equip the students with the A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used . u u
d to provide a flexible route to obtain a marketing degree and seminars, with some laboratory sessions and workshops knowledge, competence and skills required for taking direct throughout the course including lectures, workshops d
e consists of core and option units. During the first year, where relevant. During the final year students complete a employment in Commercial Banks and Financial Institutions. seminars, group exercises and project with the aim of e . .
y marketing subjects are studied alongside a range of business 10,000-word project, based on marketing topic of their The course comprises of general business management shaping students to become independent learners, y t t i i
s units to provide a generic background, essential for a career in choice. The course is assessed by a combination of topics as well as specialized topics related to Banking and equipped with practical skills and competencies. Students s r business marketing. The remaining taught components of the examinations, in course assessment and the project. Financial sectors. will be encouraged to develop presentation and report r e e
v course include a wider range of marketing subjects, Year 1 writing skills through case study based seminars and v i i
n depending on the pathway chosen, including marketing Principles of Management assessments. n
u OTHER INFORMATION u i research, public relations, promotions, e-marketing, Industrial Psychology i a COURSE LENGTH a r international marketing etc. Business Mathematics r . . Year 1 3 Years Managerial Economics OTHER INFORMATION w w Marketing ATTENDANCE MODE Principles of Accounting-I COURSE LENGTH w Managing Financial Resources Value Education & Business Ethics 3 Years w
w Full-time Regular w Organizations and Behavior Business Environment ATTENDANCE MODE Organizations, Competition and Environment Principles of Accounting-II Full-time Regular Introduction to Computers and Technologies Managerial Statistics ENTRY REQUIREMENT Quantitative Techniques for Business Legal Environment of Business ENTRY REQUIREMENT Legal and Regulatory Framework Information Technology 10+2 from any recognized board of Management Information Systems Organizational Behaviour 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Data Analysis Techniques Year 2 secondary education or equivalent. Year 2 Research Methods Management Accounting Financial Management Managing Information Business Communication & Customer Care Marketing Intelligence Risk Management & Insurance Advertising and Promotion Purchase & Supply Management Marketing Planning Seminar-I Sales Planning and Operations Cost Accounting Business Information Systems Marketing Management Public Relations Principles Operations Research International Marketing RELATED COURSES Human Resource Management Principles of Selling Small Business Management Marketing Research Foundations BBA Business Project-I Year 3 BBA Human Resources Year 3 Sales Management BBA Accounting & Finance Strategic Management RELATED COURSES Buyer Behavior Analysis International Finance BBA International Business Administration Marketing Communications Management Operations Management BBA Accounting & Finance Direct Marketing Auditing BBA International Business Administration Marketing Management And Strategy CAREERS Project Analysis BBA Marketing Undergrad Project-hons Dissertation Seminar-II The marketing function encompasses a wide range of Financial System & Commercial Banking in India career opportunities, e.g. product/ brand management, Rural Banking and Priority Sector Financing selling and sales management, marketing research, Resources Mobilisation by Banks & FI's CAREERS advertising etc. In addition, the general business subjects Counter Operations Saving Banks, Current Account and This degree will prepare you for a career in the studied in the early part of the course will enable Remittances Commercial Banking Industry / Financial Institutions. graduates to pursue careers in related business Seminar - III Graduates are also well equipped for business careers of 106 functions. 107 Dissertation Project all types. Competensive Viva-voce
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BBA (Accounting & Finance) BBA (Human Resources)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i . This course is aimed at students who want to understand the A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used Recruitment, addressing skills shortages, career A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used . u u
d theoretical basis of accounting and finance. The course aims throughout the course including lectures, workshops and development, appraisal, industrial relations, staff throughout the year of study. This includes lectures, d
e to provide students with the knowledge to enable them to tutorials. Students will be encouraged to develop development, redundancies, salary structures,- the facets of seminars, projects and group exercises. Each unit is assessed e . .
y compete in the globally recognized economy. A student's presentation and report-writing skills through case study human resource management seem endless. It is often said separately using a mixture of examinations, coursework and y t t i i
s career could be boosted through an understanding of based seminars and assessments. that the most important asset in an organization is its people. projects. Students also complete a dissertation on the s r management accounting and its implementation, Human Resource Managers, then, have a vital role in related topic of choice, which provides an opportunity to r e Learning is supported through a web peer support system e
v international financial management and corporate ensuring that businesses have strong recruitment and staff research and develop further exercise in every aspect of the v i and tutorials exploring studying and examination/ i
n governance. The course has been designed to enable assignment techniques. development strategies to maximize their dividends from the management of human resources. n u u
i students to acquire a firm understanding of the major areas of staff resource. The course concentrates on generic human i a a
r knowledge and philosophical approaches that underpin resource issues and combines a strategic overview with r . international financial reporting, governance and finance at a OTHER INFORMATION operational human resource subjects in a domestic and OTHER INFORMATION . w w strategic level. The dissertation of 10,000 words completes COURSE LENGTH international context. COURSE LENGTH w w the learning experience. 3 Years Year 1 3 Years. w Year 1 w ATTENDANCE MODE Marketing ATTENDANCE MODE Marketing Managing Financial Resources Full-time Regular Full-time Regular. Managing Financial Resources Organizational Behavior ENTRY REQUIREMENT Organizational Behavior Organizations, Competition and Environment ENTRY REQUIREMENT Organizations, Competition and Environment Introduction to Computers and Technologies 10+2 from any recognized board of 10+2 from any recognized board of Introduction to Computers and Technologies Quantitative Techniques for Business secondary education or equivalent. secondary education or equivalent. Quantitative Techniques for Business Legal and Regulatory Framework Legal and Regulatory Framework Management Information Systems Management Information Systems Data Analysis Techniques Business Strategy Year 2 Data Analysis Techniques Marketing Intelligence Year 2 Human Resource Management Management Accounting Managing Human Resources Issues Financial Systems and Auditing Human Resource Development Financial Reporting, Taxation Employee Relations Management Information Systems Continuing Personal Development Introduction to Managing Corporate Finance Business Information Systems Company Law RELATED COURSES Human Resourcing With Technology Conceptual Frameworks for Financial Reporting Organization Theory and Analysis RELATED COURSES Financial Modeling Employee Reward BBA Business BBA Business Managing Financial Performance BBA Banking & Finance Employment Law BBA Accounting & Finance Corporate and Group Accounting BBA Marketing Year 3 Year 3 BBA International Business Administration Counseling in Organizations BBA International Business Administration Auditing Process and Theory Managing Diversity: Achieving Equality in the Workplace BBA Marketing Undergraduate Hons Dissertation (with Research Methods) Management of Change Case Studies in Financial Reporting Strategic Human Resource Management CAREERS Financial Appraisal Contemporary Issues in HRM CAREERS Risk and Corporate Value The majority of graduates from this degree takes up International Human Resources Management The human resource function encompasses a wide range training contracts with professional accountancy firms, or Management Report of career opportunities and graduates of this course will positions in industry, commerce, banking and finance, the be in a good position to undertake careers in areas such as health service or local government. Graduates are also human resource management and personnel, training well equipped for business careers of all types. 108 and employee relations. 109
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BBA (Entrepreneurship) BBA+MBA (Integrated)
Seminar - III COURSE INFORMATION Year 4 n COURSE INFORMATION n i i
. Dissertation Project The degree provides the individuals the unique opportunity International Business .
u The course is designed to equip the students with the u Compehensive Viva-voce to develop their full potential as business leaders of the twenty International Accounting d knowledge, competence and skills required for setting up a International Economics d
e first century. The program has been designed to enable e . small business (mostly family owned). The course comprises International Trade . y students to acquire a firm understanding of the major areas of y
t of general business management topics as well as specialized COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT t i knowledge and philosophical approaches that underpin International Marketing i s topics related to entrepreneurship. International HRM s r A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used general management particularly at strategic level. It allows r
e International Logistics e Year 1 throughout the course including lectures, workshops, specialization in particular area of management by selecting v v
i Total Quality Management (Compulsory) i Principles of Management seminars, group exercises and projects with the aim of one of the clusters of strategic specialist units. n shaping students to become independent learners, (Select any one specialization) n u Industrial Psychology (Specializations in: HR / Finance / Marketing /IT/ IB) u i equipped with practical skills and competencies. Students Marketing i a Business Mathematics Year I a
r Advertising Management r
. will be encouraged to develop presentation and report Organizational Behavior . Managerial Economics Sales & Distribution Management
w writing skills through case study based seminars, projects Principles of Management w Principles of Accounting-I Consumer Behavior
w and assessments. Management & Financial Accounting w Value Education & Business Ethics Industrial Marketing Business Economics-I w Business Environment Year 5 w Marketing Management Principles of Accounting-II Finance OTHER INFORMATION Human Resource Management Managerial Statistics Financial Engineering COURSE LENGTH Year 2 Legal Environment of Business Corporate Restructuring Legal & Regulatory Framework ENTRY REQUIREMENT 3 Years Management of Financial Services ENTRY REQUIREMENT Information Technology Organization, Competition & Environment ATTENDANCE MODE Global Financial Marketing 10+2 from any recognized board of Organizational Behaviour Quantitative Techniques for Business 10+2 from any recognized board of Human Resource Management secondary education or equivalent. Year 2 Full-time Regular. Introduction to Research Methodology secondary education or equivalent. Compensation Management Research Methods Managing Information System Human Resource Planning & Development Financial Management Business Strategy International HRM Business Communication & Customer Care Year 3 (Select any one specialization) Information Technology Risk Management & Insurance Marketing Database Management System -II Purchase & Supply Management Advertising & Promotion Structured System Analysis & Design Seminar-I International Marketing Software Engineering -II Marketing of Services Cost Accounting International Business Marketing Research Marketing Management Import-Export Management Brand Management Operations Research International Finance Management Marketing Planning Human Ressources Management Export Procedure & Documentation Finance Small Business Management RELATED COURSES International Business Environment Advance Management Accounting Project-I Dissertation Year 3 BBA Marketing International Finance Strategic Management BBA Accounting & Finance Introduction to Corporate Finance Security Analysis & Portfolio Management OTHER INFORMATION Operations Management BBA Material Management Corporate Taxation COURSE LENGTH Consumer Behaviour 5 Years Mergers, Acquisitions & other Corporate Re-organization Quality Management ATTENDANCE MODE Human Resource Management Full-time Regular Project Analysis Managing Human Resource Issues Seminar-II CAREERS Managing Human Resource Development Understanding Entrepreneurship Management This degree will prepare you for starting / managing your Labor Laws Managing Information Information Technology own family business. Graduates are also well equipped for Raising Finance for Entrepreneurial Business Database Management System -I business careers of all types. Entrepreneurial Marketing Introduction to Programming CAREERS E-Commerce Students graduating from this course can take up careers in Software Engineering -I any multinational or Indian company. There is virtually no 110 Visual Programming limitation to the choice of placements and this would 111 Network Management include Services, Infotech, Hospitality, Consumer Goods, Consultancy, and Engineering, etc.
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA (Hons) (Service Sector Management) BA (Business Process Outsourcing-BPO)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i . The course is designed to equip the students with the A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used The graduate degree aims to equip the students with the A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used . u knowledge, competence and skills required for joining the throughout the course including lectures, workshops, u
d knowledge and skills in Business Process Outsourcing. Equal d service sector. The course comprises of basic business seminars, and group exercises with the aim of imparting throughout the course including lectures, workshops, e emphasis is placed on the learning of the theories as well as e . management topics as well as specialized topics related to the basic knowledge and skills. Students will be encouraged to seminars and group exercises with the aim of shaping . y y
t service sector. develop presentation and report writing skills through case their real time application in a career-oriented scenario. The students to become independent learners, equipped with t i i
s Year 1 study based seminars and assessments. goal is to eventually transform students into mature, well- practical skills and competencies. Students will be s r groomed individuals who are performance-oriented. encouraged to develop presentation and report writing skills r e Managerial Economics e
v Theory making them eligible to join the ranks of working v i Principles of Accounting through case study based seminars and assessments. i n Business Environment OTHER INFORMATION professionals. n u u i Legal Environment of Business Principles of Management COURSE LENGTH Year 1 i a OTHER INFORMATION a 3 Years r Marco and Micro Economics r . Year 2 COURSE LENGTH . ATTENDANCE MODE Impact of Globalisation on Business Processes w Financial Management Full-time Regular w Business Processes Outsourcing - Concepts & Types 3 Years
w Business Communication w BPO - Cost Benefit Analysis ATTENDANCE MODE
w Consumer Behavior w Management Information System BPO - Vendor Selection Criteria Full-time Regular Small Business Management Year 2 Business Environment Year 3 Business Communication ENTRY REQUIREMENT Wholesale & Retail Trade ENTRY REQUIREMENT Legal Aspects - BPO Agreements Hospitality & Tourism Services 10+2 from any recognized board of 10+2 from any recognized board of Measurement - Quality of Vendor Performance secondary education or equivalent. secondary education or equivalent. Transportation Services Human Resources in BPO Environment Financial Services Sector Summer Training at a BPO Center (months) Telecommunication Services Year 3 Business Strategy IT Enabled Services Call Center Operations Credit Cards & Financial Services Processing Other BPO Services RELATED COURSES Case Studies and Tutorials RELATED COURSES BBA BBA Banking & Finance BBA BBA Marketing Management BA (Hons) Services Sector Management
CAREERS CAREERS
This degree will help you in seeking potential job This degree will prepare you for a career in the BPO opportunities in the service industry which is growing centers, MNCs, IT Enabled Services, Call Centres, rapidly. Credit Cards Process and Other Financial Services Processing Centres.
112 113
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BBA (Advertising) BCom (Hons)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Year 1 COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i . Advertising is playing an increasingly important role not only in Besides case studies and class assignments, each of the Business Organization & Management Besides case studies and class assignments, each of the . u the practice of marketing but also in the development of our Financial Accounting phases is interspersed with live-projects from industries and u
d phases is interspersed with live-projects from industries and d
e culture. Advertising and Marketing degree scheme studies businesses in varied sectors. This helps a graduating student Micro Economics businesses in varied sectors. The frequency, timing and e . .
y advertising as a phenomenon of both society and business to transition from the B-school to a real-life organization or a Business Laws structure of tests aim at genuinely helping students monitor y t t i the quantum and quality of their learning. i s and introduces students to major issues of critical theory and higher course in management. The frequency, timing and Business Statistics s r managerial practice. Building on a thorough introduction to structure of tests aim at genuinely helping students monitor Fundamental of Computer r e e
v the fundamentals of marketing, you will develop an the quantum and quality of their learning. Micro Economics v i OTHER INFORMATION i
n understanding of the strategic role of advertising within a Corporate Laws n
u COURSE LENGTH u
i competitive business environment as well as a broader Hindi/Punjabi/Urdu/Telugu/Tamil/Oriya/Manipuri i a perspective on the influence of advertising on consumers and OTHER INFORMATION Year2 3 Years a r r . society in general. COURSE LENGTH Business Mathematics ATTENDANCE MODE . w Year 1 3 Years Income-tax Law & Practice Full-time Regular w w w Accounting & Finance ATTENDANCE MODE Macro Economics w Principles of Marketing w Business History Full-time Regular Computer Science/Programming and Computer Systems English/Phil. /Pol. Sci./History/Math. Culture, Media and Communication Indirect Tax Corporate Accounting ENTRY REQUIREMENT Economics ENTRY REQUIREMENT Law Cost Accounting 10+2 from any recognized board of Management & Organisations I and II Human Resource Management 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Management Science Indian Economy - Performance and Policies secondary education or equivalent. Operations Management Year 3 Psychology Management Accounting Sociology Financial Management Statistics and Computing for Management Any Two subjects Year 2 Auditing Marketing Analysis E-Commerce Consumer Behaviour Financial Markets, Institutions and Financial Marketing Simulation or Advertising Theory and Advertising Services Management RELATED COURSES Compensation Management Brand Management Corporate Tax Planning Year 3 BBA Marketing Advertising & Personal Selling Marketing of Services Business Data Processing-I Retailing in the 21st Century Max. International Business Direct Marketing CAREERS RELATED COURSES Advertising Planning Governance, Ethics & Social Responsibility of Marketing of Services Career options are available in business, industry and Business BBA (Banking & Finance) government as management trainees. Also opportunities Any Two subjects BBA (Accounting & Finance) are available in service oranisations such as banks, Business Communication insurance, hospitality industry etc. Entrepreneurship and Small Business Fundamentals of Investment Consumer Relation & Customer Care CAREERS Business Tax Procedure & Management Business Data Processing - II Career options are available in business, industry and government as management trainees. Also opportunities are available in service oranisations such as banks, 114 insurance, hospitality industry etc. 115
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POSTGRADUATE Mcom (Hons) MBA/MBA (Industry Integrated)
Year 1 COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION Human Resource Management n n i i
. Organization Theory and Behaviour Besides case studies and class assignments, each of the The degree provides the individuals the unique opportunity Compensation Management and Training & . u Statistical Analysis phases is interspersed with live-projects from industries and to develop their full potential as business leaders of the twenty Development u d first century. The program has been designed to enable Industrial Relations & Labour Enactments d e Economic Analysis businesses in varied sectors. The frequency, timing and e . students to acquire a firm understanding of the major areas of Team Building & Leadership . y Financial Management and Policy structure of tests aim at genuinely helping students monitor y t knowledge and philosophical approaches that underpin Negotiation & Counseling t i the quantum and quality of their learning. i s Managerial Accounting general management particularly at strategic level. It allows Cross - Cultural Management s r Business Environment specialization in particular area of management by selecting r e Industry Psychology e
v Quantitative Techniques for Business one of the clusters of strategic specialist units. v i OTHER INFORMATION Organizational Changes & Intervention Strategies i
n Decisions Year I Managing Human Resource Development n
u COURSE LENGTH u i Marketing Management Organizational Management Marketing Management i a Year2 2 Years Managerial Economics a
r Rural & Social Marketing r . Strategic Management ATTENDANCE MODE Accounting for Decision Making Marketing Research . w Accounting Theory and Practice Full-time Regular Business Statistics Sales & Distribution Management w w Elective I Information Technology & Management Advertising & Brand Management w
w Elective II Advanced Business Communication Retail Management w International Business Life Skills Consumer Behaviour Human Resource Management Business Environment Industial Marketing Elective I Research Methodology Services Marketing Management Science ENTRY REQUIREMENT Elective II International Business Management ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from Financial Management International Marketing Graduation in any discipline from Human Resources Management recognized University or equivalent International Business Environment and Foreign recognized University or equivalent Marketing Management with 50% marks. Exchange Economics with 50% marks. Human Values & Ethics Export Management and Documentation Year 2 International Logistic Management Strategic Management International Strategic Management Business Law International Human Resource Management Departmental Electives I International Accounting Departmental Electives II International Economics Departmental Electives III Information Technology Departmental Electives IV C Languages Summer Training Project System Analysis & Design and Software Engineering Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management Data Communication & Network E-commerce Departmental Electives I Database Management System Departmental Electives II Introduction to Programming Departmental Electives III IT for Business & Management Departmental Electives IV RELATED COURSES Multimedia and Web Development Research Project & Comprehensive Viva Network Management Finance Management MBA (Banking & Finance) Finance Derivatives OTHER INFORMATION MBA (Accounting & Finance) Security Analysis & Investment Management COURSE LENGTH Mergers, Acquisition & Corporate Restructuring 2 Years Tax Planning & Management ATTENDANCE MODE CAREERS International Financial Management Full-time Regular Financial Markets & Institutions CAREERS Career options are available in business, industry and Working Capital Management Capital Market & Money Market government as management trainees. Also opportunities Students graduating from this course can take up careers in are available in service oranisations such as banks, any multinational or Indian company. There is virtually no 116 insurance, hospitality industry etc. limitation to the choice of placements and this would 117 include services, infotech, hospitality, consumer goods, consultancy, and engineering, et al.
>>>>>>>>> POSTGRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POSTGRADUATE Executive MBA (Masters in Business Administration) MBA (Marketing)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK and ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The degree provides the individuals with the unique A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used The degree provides the working executives, businessmen A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used . u opportunity to develop their full potential as business leaders throughout the course including lectures, workshops, and other professionals with the unique opportunity to throughout the course including lectures, workshops, u d d
e of the twenty first century. The program has been designed to seminars, projects and group exercises with the aim of develop their full potential as business leaders of the twenty seminars, projects and group exercises with the aim of e . .
y enable students to acquire a firm understanding of the major helping students to become independent learners, equipped first century. The program has been designed to enable helping students to become independent learners, y t t i areas of knowledge and philosophical approaches that with practical skills and competencies. students to acquire a firm understanding of the major areas of equipped with practical skills and competencies. i s s r underpin general management particularly at strategic level. It knowledge and philosophical approaches that underpin Each unit is assessed separately using a mixture of r e Each unit is assessed separately using a mixture of e allows specialization in particular area of management by general management particularly at strategic level. It allows v examinations, coursework and projects. A dissertation on v i examinations, coursework and projects. A dissertation on the i selecting one of the clusters of strategic specialist units. specialization in particular area of management by selecting n related topic is completed in the final year and students will be the related topic is completed in the final year and students n u Year 1 one of the clusters of strategic specialist units. u i assigned a project tutor for guidance. will be assigned a project tutor for guidance. i a Financial Management Accounting Year 1 a r r
. Business Environment . Quantitative Methods OTHER INFORMATION w Managerial Economics Mathematics for Management OTHER INFORMATION w COURSE LENGTH w Organizational Behavior & Marketing Planning Business Communication w 1 Year COURSE LENGTH w Research Methodology Managerial Economics/ Accounting w ATTENDANCE MODE 2 Years Marketing Management Organizational Behavior Full-time Regular/Flexi-time ATTENDANCE MODE Human Resource Management Essentials of Management Information Technology (Choose any three subjects) Full-time Regular Management Sciences ENTRY REQUIREMENT Total Quality Management ENTRY REQUIREMENT Economic Analysis Graduation in any discipline from Strategic Management Logistic and Material Management Graduation in any discipline from recognized University or equivalent Management Information System Small Business Management and Entrepreneurship recognized University or equivalent with 50% marks plus one year Business Laws Marketing Management with 50% marks. experience. Financial Management Operations Management Year 2 Management Information System Strategic Management Managerial Control Systems Human Resources Management Summer Project Elective 1/ Elective II Dissertation Project Comprehensive Viva Voce RELATED COURSES Elective 1 Advertising Management MBA Sales & Distribution Management Consumer Behavior RELATED COURSES Marketing of Services Brand Management MBA CAREERS Industrial Marketing Students graduating from this course can take up senior positions in any multinational or Indian company. There is CAREERS virtually no limitation to the choice of placements and this would include services, infotech, hospitality, consumer Students graduating from this course can take up careers goods, consultancy, and engineering, et al. in any multinational or Indian company. There is virtually no limitation to the choice of placements and this would 118 include services, infotech, hospitality, consumer goods, 119 consultancy, and engineering, et al.
>>>>>>>>> POSTGRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POSTGRADUATE MBA (Finance) MBA (Media Studies)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK AND ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The degree provides the individuals the unique opportunity A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used The degree provides the working executives, businessmen A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used .
u to develop their full potential as business leaders of the twenty throughout the course including lectures, workshops, and other professionals the unique opportunity to develop throughout the course including lectures, workshops, u d first century. The program has been designed to enable seminars, projects and group exercises with the aim of their full potential as business leaders of the twenty first seminars, projects and group exercises with the aim of d e e
. students to acquire a firm understanding of the major areas of helping students to become independent learners, .
y century. The program has been designed to enable students helping students to become independent learners, y
t knowledge and philosophical approaches that underpin equipped with practical skills and competencies. t i to acquire a firm understanding of the major areas of equipped with practical skills and competencies. i s general management particularly at strategic level. It allows Each unit is assessed separately using a mixture of s r knowledge and Communication approaches that underpin r specialization in particular area of management by selecting Each unit is assessed separately using a mixture of e examinations, coursework and projects. A dissertation on e general management particularly at strategic level. v one of the clusters of strategic specialist units. the related topic is completed in the final year and students examinations, coursework and projects. A dissertation on v i Year 1 i
n Year 1 will be assigned a project tutor for guidance. the related topic is completed in the final year and students n Business Environment u u
i Business Environment will be assigned a project tutor for guidance. i
a Mathematics for Management a Mathematics for Management OTHER INFORMATION r r
. Business Communication . Business Communication COURSE LENGTH
w Managerial Economics/ Accounting w Managerial Economics 2 Years OTHER INFORMATION Organizational Behavior COURSE LENGTH w Managerial Accounting ATTENDANCE MODE w Essentials of Management
w Organisational Behaviour Full-time Regular 2 Years w Information Technology Essentials of Management Management Science ATTENDANCE MODE Information Technology Economic Analysis Full-time Regular Management Science Logistic and Material Management ENTRY REQUIREMENT Economic Analysis ENTRY REQUIREMENT Small Business Management and Entrepreneurship Logistic and Material Management Graduation in any discipline from Marketing Management Graduation in any discipline from Small Business Management and Entreprenership recognized University or equivalent Financial Management recognized University or equivalent Marketing Management-1 with 50% marks. Operations Management with 50% marks. Financial Management-1 Year 2 Operations Management-1 Management Information System Seminar-1 Strategic Management Year 2 Managerial Control Systems Management Information System Human Resources Management Strategic Management Summer Project Managerial Control Systems Elective 1/ Elective II Human Resource Management Dissertation Project Marketing Management-II Comprehensive Viva Voce Financial Management-II Elective 1 Operations Management-II Development Communication Summer Project Communication Research Elective 1/ Elective II Public Relations Dissertation Project Media Management RELATED COURSES Seminar-II Film Appreciation Comprehensive Viva Voce RELATED COURSES Writing for Media MBA Elective 1 Financial Engineering MBA Corporate Tax Planning Security Analysis & Portfolio Management CAREERS Corporate Restructuring CAREERS Management of Financial Services Students graduating from this course can take up careers Global Financial Marketing in any multinational or Indian company. There is virtually Students graduating from this course can take up careers no limitation to the choice of placements and this would in any multinational or Indian company. There is virtually include services, infotech, hospitality, consumer goods, no limitation to the choice of placements and this would consultancy, and engineering, et al. 120 include services, infotech, hospitality, consumer goods, 121 consultancy, and engineering, et al.
>>>>>>>>> POSTGRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POSTGRADUATE MBA (Tourism) MBA (Advertising)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The degree provides the individuals with the unique A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used The degree provides the individuals with the unique A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used .
u opportunity to develop their full potential as business leaders throughout the course including lectures, workshops, opportunity to develop their full potential as business leaders throughout the course including lectures, workshops, u
d of the twenty first century. The program has been designed to seminars, projects and group exercises with the aim of of the twenty first century. The program has been designed to seminars, projects and group exercises with the aim of d e e
. enable students to acquire a firm understanding of the major helping students to become independent learners, enable students to acquire a firm understanding of the major helping students to become independent learners, . y y
t areas of knowledge and philosophical approaches that equipped with practical skills and competencies. areas of knowledge and Communication approaches that equipped with practical skills and competencies. t i i
s underpin general management particularly at strategic level. Each unit is assessed separately using a mixture of underpin general management particularly at strategic level. Each unit is assessed separately using a mixture of s r Year 1 examinations, coursework and projects. A dissertation on Year 1 examinations, coursework and projects. A dissertation on r e e
v Business Environment the related topic is completed in the final year and students Business Environment the related topic is completed in the final year and students v i i
n Mathematics for Management will be assigned a project tutor for guidance. Mathematics for Management will be assigned a project tutor for guidance. n u u
i Business Communication Business Communication i
a Managerial Economics OTHER INFORMATION Managerial Economics OTHER INFORMATION a r r . Managerial Accounting COURSE LENGTH Managerial Accounting COURSE LENGTH .
w Organisational Behaviour 2 Years Organisational Behaviour 2 Years w
w Essentials of Management ATTENDANCE MODE Essentials of Management ATTENDANCE MODE w
w Information Technology Full-time Regular Information Technology Full-time Regular w Management Science Management Science Economic Analysis Economic Analysis Logistic And Material Management Logistic and Material Management ENTRY REQUIREMENT Small Business Mgt.and Entreprenership Small Business Management and Entreprenership ENTRY REQUIREMENT Marketing Management-1 Marketing Management-1 Graduation in any discipline from Graduation in any discipline from Financial Management-1 Financial Management-1 recognized University or equivalent recognized University or equivalent Operations Management-1 Operations Management-1 with 50% marks. Seminar-1 Seminar-1 with 50% marks. Year 2 Year 2 Management Information System Management Information System Strategic Management Strategic Management Managerial Control Systems Managerial Control Systems Human Resources Management Human Resources Management Marketing Management-II Marketing Management-II Financial Management-II Financial Management-II Operations Management-II Operations Management-II Summer Project Summer Project Elective 1/ Elective II Elective 1/ Elective II Dissertation Project Dissertation Project Seminar-II Seminar-2 Comprehensive Viva Voce Comprehensive Viva Voce Elective 1 RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES Tourism & Tourism Products Hospitality Marketing MBA MBA Travel Agencies & Tour Operator Operations Cuastomer Relationship Promotors Hotel Law CAREERS CAREERS Students graduating from this course can take up careers in any multinational or Indian company. There is virtually Students graduating from this course can take up careers no limitation to the choice of placements and this would in any multinational or Indian company. There is virtually include services, infotech, hospitality, consumer goods, no limitation to the choice of placements and this would 122 consultancy, and engineering, et al. include services, infotech, hospitality, consumer goods, 123 consultancy, and engineering, et al.
>>>>>>>>> POSTGRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POSTGRADUATE MBA (International Business Administration) MBA (Global Financial Management)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i . The program focuses on the consideration of a range of A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used Finance and financial management have altered dramatically A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used . u u
d management issues and the further development of business throughout the course including lectures, workshops, over the last 30 years partially stemming from significant throughout the course including lectures, workshops, d
e concepts and ideas in a wider international context. seminars, projects and group exercises with the aim of international events such as the collapse of the Bretton- seminars, projects and group exercises with the aim of e . .
y International options are offered. helping students to become independent learners, Woods system and the rise of the OPEC nations. Overlying helping students to become independent learners, y t t i i
s Year 1 equipped with practical skills and competencies. these changes that have occurred has been the globalisation equipped with practical skills and competencies. Each unit is s r of finance. Companies and financial institutions operate on a assessed separately using a mixture of examinations, r e Business Environment Each unit is assessed separately using a mixture of e
v global basis. This course is offered in recognition of the need coursework and projects. A project on the related topic is v i Mathematics for Management examinations, coursework and projects. A dissertation on i n Business Communication the related topic is completed in the final year and students brought about by the developments in global finance. completed in the final year and students will be assigned a n u u i Managerial Economics/ Accounting will be assigned a project tutor for guidance. Year 1 project tutor for guidance. i a a
r Organizational Behavior r
. Business Environment . Essentials of Management w Mathematics for Management OTHER INFORMATION w Information Technology OTHER INFORMATION Business Communication w Management Science COURSE LENGTH Managerial Economics/ Accounting COURSE LENGTH w w Economic Analysis 2 Years Organizational Behavior 2 Years w Logistic and Material Management ATTENDANCE MODE Essentials of Management ATTENDANCE MODE Small Business Management and Entrepreneurship Information Technology Full-time Regular Marketing Management Full-time Regular ENTRY REQUIREMENT Management Science ENTRY REQUIREMENT Financial Management Economic Analysis Graduation in any discipline from Operations Management Logistic and Material Management Graduation in any discipline from recognized University or equivalent Year 2 Small Business Management and Entrepreneurship recognized University or equivalent with 50% marks. Management Information System Marketing Management with 50% marks. Strategic Management Financial Management Managerial Control Systems Operations Management Human Resources Management Year 2 Summer Project RELATED COURSES Management Information System RELATED COURSES Elective 1/ Elective II Strategic Management Dissertation Project MBA Managerial Control Systems MBA Comprehensive Viva Voce Human Resources Management Summer Project Elective 1/ Elective II Dissertation Project CAREERS Comprehensive Viva Voce CAREERS
Students graduating from this course are considered Students graduating from this course are considered specialists and can take up careers in a multinational specialists and can take up careers in a multinational companies or consultancies for their international companies or consultancies for their operations. operations.
124 125
>>>>>>>>> POSTGRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POSTGRADUATE MBA (Entrepreneurship) MBA (Banking & Finance)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION Elective I (Any One): n n i i . The post-graduate degree shapes the students as potential A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used The post graduate degree shapes the students as potential Retail Finance Management (Housing, Vehicle, Consumer . u & Personal Loans, etc.) u
d Entrepreneurs for starting / managing their family owned throughout the course including lectures, workshops, managers in the Banking and Finance sectors. The program d Advanced Rural Banking Management e small / mid-sized enterprises. The program has been seminars, projects and group exercises with the aim of has been designed to enable students to acquire a firm e . .
y designed to enable students to acqure a firm understanding of helping students to become independent learners, understanding of the major areas of knowledge and skills Mutual Funds Management y t t
i Elective II (Any One) i
s the major areas of knowledge and skills particularly required equipped with practical skills and competencies. Students particularly required for Banking and Financial Sectors. It also s r for Entrepreneurship. will be encouraged to develop presentation and report allows the students to take up specialization in particular area Treasurey, Investment & Risk Management in Banks / FI’s r e International Banking and Finance e v writing skills through case study based seminars, projects and of Banking and Financial Management by selecting one of the v i Year 1 Merchant Banking and Capital Markets i n Managerial Economics assessments. Students will be assigned a project tutor for clusters of specialist units. n u u i Business Communication & Customer Care guidance. Year 1 i a COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT a r Mathematics for Management Managerial Economics r . . Managerial Accounting Business Communication & Customer Care A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used w OTHER INFORMATION w Essentials of Management Mathematics for Management throughout the course including lectures, workshops, w w Information Technology COURSE LENGTH Managerial Accounting seminars, projects and group exercises with the aim of w Indian Economic & Business Environment 2 Years Essentials of Management helping students to become independent learners, w Organizational Behavior ATTENDANCE MODE Information Technology equipped with practical skills and competencies. Students Financial Management Full-time Regular Indian Economic & Business Environment will be encouraged to develop presentation and report ENTRY REQUIREMENT Economic Analysis Organizational Behaviour writing skills through case study based seminars, projects and ENTRY REQUIREMENT Management Sciences Financial Management assessments. Students will be assigned a project tutor for Graduation in any discipline from Graduation in any discipline from Logistics and Materials Management Economic Analysis guidance. recognized University or equivalent recognized University or equivalent Operations Management Management Science with 50% marks. with 50% marks. Human Resource Management Logistics and Materials Management OTHER INFORMATION Small Business Management & Entrepreneurship Project Operations Management COURSE LENGTH Year 2 Human Resources Management Strategic Management RELATED COURSES Small Business Management & Entrepreneurship 2 Years Operations Research Project ATTENDANCE MODE Organizational Design and Changes MBA Marketing Year 2 Full-time Regular Power Ethics, Corporate Governance and Society MBA Accounting & Finance Strategic Management Managing Business Operations Operations Research Information System for Management Financial System & Commercial Banking in India Project Analysis Banking related Laws and Practices Seminar - I CAREERS Resources Mobilisation and Marketing of Banking Services Entrpreneurial Marketing Counter Operations Savings Bank, Current Account and This degree will prepare you for starting / managing your New Venture Development Remittances own family businesses (SMEs). The Post Graduates are RELATED COURSES Managing Small-Medium Enterprise (SME) Project Analysis also well equipped for business careers of all types. Managing the Growing Business Seminar-I MBA Accounting & Finance Seminar - II Rural Banking & Priority Sector Financing MBA International Business Administration Dissertation Project International Trade and Forex Risk Management Comprehensive Viva-Voce Computerisation and MIS in Banking Operations Audition in Banks Elective I Elective II CAREERS Elective III Dissertation Project The degree will prepare you for a Managerial career in Comprehensive Viva-voce the Commercial Banking / Financial Institutions / Mutual Funds / Merchant Banking Industry. The Post Graduates 126 are also well equipped for business careers of all types. 127
>>>>>>>>> POSTGRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POSTGRADUATE MBA (Social Work) MBA (Financial Management & Control)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i . The post graduate degree shapes the students as potential A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used This course provides a foundation in Finance and Accounting Performance is evaluated by a mixture of examination and . u for those who aspire to become senior managerial decision- coursework. Students must also complete a major u d managers in the social service sector. The program has been throughout the course including lectures, workshops, d
e seminars, projects and group exercises with the aim of makers. It has been designed for graduates of any discipline dissertation. e
. designed to enable students to acquire a firm understanding .
y shaping students to become independent learners, who are reasonably numerate and wish to acquire y t of the major areas of knowledge and skills particularly t i competency in subjects relevant to corporate financial i
s required for the social service sector. It also allows the equipped with practical skills and competencies. Students s
r management and control. The course is not intended to be a OTHER INFORMATION r students to take up specialization in particular area of social will be encouraged to develop presentation and report e substitute for a professional accountancy qualification but COURSE LENGTH e v writing skills through case study based seminars and v i work by selecting any two of the specialist units. rather offers a general management perspective and an i
n 2 Years n Year 1 assessments. understanding of the language of finance specialists. u u i Year 1 ATTENDANCE MODE i
a Macro and Micro Economics a
r Full-time Regular r . Business Communication OTHER INFORMATION Foundation and Integrated Modules .
w Business Environment COURSE LENGTH Accounting for Decision Making and Control w w Introduction to Services 2 Years Applied Research w
w Financial Reporting w Introduction to Social Work ATTENDANCE MODE Case Studies and Tutorials Marketing Management Full-time Regular Year 2 Operations Management ENTRY REQUIREMENT Urban and Rural Community Development Year 2 ENTRY REQUIREMENT Business Strategy Specialist Modules: Graduation in any discipline from Graduation in any discipline from International Management Business Performance, Planning and Control recognized University or equivalent recognized University or equivalent Corporate Risk Management with 50% marks. Managing Activities and Managing Change with 50% marks. Case Studies and Tutorials Financial Management and Investment Electives (Any Two) International Finance Criminology and Correctional Administration International Operations & Performance Family and Child Welfare Medical and Psychiatric Social Work Social Welfare Administration RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES MBA MA Psychology
CAREERS CAREERS
This degree will prepare you for a managerial career in Students graduating from this course can take up careers the Social Services sectors / NGOs / Government in any multinational or Indian company. There is virtually Departments. no limitation to the choice of placements and this would include services, infotech, hospitality, consumer goods, consultancy, and engineering, et al.
128 129 POSTGRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> MBA (Human Resource Management)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n i . This course aims to develop an understanding of the Performance is evaluated by a mixture of examination and u coursework. Students must also complete a major
d concepts, models and theories relevant to the management
e of people in work organizations. It also addresses the skills dissertation. .
y required for effective analysis and policy formation and is t i
s distinctive in grounding the study of HRM firmly within the
r OTHER INFORMATION broader study of management, with an emphasis on e COURSE LENGTH v managing change and a concentration on strategic issues. i
n 2 Years Year 1 u i Business Environment ATTENDANCE MODE a
r Mathematics for Management Full-time Regular . Business Communication w Managerial Economics/ Accounting w Organizational Behavior w Essentials of Management Information Technology Management Science ENTRY REQUIREMENT Economic Analysis Logistic and Material Management Graduation in any discipline from Small Business Management and Entrepreneurship recognized University or equivalent Marketing Management with 50% marks. Financial Management Operations Management Year 2 Management Information System Strategic Management Managerial Control Systems Human Resources Management Summer Project RELATED COURSES Elective 1/ Elective II MBA Dissertation Project Comprehensive Viva Voce Elective 1 Development Communication Communication Research CAREERS Public Relations Media Management Students graduating from this course can take up careers Film Appreciation in any multinational or Indian company. There is virtually Writing for Media no limitation to the choice of placements and this would include services, infotech, hospitality, consumer goods, consultancy, and engineering, et al.
130 COLLEGE OF MEDIA & COMMUNICATION
Media, Film & Television
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA (Journalism & Mass Communication) BA (Media Management)
COURSE INFORMATION Elective COURSE INFORMATION Year 3 n n i i
. An innovative program spread over three years, this is a full- TV Production This is an innovative program spread over three years News & Current Affair Programming . u time course, wherein the student undergoes training in all the Radio Production wherein the student undergoes training in all the various Television Production II u d Multi Media : Computer Graphics, Animation Advanced Reporting I d e various aspects of media and communication. The course aspects of media and communication and also understands e . .
y prepares students for careers in journalism and mass Desktop Publishing the finer aspects of business management side-by-side. The Advanced Reporting II y t t i communication. Journalistic writing is the core of the Feature Writing & Specialized Reporting course prepares students for careers in management roles in News Concepts and Organisations i s s
r professional program; visual communication also is an Still Photography media organisations, corporate communication, public Currant Affairs & Politics r e important focus. Graduates will use their preparation to work Year 3 relations, media consultancies, et al. The program integrates Professional Practice e v v i in areas such as newspapers, magazines, radio, television, the Media Management the development of professional skills with theoretical Principles of Management II i n n
u World Wide Web, public relations, publication design, Intercultural Communication consideration of the role of the media in society. Organisational Management u i i
a photojournalism and media research. The program Media Society Year 1 Project: Minor a r r . integrates the development of professional skills with Department Elective - VI Mass Media Project: Major .
w theoretical consideration of the role of the media in society. Department Elective - VII History of Press Internship w
w Year 1 Term Project Indian Government & Politics I w
w Communication Fundamentals Seminar Indian Economy COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT w "Concept and Principles of Mass Communication" Internship/On-the-job Training Reporting I Units are assessed by a combination of assignments, reports Introduction to Journalism Project and Portfolio Reporting II (written and image based) and examinations. In third year Computer Fundamentals Elective Sub-editing students will normally be required to submit a media related ENTRY REQUIREMENT Indian Government and Polity Post Production & Video Editing Computer Application and Design dissertation of up to 12,000 words based on the media ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of Writing for Media Development & Planing in India Newspaper and Magazine Production project under-taken which will be supervised by a faculty 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Departmental Elective - I Traditional Media Language I: English member. secondary education or equivalent. Reporting and Editing Film & Film Appreciation Language II: Hindi Media Laws & Ethics Still Photography OTHER INFORMATION Advertising COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Newspaper Management COURSE LENGTH Life Skills Units are assessed by a combination of assignments, reports Advertising and Public Relations 3 Years Departmental Elective - II (written and image based) and examinations. In third year Project: Photo Journalism ATTENDANCE MODE Full-time Regular Open Elective - I students will normally be required to submit a media related Project: Newsletter Open Elective - II dissertation of up to 12,000 words based on the media Year 2 Elective project under-taken which will be supervised by a faculty Communication Studies Hindi Journalism member. Visual Communication Hindi Journalism - II Media Industries Photojournalism OTHER INFORMATION Media Law and Ethics New Media & Cyber Journalism COURSE LENGTH Indian Government & Politics II 3 Years Year 2 Electronic Journalism RELATED COURSES Audiography Fundamentals ATTENDANCE MODE News Writing for Radio & TV News Writing for Electronic Media Full-time Regular Radio Production Bachelors in Journalism, Advertising & Mass Development Communication Television Production I Communication Communication Research RELATED COURSES Research Techniques Departmental Elective - III Cyber Journalism Open Elective - III BA Advertising & PR Emerging Trends in IT Minor Project Bachelors in Mass Communication Corporate Communications Seminar Project: Radio Broadcast Journalism CAREERS Project: TV CAREERS Public Relation and Corporate Communication Principles of Management Students can have successful research based careers or Department Elective - IV Students can have successful research based careers or Marketing Management enter one of a wide range of fields such as journalism, film Department Elective - V enter one of a wide range of fields such as journalism, film production, television, advertising, tele-marketing 134 Open Elective - IV production, television, advertising, tele-marketing 135 services, and media consultancies. Major Project services, and media consultancies. Seminar
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA (Advertising & Public Relations) BA (Film & TV Production)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. Students doing this course will equip themselves with Units are assessed by a combination of assignments, reports This degree provides practical hands-on-training to new The assessment criteria is in two phases. A formative system . u marketing communication skills. This course will give the (written and image based) and examinations. The media communicators using cinema and television as a means of assessment ensures that all the practical assignments, u d d
e depth and width on how to make brands successful through classification is based on all work from second and third year of dialogue with their world. The course gives the students an group discussions, seminars and written assignments in each e . .
y communication in this competitive world. (40:60). In third year, students will normally be required to opportunity to make creative, imaginative and intelligent subject are graded. The formal or summative written and y t t i Year 1 submit a media related dissertation of up to 12,000 words, work through a repertoire of inventive and analytical skills. practical assessment is done at the end of each semester. i s s
r Communication Theory which will be supervised by a faculty member. Students can specialize in any of these areas: camera The ratio of formative: summative is 70:30. r e (videography & cinematography), audiography, editing & e v Psychology in Advertising v i Advertising Management direction. Optional placement units are provided in the third i n OTHER INFORMATION OTHER INFORMATION n
u Basic Computers and Research COURSE LENGTH year where students may undertake work assignments with COURSE LENGTH u i i
a Marketing Management I & II 3 Years film/video/television companies both in India and abroad. 3 Years a r r . Creative Writing ATTENDANCE MODE Year 1 ATTENDANCE MODE .
w Elementary Economics Full-time Regular Visualizaiton Full-time Regular w
w Consumer Behavior Still Photography w
w Public Relations Language Skills - English / Hindi w Indian Demographics Film Appreciation Design and Layout Media Technology Year 2 Audio Visual Project ENTRY REQUIREMENT Advertising Planning Direction 1 ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of Print & Production Acting 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Indian and Global Cultures Film History secondary education or equivalent. Organization Behavior Script Writing Corporate Communications RELATED COURSES Camera and Lighting - Videography1 Management Principles 5 Shot Silent Video Continuity Film Media Industries Bachelors in Journalism, Advertising & Mass Year 2 Commercial Photography Communication Direction II Research Methodology Camera and Lighting - Videography II Marketing Management III & IV Media Industry - TV Year 3 Editing for TV RELATED COURSES Financial Management Sound for TV Brand Management Mise-en-scene & Montage Exercise MA Film & TV Integrated Marketing Communications CAREERS Production Management BA Animation and Computer Graphics Audio-visual Production Media Industry - Film You can seek employment in Advertising agencies,, PR Business Ethics Research Techniques agencies or in the corporate communication department Event Management Research Project of client organisation. You also have the option of setting Statistics Art Direction - Basic CAREERS up your own communication consultancy unit. Media Planning and Buying Music for the Moving Image Media Research 5 Min Continuity Video Film Exercise There is a range of careers open to graduates in the field Campaign Planning Year 3 of visual media production in both technical and creative Strategic Management Specialization In : capacities. Graduates will work as camera and sound Project - Direction designers, editors and directors. This course makes a film - Camera maker. - Audiography - Editing
136 137
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA (Animation and Computer Graphics) BPA (Theatre)
COURSE INFORMATION Editing for T.V COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This course has been designed keeping in mind the huge Character Modeling This course is designed for graduates who wish to embark The course is assessed using variety of innovative methods, . u upcoming industry of animations, and also the huge market of RURBS Modeling upon a career in acting, direction, designing of stage, lights, including assignments, portfolio submissions and case study u d Inverse Kinematics d e the entertainment industry. It will appeal to students who are props and costumes and also experienced in the area. In analysis. Formal class contact time is normally 10-15 hours e . .
y looking for a degree course completely dedicated to Special Effects addition, we welcome applications from individuals without a per week and students are expected to supplement this with y t t i Professional animation. The course provides a solid Music for the Moving Image degree or theatrical experience. an equal amount of independent study. The assessment i s s
r underpinning of traditional animation techniques as well as Studio Exercise Voice and Speech criteria is two phased. A formative system of assessment r e advanced Computer Technologies. As we are all aware that 10 min Animated Film Exercise Theatrical Movements ensures that all the practical assignments, group discussions, e v v i the first animated movie is being produced in INDIA, thereby Acting Method seminars and written assignments in each subject are graded i n n
u adding on the scope of the demand for more and more skilled COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Physical Theatre through out the year. The formal written and practical u i i
a and professional animators. This course shall be assessed through theoretical and Project I assessment is done at the end of each semester. The a r r . Year 1 practical assignments, viva and closed book examinations. Traditional and Modern Theatre culmination of the final year is the display of work as part of an .
w Drawing Techniques and Application Direction exhibition. w
w Clay Modeling OTHER INFORMATION Choreography w
w Understanding Art COURSE LENGTH Musical Theatre OTHER INFORMATION w Studying Cartoons 3 Years Project II COURSE LENGTH Visual Research ATTENDANCE MODE Acting With Dance Styles 4 Years Historical &Contextual Studies of Animation Full-time Regular Natyashastra ATTENDANCE MODE ENTRY REQUIREMENT Visualization Designing of Lights, Costumes, Props. and Stage. Full-time Regular ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of Still Photography (Basic & Advanced) Final Production 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Theatre secondary education or equivalent. Computer Graphic Communicating with Images Camera & Lighting (Videography) Year 2 2-D Animation Geometry of 3-D Objects RELATED COURSES Modeling Techniques BA Film & TV Production History of Prominent Design Studios & Animation Case MA Film & TV Production Studies RELATED COURSES Sound for T.V. Computer Graphics BA Film & TV Production Paint & Brush Animation MA Film & TV Production CAREERS Key Frame Animation Student will be able to pursuing careers as Professional Applying Maps & Material Artist, Art Educationist, Curator for Art Galleries and Film Appreciation Museums, Illustrator, Designer, Visualiser with Theatre CAREERS Advertising Agencies, Art Manager, Art consultant, Art Project director, Set Designer. Year 3 There is a range of careers open to graduates in the field Set- Designing of visual media production in both technical and creative Script Writing capacities. Graduates will work as animators for film and Story Board TV productions.
138 139
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Animation and Computer Graphics) MA (Radio Production)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. M.A. in Animation is designed to develop highly creative and The students progress would be assessed on a regular basis This highly practical course is designed for graduates and The assessment criteria are in two phases. A formative . u motivated minds, into professionals who are willing to on the basis of the students performance in the written practising professionals from a range of disciplines, including system of assessment ensures that all the practical u d d
e convert their thoughts and ideas through latest software like examination and practicals. The students will also be freelances seeking to move into independent production and assignments, group discussions, seminars and written e . .
y 3 D Studio Max and Maya. assigned to work on regular PROJECT WORK from time to community groups as well as overseas students keen to assignments in each subject are graded. The formal or y t t i This course also comprises of units in yet another upcoming time. explore radio broadcasting in their own countries. A key summative written and practical assessment is done at the i s s
r branch of CLAY ANIMATION. (MTV, V channels). aspect of the course is its attention to new technologies end of each semester. The ratio of formative: summative is r e including digital editing and mixing and exploration of the 70:30. e v Year 1 OTHER INFORMATION v i Drawing Techniques and Application I & II possibilities afforded by the Internet. i
n COURSE LENGTH n
u Historical & Contextual Studies of Animation 2 Years Year 1 u i OTHER INFORMATION i
a Visualization ATTENDANCE MODE Mass Media and Society COURSE LENGTH a r r . Still Photography (Basic & Advanced) Full-time Regular Communications studies 2 Years .
w Theatre Public Speaking and Voice Production ATTENDANCE MODE w
w Camera & Lighting (Videography) Sound for the Radio Full-time Regular w
w Computer Graphics Sound Studio Techniques w Geometry of 3-D Objects Radio Production I Year 2 Audience Research 2D Animations Contextual Studies ENTRY REQUIREMENT Character Modeling Location Sound Recording Techniques ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Applying Maps & Material Script Writing for Radio News Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent. Designing Games Radio Production II recognised University or equivalent. Editing for TV Year 2 Special Effects RELATED COURSES Scriptwriting for Radio Feature RURBS Modeling PGD in Video Editing Advanced Sound Studio Techniques RELATED COURSES Inverse Kinematics PGD in Videography Radio Production III BA Film & Television Production PGD Media Research Media Law Media Ethics Bachelors in Journalism & Mass Communication Social and Developmental Radio Script Writing for Radio Drama CAREERS Media Industry Professional Practice There is a range of careers open to successful students in Final Radio Production CAREERS animation and visual media production in both technical and creative capacities. Additionally, there is a growing Students can have successful careers in the fast growing trend amongst both commercial and non-profit radio industry in India and the world. They can find organisations towards employing skilled individuals in such areas. employment as radio jockey's, producer's, director's and sound professionals.
140 141
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Film & Television Production) MA (Development Communication)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The course is designed for graduates, to develop as The assessment criteria are of two phases. A formative Development communication is the integration of strategic The assessment criteria are of two phases. A formative . u communicators of New Media using cinema and Television as system of assessment ensures that all the practical communication in development projects. The End-Product system of assessment ensures that all the practical u d d
e a means of dialogue with their world. The aim is to provide a assignments, group discussions, seminars and written of this program would be to churn out well-conceived, assignments, group discussions, seminars and written e . .
y global platform for training quality media and film assignments in each subject are graded. The formal or professionally implemented communicative sensitive film assignments in each subject are graded. The formal or y t t i professionals. summative written and practical assessment is done at the makers who would tie directly to reform efforts and aims to summative written and practical assessment is done at the i s s
r The degree provides a platform for the students to develop end of each semester. The ratio of formative: summative is bring understanding of local political, social and cultural end of each semester. r e practical, innovative and experimental work that becomes 70:30. realities to bear in the design of development programs. e v v i their portfolio. Year 1 i n OTHER INFORMATION n
u Year 1 Communication Theory and Practice COURSE LENGTH u i OTHER INFORMATION i
a Still Photography COURSE LENGTH Sociology 2 Years a r r . Communication Research 2 Years Field Psychology ATTENDANCE MODE .
w Traditional Entertainment Forms ATTENDANCE MODE Village Communication Full-time Regular w
w Videography Full-time Regular Contextual Studies w
w Introduction to Script Writing Camera & Lighting w Sound for the Media Sound Recording Script Writing for Documentary Production Political Science Project - Documentary Production Research Project ENTRY REQUIREMENT Film Media and Cultural Studies Year 2 ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Year 2 Presentation and Layout Techniques Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent. Cinematography Basics Audience Research recognised University or equivalent. Contextual Studies Research Techniques Script Writing for Fiction Documentary RELATED COURSES Video Continuity Project RELATED COURSES Professional Practice MA Film & TV Production Specialization in Direction, Camera, Audio & Editing Media Industry PGD in Video Editing Final Film Project Production and Direction PGD in Videography Final Project PGD Animation & Multimedia PGD Media Research
CAREERS CAREERS There is a range of careers open to post graduates in There is a range of careers open to successful students in the field of Developmental communication in the NGO visual media production in both technical and creative sector. Be it as a Communication officer or documentary capacities. Additionally, there is a growing trend amongst film maker a Development communication both commercial and non-profit organisations towards post graduate has the requisite know how for employing skilled individuals in areas such as researchers, communicating the voice of the masses for a positive editors, directors, sound and camera designers. nation building.
142 143
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Art Direction) MA (Cinema Studies)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. Art Direction is a field that contributes to the creative process The assessment criteria are of two phases. A formative This programme helps students explore key developments in The assessment criteria are of two phases. A formative . u which leads to the look of all the memorable films that rule our system of assessment ensures that all the practical film theory from the modern to postmodern period. The system of assessment ensures that all the practical u d d
e psyche. As aesthetically appealing as any work of art, a film is assignments, group discussions, seminars and written emphasis is on the way in which film theory has developed assignments, group discussions, seminars and written e . .
y moulded and given the appropriate look by an Art Director. assignments in each subject are graded. The formal or from the 1970s to the present in response to social and assignments in each subject are graded. The formal or y t t i The programme teaches how a script is interpreted in summative written and practical assessment is done at the cultural change. Films are analysed from the viewpoint of summative written and practical assessment is done at the i s s
r drawings and with the help of storyboards and models, end of each semester. different theoretical positions to demonstrate the relative end of each semester. r e converted into a reality for cinema. This course is designed to nature of criticism. Selected films by the European, American, e v v i provide new or aspiring art directors within the advertising Asian and Indian directors are studied. Students complete the i n OTHER INFORMATION OTHER INFORMATION n
u and related industries with an understanding of the principles COURSE LENGTH degree with a knowledge and understanding of key COURSE LENGTH u i i
a of art direction and layout. It will explore how the sales and 2 Years developments in film theory, including a sense that theory 2 Years a r r . marketing functions of an advertising campaign operate ATTENDANCE MODE itself is ideological, and be able to recognize the role of the ATTENDANCE MODE .
w through a framework of visual communication and theories of Full-time Regular auteur in the creation of a work of art. The Institute Full-time Regular w
w visual context. encourages aspiring students to be teaching assistants for w
w Year 1 other courses on the campus. w The Creative Team Year 1 Developing Creative Concepts Introduction to Hollywood & Art Cinema Visual Communications Basic Introduction to Film Theory ENTRY REQUIREMENT Historical Overview Asian Cinema ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Team Management Bollywood Studies Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent. Research Techniques Contemporary Hollywood Cinema recognised University or equivalent. Communication Theory Television Culture Typography and Design Postcolonialism and the Cinema Illustration RELATED COURSES Film and the Body Year 2 PGD in Video Editing Year 2 Photography PGD in Videography Art House Cinema & Film Festival Culture Understanding the Creative Process PGD Animation & Multimedia Italian National Cinemas RELATED COURSES Working with Materials PGD Media Research Feminist Film and Television Theory TV Production Commodity Culture MA Film & TV Production TV Post Production CAREERS Genre Study New Technologies and Software The Entertainment Experience Visual Communication Advance The students are introduced to concepts and skills of art Film Noir: Style and History Design for Fiction direction. Equipped with the basic principles of advertising Surrealism and the Cinema CAREERS Design for Stage and selling through visual communication, the students can City as Film Design for News & Television explore the communication processes involved in visual Love Stories: Film and Narrative Theory There is a range of careers open to post graduates in the communication in advertising and market positioning. The Cinema Studies Thesis field of education & criticism. The students pursuing this students are involved in productions of various media, be it Research Methods programme will be equipped to be cinema and television fiction, television shows or theatre. With a complete Contemporary Film Theory critics. A film studies post graduate can seek employment understanding of the role of graphic elements in Computer Games:Interactive Spectatorship also as a film studies teacher. communication in their aesthetic and symbolic aspects the Film Criticism and the Canon trained art director will be an asset to any media Ethnographic and Documentary Cinema production unit. Postmodernism and the Cinema Melodrama, Class and the Cinema Hitchcock, Film and Art Dream Screen: Film and Psychoanalysis Comedy, Cult and the Carnivalesque 144 Film, Modernity and the Avant-Garde 145
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Costume Design) MA (Media Management)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This programme provides intensive course work and The assessment criteria are of two phases. A formative This programme is designed to develop your skills as The assessment criteria are of two phases. A formative . u practical production experiences in costume design and system of assessment ensures that all the practical managers working in a media organization. It seeks to do this system of assessment ensures that all the practical u d d
e technology every semester. Emphasis is on research, assignments, group discussions, seminars and written in two ways: firstly, by improving your ability to analyse the assignments, group discussions, seminars and written e . .
y development of creativity, use of traditional and electronic assignments in each subject are graded. The formal or nature of change in the contemporary media environment assignments in each subject are graded. The formal or y t t i technology. Collaborative student projects are undertaken in summative written and practical assessment is done at the including the impact of technology, of changing audiences and summative written and practical assessment is done at the i s s
r advanced and graduate courses. Courses help develop a end of each semester. The ratio of formative: summative is regulation and secondly, by developing the skills and end of each semester. r e student's sense of self-worth while encouraging independent, 70:30. techniques needed to manage these changes. e v v i original and creative thinking. They provide unique Year 1 i n OTHER INFORMATION n
u opportunities for creative expression and development Media Theory COURSE LENGTH u i OTHER INFORMATION i
a coupled with other programs. The curriculum is fairly flexible COURSE LENGTH Cultural Studies 2 Years a r r . and allows customising to the individual student's needs and 2 Years Cinema Studies ATTENDANCE MODE .
w interests. ATTENDANCE MODE Media Criticism and Analysis Full-time Regular w
w Year 1 Full-time Regular Media Management w
w Production Structures The Media Industry in its Environment w Team Management Management of Markets Technical Problems Contemporary Technology and the Media Industry Applied Scenic Design Year 2 ENTRY REQUIREMENT Applied Lighting Design The Media Industry in its Cultural Context ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Special Design Projects (may be repeated twice with Contemporary Technology and the Media Industry Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent. different content) Human Resources Management recognised University or equivalent. Special Design Projects (may be repeated twice with International Marketing different content) The Effective Manager RELATED COURSES Advanced Costume Design Management of Markets Graduate Project/Paper or Thesis RELATED COURSES Complexity Management MA Film & TV Production Practical Skills - Costumes MA Fashion Accesory Design & Technology Industry Management Year 2 Research & Writing Multicultural Media-scape Theory and Criticism Movement for the Stage and film CAREERS Styles of Acting CAREERS Children's Productions A professional costume designer for Film, Television and There is a range of careers open to post graduates in the Acting: Opera and Music Theatre I stage productions is a key person in any production unit. field of education & criticism. The students pursuing this Professional Practice Students from this course will be undertaking free-lance programme will be equipped to be cinema and television Final Production assignments with film and television producers and critics. A film studies post graduate can seek employment directors for different projects. also as a film studies teacher.
146 147
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Still Photography) MA (Cinematography)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This course provides a detailed and strong grounding to The assessment criteria are of two phases. A formative The institute seeks to cultivate the artist with a unique vision At the onset, students learn the fundamentals of the . u students of photography and takes them through a wide system of assessment ensures that all the practical and the desire to express that vision on film. At the same time, medium while working on script ideas. Each student makes u d d
e range of professional photographic practices. An extremely assignments, group discussions, seminars and written we strive to develop the technical skills that support this a film in the second semester. After completing the core e . .
y practical course, this 2 years programme is designed for the assignments in each subject are graded. The formal or creative passion. Believing that the best way to learn film courses students either design a unique course of study y t t i students to learn practical photographic skills as well as summative written and practical assessment is done at the making is to make films, we stress collaborative film and video tailored to their career goals or select a major area of i s s
r develop a keen eye for the visual medium. end of each semester. productions; classes are taught through a project based, concentration. Areas of concentration include Alternative r e hands on, student centered learning process. The diverse form, Animation(traditional and digital), Audio, cinema e v Year 1 v i Visual Image Studies student body, imaginative faculty and state of the art facilities studies, cinematography, directing, documentary, editing, i n OTHER INFORMATION n
u Media Industries COURSE LENGTH combine to develop the creative, conceptual and technical producing, screen writing. u i i
a Photography Technology 2 Years skills needed to become a working film or video professional. The assessment criteria is in two phases. A formative a r r . Darkroom Techniques ATTENDANCE MODE Year 1 system of assessment ensures that all the practical .
w Professional Practice Full-time Regular Lighting I assignments, group discussions, seminars and written w
w Practical Skills Lighting II assignments in each subject are graded. The formal or w
w Camera for Still Photography Image Optics summative written and practical assessment is done at the w Lighting Workshop Photographic Theory/ Lab Practice end of each semester. Photo-Journalism Editing For Film and Video Photo Documentation Camera Seminar I OTHER INFORMATION ENTRY REQUIREMENT Underwater Photography Camera Seminar II COURSE LENGTH ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Architectural Photography Image Design for Cinema 2 Years Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent. Fashion Photography Special Studies in Cinematography I ATTENDANCE MODE recognised University or equivalent. Product Photography Special Studies in Videography I Full-time Regular Year 2 RELATED COURSES Year 2 Digital Imaging Production Photo Editing PGD Videography Lighting Photo Restoration Optical Printing Advanced Depth of Field Application Digital Cinematography Celestial Photography Visual Effects Action Photography Application Special Studies in Cinematography II Advanced Available Light Photography CAREERS Special Studies in Videography II Artistic Photographic Composition Tele-Cine Writing for Photography The course is designed to equip a student with all the Composing for Cinema RELATED COURSES Photo Feature Project concepts and practices required to become a Independent Project Audio Visual Project professional still photographer, and be trained on other Internship PGD in Media Management Final Research Project peripherals of specialization within still-photography, PGD in Mass Communication Photo Collection Management Photo-journalism, Fashion Photography, Photo Photo Conservation Librarianship are some of the professions the students Photo Archival / Library may pursue. CAREERS
Some students may choose to prepare for a working life in one of the specialized disciplines, while others can opt to graduate as independent film makers.
148 149
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Video Editing) MA (Videography)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This program is designed to offer training in video editing to The college has excellent facilities including new studios This programme is designed to offer students an involvement Emphasis will be laid on practical assignments that will enable . u individuals working in the film and video industry as well as for with current digital technology enabling students to learn with the video camera for video / TV production. It provides the student to learn the craft of videography. The college is u d d
e those new to the field. It provides specific basic training in their craft in a comfortable and contemporary specific training in videography, and will enable the student to equipped with current technology so as to make students e . .
y video editing keeping in step with the rapidly changing world environment. Assessments will be made on written combine the technical and artistic aspects related to the fine familiar with technology available in the industry. There will y t t i of technology. From editing frames to mixing sound, this examinations, practical assignments and project work. art of videography. also be written tests to assess the theoretical understanding i s s
r training will enable the student to combine the technical and Year 1 of the subject. r e artistic aspects related to video editing. e v OTHER INFORMATION Introduction to Videography v i Year 1 Formats in Video OTHER INFORMATION i
n COURSE LENGTH n
u Film and Television Imagery as a Visual Means of 2 Years Lenses COURSE LENGTH u i i
a Communication ATTENDANCE MODE Composition for Still and the Moving image 2 Years a r r . Creative Process of Film and Television Full-time Regular Shot Selection ATTENDANCE MODE .
w Off-line Editing Linear Camera Framing Full-time Regular w
w Introduction to Non-linear Video Editing Year 2 w
w Year 2 Lighting and Special Effects w Creating Sound Track and Mixing Studio Lighting Editing and Sound Mixing Outdoor Lighting Advanced Non-linear Editing and Image Processing Shooting with available Light ENTRY REQUIREMENT On-line Editing Camera Movements ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Final Project Final Project Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent. recognised University or equivalent.
RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES PGD in Print & Electronic Journalism PGD in Print & Electronic Journalism PGD in Advertising, PR & Corporate Communication PGD in Advertising, PR & Corporate Communication PGD in Animation PGD in Video Editing PGD in Brand Management PGD in Animation PGD in Media Research PGD in Brand Management PGD in Media Research CAREERS CAREERS The student will be in a position to work as video editor, on-line editor and switchers with public and private The student will be in a position to work as a television broadcasters, post-production houses and cameraperson/videographer with public and private advertising agencies. television broadcasters, post-production houses or as a freelance cameraperson for documentary and fiction films.
150 151
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MJMC (Masters in Journalism & Mass Communication) MA (Marketing Communication)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This program provides practical training combined with The students progress would be assessed on a regular basis This program provides practical training combined with The college conducts ongoing student assessment through . u intellectual and creative problem-solving geared towards on the of the students performance in the written intellectual and creative problem-solving geared towards class presentations, research report submissions and spot u d d
e work in the journalism industry. The intention is to produce examination and practicals. The students will also be work in the media industry. The intention is to produce tests. Student-participation in classroom discussions is also e . .
y professionals who are creative, versatile practitioners capable assigned to work on regular PROJECT WORK from time to professionals who are creative, versatile practitioners capable monitored by faculty. y t t i of producing imaginative and intelligent work through a time. of producing imaginative and intelligent work through a i s s
r repertoire of practical, inventive and analytical skills. The repertoire of practical, inventive and analytical skills. The OTHER INFORMATION r e course will give you an academic grounding in theoretical OTHER INFORMATION course will give you an academic grounding in theoretical e v COURSE LENGTH v i backgrounds and balance this with professional competencies COURSE LENGTH media perspective, and balance this with professional 2 Years i n n
u in areas such as writing, research and law. Students will learn 2 Years competencies in areas such as marketing, rural ATTENDANCE MODE u i i
a advanced IT skills, which will allow dissemination of ATTENDANCE MODE communication, customer relationship management, Full-time Regular a r r . communication with usage of up to date software and Full-time Regular business and service management, et al. Students will learn .
w communication technologies. advanced IT skills, which will allow dissemination of w
w Year 1 communication with usage of up to date software and w
w Reporting & Editing communication technologies. w Computer Application Year 1 Communication Principles Marketing Principles Writing for Media Services Marketing ENTRY REQUIREMENT Research Rural Marketing ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Media Ethics & law RELATED COURSES Retail Marketing Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent. Editorial Policies Direct Marketing recognised University or equivalent. Media Evolution & Trends MA in Advertising & Public Relations Societal Marketing Computer Application II Masters in Mass Communication Experential Marketing RELATED COURSES Indian Government & Politics PGD in Print & Electronic Journalism Industrial Marketing Year 2 PGD in Video Editing IT in Marketing Masters in Journalism Dissertation PGD in Brand Management Customer Relationship Management MA in Advertising & Public Relations Print Specialization PGD in Media Research Research Methodology PGD in Media Research Advance Reporting Marketing Research Writing for Print Media Year 2 Copy Editing CAREERS Statistics Photojournalism Business Communication There is a range of careers open to successful students in CAREERS OR visual media production in both technical and creative Services Communication Broadcast Specialization capacities. Additionally, there is a growing trend amongst Retail Communication There is a range of careers open to successful students in News Writing for Electronic Media both commercial and non-profit organisations towards Rural Communication visual media production in both technical and creative Television Journalism employing skilled individuals in areas such as researchers, Integrated Marketing Communication capacities. Additionally, there is a growing trend amongst Television Production editors, directors, writers, sound and camera designers, both commercial and non-profit organisations towards Live Performance Techniques and production managers. employing skilled individuals in areas such as researchers, editors, directors, writers, sound and camera designers, and production managers.
152 153
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Brand Communication) MA (Advertising, Public Relations & Corporate Communication)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This course will help the students to have indepth knowledge You can choose your career to be in an advertising agency, Students doing this course will equip themselves with Units are assessed by a combination of assignments, reports . u of consumer behaviour and the role of a particular product in marketing services or brand development department in marketing communication skills. This course will give the (written and image based) and examinations. In second year, u d d
e its life cycle. The course focuses on how to make a mere any client organisation or NGOs and Public Relation depth and width on how to make brands successful through students will normally be required to submit a media related e . .
y product achieve status of a brand and the importance of agencies, market research organisations. communication in this competitive world. The students will dissertation of up to 12,000 words, which will be supervised y t t i communication in creating an enduring relationship between also understand morphyms and its psychology in relation to by a faculty member. i s s
r brands and consumers. OTHER INFORMATION the functionality of consumer products. r e e
v Year 1 COURSE LENGTH Year 1 OTHER INFORMATION v i Power Branding 2 Years Communication Theory i
n COURSE LENGTH n
u Research Methodology ATTENDANCE MODE Advertising Management & Planning 2 Years u i i
a Marketing Research Full-time Regular Marketing Management I ATTENDANCE MODE a r r . Advertising Research Creative Writing Full-time Regular .
w Consumer Behaviour Consumer Behavior & Indian Demographics w
w Cross-cultural Management Public Relations w
w Principles of Marketing Design and Layout w Management Organization Behavior I Communication Vehicles Cross-cultural Communications Year 2 Management Principles ENTRY REQUIREMENT Media Research Business Ethics ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Corporate Identity Research Methodology Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent. Packaging RELATED COURSES Commercial Photography recognised University or equivalent. Semiotics & Semantics Masters in Journalism Project Psychology in Advertising PGD in Advertising, PR & Corporate Communication Year 2 Organisation Behaviour Print & Production Brand Interpretation and Advertising Efficiency Organization Behavior II Merchandising Corporate Communications Ethics & Legal Media Industries Marketing Management II CAREERS Financial Management Brand Management You can seek employment in Advertising agencies, PR Integrated Marketing Communications RELATED COURSES agencies or in the corporate communication department Audio-visual Production of client organisation. You also have the option of setting Event Management Masters in Journalism up your own communication consultancy unit. Media Planning and Buying PGD in Advertising, PR & Corporate Communication Market Research Media Research Strategic Management Dissertation CAREERS
You can seek employment in Advertising agencies, PR agencies or in the corporate communication department of client organisation. You also have the option of setting up your own communication consultancy unit.
154 155
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE MA (Communication, Culture & Media) DIPLOMA (TV Anchoring, News Reading & Broadcast Reporting)
COURSE INFORMATION Options: COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The course explores the diverse patterns of human Radio Journalism 1 This integrated course is designed to provide theoretical and A variety of teaching and assessment methodology will be . u communication, with particular attention to mass media. The Print Journalism 1 practical training to the students in the field of broadcast put to use through the course that includes workshops, u d Video Production 1 d e programme is based on Media and Cultural Studies, including journalism. This course, besides nurturing the basic skills lectures and tutorials by experienced faculties. Live training e . .
y the study of language. In addition to the core study you can Radio Production 1 among the students required in the field of news reporting, sessions in the studio environment under the expert y t t i also choose options in sociology and psychology, as well as Television Studio Operations 1 will also provide ample opportunities to hone their skills as guidance of working professionals in this field. Assessment i s s
r media production modules, including radio, television and Studio, Narrative, Genre newscasters and anchors. The prime focus of this course will will be based on written examination, assignment and r e print journalism. Communication, Cultural and Media theory Live Radio and Commercial Production remain on live sessions in newsroom and studio project work. e v v i elements include cultural theory and popular culture; An Introduction to Multimedia environment. A demo tape will be recorded at the end of the i n n
u language, gender and power; the history of the mass Documentary Photography course for each student. u i OTHER INFORMATION i
a media; popular TV genres; cultural representation of women; New Media Production Broadcast Journalism-An Overview COURSE LENGTH a r r . culture and consumption; Indian, American and British News 1 Year .
w cinema. COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Sources of News ATTENDANCE MODE w
w Year 1 You will be expected to spend a considerable amount of Types and Forms of TV News Full-time Regular w
w Media Studies I time working independently outside time tabled class time. Broadcast Reporting-writing Practice and Editing w Language You could be researching an essay, or editing a video project, Writing scripts for various TV, Radio Programmes. Research Methods or preparing for a presentation and we expect students to Working with the Wire Cultural Representation of Women manage their own self-directed study time. Interviews Concept and Techniques ENTRY REQUIREMENT TV Studies News and Current Affairs ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a History of the Press OTHER INFORMATION News and Current Affairs Programming 10+2 from a recognised board of recognised University or equivalent. History of the Cinema COURSE LENGTH News Reading (Practice with Camera) secondary education or equivalent. Introduction to Psychology 2 Years Getting the Byte / Sound Byte Introduction to Sociology ATTENDANCE MODE Writing to Visuals Options: Full-time Regular TV News Reporting and Story Editing Radio Production Voice Modulation and Voice-overs Live Radio Production Professional Make-up for Camera Print Production Body Language for TV News Reader RELATED COURSES The Television Studio Communication Skills Verbal / Non-verbal Video Production Studio Interviews DIPLOMA in Digital Media and Video Photography Talk / Chat Shows DIPLOMA in Radio Anchoring & Audio management Introduction to New Media Production On-line Interviews DIPLOMA in Event Management Research and Interviewing Live Camera Sessions in Studios RELATED COURSES Year 2 Industry Visits Language II MA Mass Communication Assignment and Project Cultural Theory and Popular Culture MA Journalism Additionals CAREERS Academic Research Skills MA Advertising & Public Relations Demo Tape Recording Culture and Consumption Resume Writing There is a range of careers available for students as TV Sexual Identities Preparing for Interview and radio newscasters, anchors, reporters, script Media Law & Ethics writers, voice-over artists and many other opportunities Indian Film and Society with satellite TV channels/news channels, FM radio Film Theory and Criticism CAREERS stations, media production houses and advertising History of Mass Media agencies. Graduates go on to professional and administrative Nationalism, Racism and Identity positions in industry, particularly in the media, the arts and Social Psychology the voluntary sector. It is an invaluable foundation for a Sociology of Crime and Criminal Justice career in public relations, marketing, organizational Arts and Entertainment Writing for Journalists communications, advertising or journalism. 156 Media Constructions of Race 157
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA (Advertising Management) DIPLOMA (Radio Anchoring and Audio Management)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. An undeniably ubiquitous influence on our everyday lives, The college conducts ongoing student assessment through This comprehensive course is designed to make the student Elite ambience and well-equipped studio ensure the best . u advertising is perhaps one of the most significant artistic and class presentations, research report submissions and spot understand the whole setup of radio channel and train the possible learning for the students. The assessment would be u d d
e communicative phenomenon of the modern age. It is also tests. Student-participation in classroom discussions is also students to opt for a career in the audio industry. Responding made on the basis of written examinations, assignments and e . .
y ranked today as one of the most creative modes of human monitored by faculty. to the need of hour, emphasis has been laid on developing the final project work. y t t i expression. With new developments in media and knowledge, skills and imagination so as to receive an i s s
r communication including online and web-based media, OTHER INFORMATION academic grounding and practical exposure in the chosen OTHER INFORMATION r e platforms to become a part of the creative world of field. The course enables the student to play multiple roles in e v COURSE LENGTH COURSE LENGTH v i advertising are increasing at a highly advanced pace. Students 1 Year the broadcasting industry and specialize in sound techniques. 1 Year i n n
u enrolled in the diploma will pursue both the theoretical and ATTENDANCE MODE Sound ATTENDANCE MODE u i i
a the practical aspects of advertising as it relates to print and Full-time Regular Acoustics Full-time Regular a r r . broadcast media. The objective is to stimulate your creativity Scriptwriting .
w through live assignments and projects which demonstrate Feature Production w
w social relevance. Students will collaboratively develop Radio Documentary w
w advertising campaigns as a part of the assignment activity. The Audio Drama w course will also help you explore the various shades and Quizzes and Light Entertainment nuances in forms of media such as print, radio, cinema, Music Sequences and Music Based Programming television and the web. Successful completion of the course Speech Package Production ENTRY REQUIREMENT will enable you to develop your own portfolio which you can Multi Track Recording ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from a recognized board of submit to potential employers. Commercial Production 10+2 from a recognised board of secondary education or equivalent. Introduction to Communication Theory Voice Over / Anchoring secondary education or equivalent. Overview of the Indian Advertising Industry RELATED COURSES Reporting Communication and Research Methodology Interview Techniques DIPLOMA in Publishing Copywriting Fundamentals Radio Station Management DIPLOMA in Copywriting Class Project Audio Book and Newspapers DIPLOMA in Corporate Communication Principles of Design and Layout Film Studies DIPLOMA in Public Relations Managing Creativity Marketing Management Inside an Advertising Agency Advertising RELATED COURSES Finding a place for yourself in the profession: How to market Media Law CAREERS DIPLOMA in Photo Journalism your Skills DIPLOMA in Event Management Preparing your Dossier and Portfolio The course unfolds new career possibilities in the DIPLOMA in Web Journalism Final Class Project advertising industry that is both explosive and continually evolving. Depending on your background and aptitude you can opt for opportunities in either the creative or the front-end aspect of advertising. Moreover once employed with an advertising agency or a PR firm, you CAREERS can further explore possibilities and take additional courses at the college in an area of your choice such as The student can opt for careers in production or as copywriting, graphic design, brand management, sound technicians in the broadcasting industry, an anchor customer care or visualization. There are more or a voice over artist. opportunities in the online arena such as web content development and commercial applications of the web.
158 159
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA (Photo Journalism) DIPLOMA (Film & Television)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. As rightly said, “one good picture is equivalent to a thousand A variety of teaching and assessment methods such as This program provides practical hands on training to new The assessment criteria are of two phases. A formative . u words”. Considering the present competition amongst the theory lectures, AV shows, demos, practical, location and media communicators using cinema and television as a system of assessment ensures that all the practical u d d
e newspapers, journals and magazines. There are challenging studio photography. Assessment will be made on written means of dialogue with their world. The course gives the assignments, group discussions, seminars and written e . .
y opportunities in this field for professionally trained examinations, periodic assignments, project work and students an opportunity to make creative, imaginative and assignments in each subject are graded. The formal or y t t i photographers, who are also considered newsmakers. practicals. intelligent work through repertoire of inventive and analytical summative written and practical assessment is done at the i s s
r This course develops students with an attractive profile skills. end of each semester. r e combining theory, practical experience and excellence Introduction to Script-writing e v OTHER INFORMATION v i achieved during their training as well as assignments and Media Technology i n COURSE LENGTH OTHER INFORMATION n
u projects. It provides an unique opportunity to the students to 1 Year Sound for the Media COURSE LENGTH u i i
a get familiar with photographic vision and exhibit their skills to ATTENDANCE MODE Video-graphy 1 Year a r r . explore, understand the significance and utility of the Full-time Regular Still Photography ATTENDANCE MODE .
w photographs as an effective medium in the print media. Visualization Full-time Regular w
w Introductory Program Story Boarding Workshop w
w Photographic Methods Research Techniques w Technical Program And Workshop Film and Contextual Studies Guidance / Demo Workshop Drama Production Techniques Press And Feature Coverage Practical Skills ENTRY REQUIREMENT Photographic Practices Professional Practice ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from a recognized board of Conceptual Issues Media Technology II 10+2 from a recognised board of secondary education or equivalent. Principles of Journalism Sound for the Media II secondary education or equivalent. Photographic Practices Documentary Video Production Technical and Research Workshop Script-writing for Documentary Photo Editing and Press Release Media Industry Photo Agencies Professional Practice RELATED COURSES Press Accreditation Film and Contextual Studies Professional Hazards and Ethics Cinematography DIPLOMA in Videography Portfolio and Exhibition Video-graphy DIPLOMA in Digital Media & Video Dissertation RELATED COURSES Editing Studio Based Project Script-writing for Short Fiction Film DIPLOMAin Event Management Script-writing for Television DIPLOMA in Web Journalism Screenplay Workshop CAREERS Final Project There is a range of careers open to graduates in the field of visual media production in both technical and creative capacities. Graduates will work as production managers, CAREERS camera and sound designers, writers, directors and There is a well-developed market for well-trained research associates. professionals with multifarious avenues in media and corporate world. Qualified people with professional abilities can take up a wide range of press and media- related careers including press, freelance, photojournalist and TV channels.
160 161
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA (Non-Linear Editing) DIPLOMA (Scriptwriting for Film & TV)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The course is practical and industry oriented. Each student The assessment criteria is in two phases. A formative system The course equips aspiring scriptwriters with the knowledge The assessment criteria are of two phases. A formative . u gets pre-determined machine hours for independent of assessment ensures that all the practical assignments, of both classical and alternative forms of writing for the visual system of assessment ensures that all the practical u d d
e learning on the non linear editing systems. Our experienced group discussions, seminars and written assignments in medium. Each student works on individual projects from assignments, group discussions, seminars and written e . .
y faculty guide them with the required inputs of theory in the each subject are graded. The formal or summative written inception of the idea to the completion of script through a assignments in each subject are graded. The formal or y t t i practical class. This is a complete hands on programme with and practical assessment is done at the end of each series of workshops conducted by specialists in the field. The summative written and practical assessment is done at the i s s
r an intent to give skill and experience to the student. semester. final project of the student is an independent body of work end of each semester. The ratio of formative: summative is r e Non Linear Technology that the student develops with industry standards for a video 70:30. e v v i Editing Theory or film project within or outside Rai University. i n OTHER INFORMATION n
u Media Studies COURSE LENGTH Introduction to Script Writing u i OTHER INFORMATION i a Editing Lab Work 1 Year Media Studies COURSE LENGTH a r r . Project 1 ATTENDANCE MODE Research Techniques 1 Year . w Editing For Documentary Full-time Regular Script Writing Workshop ATTENDANCE MODE w
w Project II Television Seminar Full-time Regular w
w Editing for Fiction Writing for Documentary w Project III Script Seminar I Media Industry Writing for Fiction Professional Practice Screenplay Workshop ENTRY REQUIREMENT Final Project Script Seminar II ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from a recognized secondary Media Industry 10+2 from a recognised board of board of education with English as a Final Project secondary education or equivalent. separate subject of study & examination. RELATED COURSES
RELATED COURSES BA(Hons) Media Production /Mass Communication DIPLOMA in Cinematography and Videography DIPLOMA in Media Management
CAREERS
CAREERS The students gain expertise and experience to become The student equipped with hands on training and the professional script writers for television and film related required number of machine hours and practice may join projects. as an editor on any nonlinear system in a studio, production company or practice as a freelance editor on television and film related projects.
162 163
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA (Writing for the Electronic Media) DIPLOMA (Copy Writing)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The electronic media which includes radio stations, television The university conducts ongoing student assessment The service industry in India has witnessed explosive growth The University conducts ongoing student assessment . u channels, satellite channels, free-to-air broadcasting and through class presentations, research report submissions in the recent past in that the message has gained through class presentations, research report submissions u d d
e Internet-only broadcasting companies employs more writers and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom overwhelming importance along with the medium. As a and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom e . .
y worldwide than the print media today. Ironically, formalized discussions is also monitored by faculty. The college holds result the demand for effective communicators capable of discussions is also monitored by faculty. y t t i training for this segment of creative opportunities is few and examinations at the end of each semester. The live project delivering the message coherently, accurately and on time i s s r far between. The college's short-term course in writing for constitutes a part of the assessment procedure for the has mushroomed. Copywriting is one way in which OTHER INFORMATION r e the electronic media fills this void by training students in how diploma. information is communicated to the desired discourse e v COURSE LENGTH v i to communicate effectively utilizing this medium. Writing community. Unlike popular belief, advertising agencies are i n 1 Year n
u forms which the course will explore include caption-writing, not the only service providers who employ copywriting u i OTHER INFORMATION ATTENDANCE MODE i
a developing program summaries, scripting emergency specialists. Public Relations firms, cable TV channels and a
r COURSE LENGTH Full-time Regular r . announcements, developing ticker copy and show packaging 1 Year multinational companies continually recruit copywriters to . w collateral. Most importantly, the course will teach you how to ATTENDANCE MODE address their own communication needs at salary scales that w w script news copy, feature copy, blurbs and news alerts. Full-time Regular are highly competitive. This program teaches the essentials w w Introduction to the Electronic Media Industry: The Shakers of effective copywriting for both print and broadcast w and The Movers applications. Students enrolled in the course will learn how to Developing and Drafting the Concept write advertising materials like ad copy, commercials, jingles, one-liners, brochures, and other forms of marketing ENTRY REQUIREMENT Effective Written Communication at the Word, Sentence ENTRY REQUIREMENT and Paragraph Level collateral.t 10+2 from any recognized board of Managing and Overcoming Writer's Block Different Forms of Business Messages 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Discourse Community Analysis Writing Good Copy: The Fundamentals secondary education or equivalent. Modes of Writing and Scripting Style Timing Your Script Avoiding Cliches and Jargon The Syntax and Semantics of Advanced Scripting Managing The Writer's Block and Overcoming It Elements of Rhetoric and Persuasion Client Communication RELATED COURSES Managing Deadlines Writing Press Releases The Trial Run Exploring Formats and Layouts Diploma in Publishing Inside an Electronic Media Company Developing Openers, Punch-lines and Bylines Diploma in Public Relations Finding a place for yourself in the Profession: How to Developing Advertising Copy for the Print Media Diploma in Advertising market your Skills RELATED COURSES Understanding The Various Types of Print Media and Media Preparing your Dossier and Portfolio Diploma in Advertising Markets Class Project Defining and Developing Brochure Copy CAREERS Diploma in Copywriting Understanding Online Media and Writing Copy for the Diploma in Corporate Communication Web Copywriting as a creative speciality is not commonly Diploma in Publishing Preparing Corporate Newsletters taught in India. The diploma bridges this gap and is bound Writing TV Spots for Radio and Television to successfully meet the high industry demand for good CAREERS Effective Message Recall Through Quality Copy copywriters that currently exists. Even the salaries are Finding a place for yourself in the Profession: How to excellent. You can choose to work for advertising Promising career opportunities for good writers are not market your Skills agencies, corporate communication firms, PR firms, radio difficult to identify specially in the high-growth electronic Preparing your Dossier and Portfolio and TV channels or join a large multinational corporation media industry. These positions are usually not Diploma Project that has an inhouse creative department. The diploma advertised because companies assume that anyone generates incredible synergy when pursued along with a hired would probably have to be trained in-house. BA degree in English, psychology, political science, history, sociology or any other liberal arts degree for that matter.
164 165
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA (Business Communication) DIPLOMA (Theatre Acting / Choreography)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. According to a study conducted by the American National The University conducts ongoing student assessment This course is designed for graduates who wish to embark The course is assessed using a variety of methods, including . u Standards Institute USA business managers spend through class presentations, research report submissions upon a career in acting, direction, designing of stage, lights, assignments, open and closed book examinations and u d d
e approximately 60% of their time writing, editing and revising. and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom props and costumes and also experienced in the area. In practical performance. Formal class contact time is normally e . .
y Ironically, most business professionals in India are not trained discussions is also monitored by faculty. The university holds addition, we welcome applications from individuals without a 15-20 hours per week and students are expected to y t t i writers. Even college students receive little if any training. examinations at the end of each semester. The live project degree or theatrical experience. supplement this with an equal amount of independent study. i s s
r They are nevertheless expected to communicate in the constitutes a part of the assessment procedure for the Voice and Speech r e written mode daily producing business correspondence, diploma. Theatrical Movements e v OTHER INFORMATION v i project proposals, executive summaries for top Acting Method i
n COURSE LENGTH n
u management, reports of all kinds and in some cases marketing Physical Theatre 1 Year u i OTHER INFORMATION i
a collateral too. Managers spend over half their writing time Traditional and Modern Theatre ATTENDANCE MODE a
r COURSE LENGTH r . creating and responding to email messages. What you write 1 Year Direction Full-time Regular . w tells your audience a great deal about you and who you work ATTENDANCE MODE Choreography w w for. Since most managers have never received formal training Full-time Regular Musical Theatre/ Dance Style w
w in written communication they are not only uncomfortable Designing of Lights, Costumes, Props. and Stage. w with the process but also reluctant to improve and experiment. Our program prepares students to first understand the pitfalls of poor communication and then ENTRY REQUIREMENT overcome them under the expert guidance of highly qualified ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of faculty which will guide you through the entire 10+2 from a recognised board of secondary education or equivalent. communication process and explore the principles and secondary education or equivalent. practices of effective written communication. Principles of Written Business Communication The Syntax and Semantics of Effective Communication RELATED COURSES Pre-writing, Writing and Rewriting DIPLOMA (Hons) in Film & Television Production Technology and Business Communication Conventions of Punctuation and Grammar Clarity in Writing. The Spoken Versus the Written Mode: A Relationship Structures at the Word, Sentence and Paragraph Level Developing Effective Email Messages and Email Protocol RELATED COURSES Business Communication Stylistics CAREERS Class Project Diploma in Advertising Diploma in Copywriting The course can lead to excellent career opportunities in film, T.V. and stage performances in India and abroad. Diploma in Corporate Communication
CAREERS
The course serves as an ancillary to career opportunities in business and industry. It will also help those students who are planning to pursue writing-intensive careers. Good writing skills are for everyone.
166 167
>>>>>>>>> POSTGRADU GRADUAATETE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE PGD (Publishing) PGD (Multimedia Design & Management)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The publishing industry in India is generally considered to be The University conducts ongoing student assessment This course has been developed for students who wish to be Lectures cover areas such as the role of the designer, design . u one of the most mature and stable ones recording slow but through class presentations, research report submissions at the cutting edge of design working with a mix of graphics presentation and design related computer techniques while u d d
e steady annual growth. However, the impact of technology on and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom and electronic media in the generation and promotion of studio sessions concentrate on the practical activities. This e . .
y the industry has been spectacular. Right from the inception discussions is also monitored by faculty. The university holds innovative ideas and concepts using the modern would include the latest software like: Adobe Photoshop, y t t i and creative process to the penultimate point involving the examinations at the end of each semester. The live project management techniques. The main device for presenting and Page Maker, Quark Xpress, Sound Forge, DreamWeaver, i s s
r printing of the manuscript, a variety of online resources, constitutes a part of the assessment procedure for the exploring design processes in the self-generated projects can Adobe Premiere, etc. along with the updated technological r e be about any subject. The course is a combination of practice nd e v software and hardware systems are harnessed. The course diploma. equipments to support them. In 2 year, students complete v i presents a viable entry point into the publishing industry and theory, being studio and computer-based with elements a personal design project. Final classification is based on all of i n n
u primarily from a techno-creative angle and prepares students of research. Emphasis is placed on the development of visual the assessed work undertaken and the design project. u i OTHER INFORMATION i
a for careers in publishing and editing. COURSE LENGTH and written - so necessary for effective communication in a r r . Introduction to the World of Publishing and Publishers 1 Year design related professions through design projects, OTHER INFORMATION . w The Publishing Life Cycle from Start to Finish ATTENDANCE MODE multimedia presentations, research, reports, written COURSE LENGTH w w Technology and Publishing Full-time Regular assignments and critiques. 1 Year w w Writing and Editing for the Publishing Industry Computing Fundamentals ATTENDANCE MODE w Graphics and Layout Fundamentals Managing Information Full-time Regular Contract Negotiation with Writers Desk Top Publishing: Using Text and Visuals Designing for the Internet: Web Designing ENTRY REQUIREMENT Marketing the Finished Product ENTRY REQUIREMENT Project Costing and Estimation Multimedia Web Authoring Graduation in any discipline from a Principles of Accounting Programming Logics and Techniques Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent. Business Organization Networks and Operating Systems recognised University or equivalent. Introduction to HRM Object Oriented Design and Programming More Writing and Editing for the Publishing Industry RELATED COURSES Requirement Analysis Inside a Publishing Company Web Site Management PGD in Advertising The Printing Process: A Comprehensive Exploration Audio Visual Techniques Copyright Law and Intellectual Property PGD in Corporate Communication Marketing Development Classifying the Manuscript and Manuscript Processing PGD in Public Relations Sound Production and Editing RELATED COURSES Video Post Production and Editing Developing Relationships with Writers PGD in Print & Electronic Journalism Managing A Project Managing Deadlines PGD in Advertising, PR & Corporate Communication Project Realization and Presentation Finding a Place for Yourself in the Profession: How to CAREERS PGD in Video Editing market your Skills PGD in Animation Preparing your Dossier and Portfolio Students completing the course are eminently eligible to PGD in Brand Management Diploma Project apply for entry-level editing and executive positions in the PGD in Media Research publishing industry. Choices include textbook publishers, publishers of research and reference materials and companies which publish lighter works such as fiction, CAREERS poetry and drama. Companies which publish children's The design industry needs graduates who are creative books constantly seek qualified editors and publishing thinkers, can justify their ideas and who know about the executives. Since the publishing industry in India has lately capabilities of electronic media. There are opportunities begun to adopt and implement global standards of in a variety of areas for personnel as creative directors, art production and quality overseas career opportunities in directors, multimedia producers and publishers and the field exist in abundance. multimedia project managers and web designers, where the management skills plays as important role along with the technical ones.
168 169
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE PGD (Film and Television Production) PGD (Animation and Multimedia)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The course is designed for graduates, to develop as The assessment criteria are of two phase. A formative This course has been designed keeping in mind the huge The assessment criteria are of two phases. A formative . u communicators of New Media using cinema and Television system of assessment ensures that all the practical upcoming industry of animations and the market of the system of assessment ensures that all the practical u d d
e as a means of dialogue with their world. The aim is to provide assignments, group discussions, seminars and written Internet. It will appeal to students who are looking for a assignments, group discussions, seminars and written e . .
y a global platform for training quality media and film assignments in each subject are graded. The formal or professional course completely dedicated to animation. The assignments in each subject are graded. The formal or y t t i professionals. summative written and practical assessment is done at the course provides a solid underpinning of traditional animation summative written and practical assessment is done at the i s s
r The diploma provides a platform for the students to develop end of each semester. The ratio of formative:summative is techniques as well as advanced Computer Technologies. end of each semester. The ratio of formative: summative is r e practical, innovative and experimental work that becomes 70:30. Drawing Techniques and Application 70:30. e v v i their portfolio. Visual Research i n n
u Still Photography Historical & Contextual Studies of Animation u i OTHER INFORMATION OTHER INFORMATION i
a Visualization COURSE LENGTH Visualization COURSE LENGTH a r r . Communication Research 1 Year Computer Graphic 1 Year .
w Videography ATTENDANCE MODE Communicating with Images ATTENDANCE MODE w
w Sound for the Media Full-time Regular Web Designing Full-time Regular w
w Introduction to Scriptwriting Flash with Scripting w Advanced Vidoegraphy Java Script Introduction to Cinematography 2-D Animation Advanced Sound Geometry of 3-D Objects ENTRY REQUIREMENT Scriptwriting for Documentary Modeling Techniques ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Documentary Production Computer Graphics Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent Film and Contextual Studies Paint & Brush Animation recognised University or equivalent. Advanced Cinematography Key Frame Animation Scriptwriting for Fiction RELATED COURSES Project Short Fiction Film Production Character Modeling Film, Media and Cultural Studies PGD in Media Management Special Effects RELATED COURSES Optional Specialization Music for the Moving Image Individual Program of Work Studio Exercise MA in Film & TV production Industry Experience 10 min Animated Film Exercise Exchange Program
CAREERS CAREERS There is a range of careers open to graduates in the field of visual media production in both technical and creative There is a range of careers open to graduates in the field capacities. Graduates will work as Production Managers, of visual media production in both technical and creative Camera and sound designers, writers, directors and capacities. Graduates will work as Animators and research associates. designers for the Internet.
170 171
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE PGD (Advance Reporting) PGD (Print, Electronic & Cyber Journalism - Hindi/English)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION Fair Use and Online Intellectual Property n n i i
. Advanced reporting deals with development of reportorial The advanced reporting chapter consists of class discussions; Students develop into news media professionals- learn the art Issues in Web Page Design . u skills and writing techniques, with exposure to complex issues out-of-class reading, reporting and writing; current events and craft of excellent journalism, study journalism and related Writing Reviews: Criteria and Evaluation Skills for Journalists u d Content Analysis and Source Validity d e and ideas influencing public affairs reporting. The emphasis in quizzes, in-class presentation and individual meetings with subjects, instill an appreciation for accuracy, fairness, truth and e . .
y this course will be on news-gathering techniques, data the instructor/mentor. Work should meet a high standard of diversity as well as develop and cultivate an understanding of Mediamorphosis: The Evolution of Media Communication y t t i collection and analysis, developing story ideas and writing on truth and accuracy. A lot of emphasis will be put on the the rights, roles and responsibilities of news media and Changes Within i s s
r different beats as parliament, diplomatic, entertainment, student's ability to imaginatively present his or her class professionals and scholars in a democratic society. r e politics, and business etc. projects and assignments and the student's performance The course is divided into two semesters. The first semester COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT e v v i Objectives for Advanced Reporting, as defined by New York during the internship. The student will be required to will focus on print, radio and cyber journalism and in the While assessing the performance of a student, equal i n n
u Times reporter Bill Dedman: maintain a record-cum-log book of his or her own second semester the emphasis will be on Television emphasis will be put on written and practical tests and u i i
a Become skilled at information gathering, data acquisition, work/activities during this period. journalism. The last two months of the second semester will dissertation. A lot of emphasis will be put on the student's a r r . interviewing, data analysis, story framing, writing be devoted to internship. ability to imaginatively present his or her mini thesis and the . w Improve the quality of your hunches OTHER INFORMATION Print Journalism student's performance during the internship. The student w
w Be able to figure out how a system works, and explain it to a COURSE LENGTH News and News Collection will be required to maintain a record-cum-log book of his or w
w reader 1 Year News Reporting her own work/activities during this period and submit the w Learn to think more critically and logically ATTENDANCE MODE Writing Features same at the end of the internship to the faculty, after getting Clarify your journalistic values Full-time Regular Taking and Writing Interviews the record attested by the head of the company. Internship Increase your wariness in the areas of ethics, privacy, dirty Editing and Rewriting with the industry is mandatory. During this time, student's ENTRY REQUIREMENT data, and laws Copy Editing performance will be monitored by a faculty member in ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Learn enough about numbers and statistics to avoid libel, Writing Editorials association with the authorities at the company where the Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent corrections, embarrassment and unfairness Design Concepts student will be undergoing his or her internship. recognised University or equivalent. Role of a Reporter. Desktop Publishing: Making Pages on the Computer News and News Collection Radio Journalism OTHER INFORMATION News Editing and Proof-reading Collecting News for Radio COURSE LENGTH News Reporting The Difference Between the Written and the Spoken Word. 1 Year Writing Features Voice Modulation, Diction and Pronunciation ATTENDANCE MODE In-depth Reporting: Interpretative, Investigative Presentation and Anchoring Full-time Regular Perspective in News Techniques in Sound Recording News Gathering: Sources of News, News Agencies, Press Producing a Radio Broadcast Conferences, Press Briefings, Beats Television Journalism Interview: Importance of Interview in Journalism, Using RELATED COURSES Collection of News for Television Interviews in News, Fixing an Interview, Use of Tape PGD in Print and Electronic Journalism Getting Bytes for Television Recorders PGD in Advertising, PR & Corporate Communication Anchoring and Presentation RELATED COURSES Handling Press Releases and Press Conferences Interviewing on Television PGD in Video Editing PGD in Advertising, PR & Corporate Communication Television Script Writing PGD in Animation Writing Scripts for Television Camera Framing and Shot Taking Camera Handling PGD in Video Editing PGD in Brand Management PGD in Animation Audio for Video PGD in Media Research Video Editing and Mixing Grammar of Television Computerized Special Effects Like Flash PGD in Brand Management Political and Diplomatic Reporting Producing and Directing a Television Show PGD in Media Research CAREERS Reporting Parliament Web Journalism Entertainment and Cultural Reporting Skills learned in advanced reporting will assist students in Introduction to Web CAREERS Technical Reporting landing jobs and also give them an expertise in the beat, History and Future of Web which they choose and may be employed to benefit The media being a very diverse field offers career Business Reporting The 5 W's and Online Journalism opportunities in print, broadcast and cyber journalism as Investigative Reporting society. In-depth reporting, in particular, is of value Journalism and Web Journalism: A Comparative Study because it challenges both the assertions of newsmakers reporters, correspondents, editors, photographer, Development Reporting Web-writing News and Trust content writers & developers, researcher and producers. Court Reporting and the understanding of news consumers. The students Car (Computer Assisted Reporting) can become special reporters/correspondent in the field Advertising, corporate communications and public 172 173 News Packaging for Television (Editing) of politics, parliament, court, entertainment, culture, Using Web Sources relations are also added modules within this course and business and development. students can also explore opportunities in these areas.
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE PGD (Advertising, PR & Corporate Communication) PGD (Brand Management)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. Whereas most institutions, offering similar courses at Focus of the course is on learning with fun. The end outcome In a world that is full of me-too or parity products, the success Focus of the course is on learning with fun. The outcome is . u postgraduate level, do not include the imperative aspect of is to know, how to do it with minimum stress and fun. of an organization depends on how you turn a me-too to know how to do it with minimum stress and fun. u d d
e communication that originates at the organization's end i.e. Assessment is on the basis of tests, quizzes, workshops, product into a successful brand by differentials through Assessment is on the basis of tests, quizzes, workshops, e . .
y corporate communication. This course by including participation in events and assignments by the faculty communications. This innovative postgraduate course is participation in events and assignments by the faculty y t t i corporate communication looks at the marketing aspect of members & potential employers. one-of-its-kind dealing with all the various aspects of brand members and potential employers. i s s
r communication in its totality. management and its relation to communication. The course r e Principles of Advertising has been designed keeping in mind the changing trends of the e v OTHER INFORMATION OTHER INFORMATION v i Advertising Management global business scenario and its close relationship with the i
n COURSE LENGTH COURSE LENGTH n
u Marketing Management 1 Year media world. 1 Year u i i
a Introduction to Brand ATTENDANCE MODE Introduction to Brand ATTENDANCE MODE a r r . Development of Idea Full-time Regular Brand Marketing Full-time Regular .
w Brand Concept Development Communication at the Brand Level w
w Advertising at the Brand Level Strategic Management w
w Big Brands-Case Studies Brand Positioning w Strategic Campaign Planning Integrated Marketing Communication Production Techniques Brand Identity Principles of Public Relations Brand Equity ENTRY REQUIREMENT PR Defines and Scope Brand Extension ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a PR and other forms of Public Communication Brand Relaunch Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent Organization of PR Department Big Brands: Case Studies recognised University or equivalent. Organization, Management and PR Retail Management Managing Crisis Rural Management Press and Public Relations Introduction to Corporate Communication RELATED COURSES Corporate Vision and Philosophy Media Planning PGD in Print & Electronic Journalism RELATED COURSES Market Strategies and Communication Management PGD in Video Editing Crisis Management PGD in Animation PGD in Print & Electronic Journalism Event Management PGD in Brand Management PGD in Advertising, PR & Corporate Communication Image Management PGD in Media Research PGD in Video Editing Media Writing PGD in Animation Strategic Writing for the Organization PGD in Media Research Project Work CAREERS CAREERS Exciting opportunities in advertising, public relations, copy writing, account planning, media marketing, event Exciting opportunities in advertising, public relations, copy management and in corporate communication writing, account planning, media marketing, event department of companies management and in corporate communication department of companies
174 175
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE PGD (Media Research) PGD (Technical Writing)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This course is designed to provide a basic but extensive Focus of the course is on learning with fun. The outcome is These people are not journalists, or advertising and PR Focus of the course is on learning with fun. The end . u training in media research methods. The training provided is to know, how to do it with minimum stress and fun. professionals. But they need writing and editing skills just as outcome is to know, how to do it with minimum stress and u d d
e multi-disciplinary, covering both social sciences and Assessment is on the basis of the significance, quality and the much as the journalists do. Most technical writers in India are fun. Assessment is on the basis of tests, quizzes, workshops, e . .
y humanities approaches. Ideal candidates are those looking for depth of the research work. Experts will do assessment from people with a technical or computer background. This course participation in events and assignments by the faculty y t t i employment in the media for which research training is seen the relevant field of practice and experts from the world of makes them explore the range, content, readership, members & potential employers. i s s
r to be valuable; and those intending to pursue academic academics. structure, and style of several technical publications. Plan and r e careers in the field. develop copywriting skill for technical writing. e v OTHER INFORMATION v i Research Methods Writing Skills i n OTHER INFORMATION COURSE LENGTH n
u Applied Methods COURSE LENGTH Marketing Management 1 Year u i i
a Case Studies in Film, Television, Radio & Press Audience / 1 Year Designing ATTENDANCE MODE a r r . Readership Research ATTENDANCE MODE Publishing Full-time Regular .
w Issues in Media, Culture & Communication Full-time Regular Media Industries w
w Media Management & Economics Computer Software w
w Media and Cultural Policy Market Research w Dissertation Proposal (followed by Dissertation or Doctoral Copy Techniques Research) Marketing Communication ENTRY REQUIREMENT ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent recognised University or equivalent.
RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES PGD in Print & Electronic Journalism PGD in Print & Electronic Journalism PGD in Video Editing PGD in Advertising, PR & Corporate Communication PGD in Animation PGD in Video Editing PGD in Brand Management PGD in Animation PGD in Media Research PGD in Brand Management CAREERS CAREERS The target employers are easy to identify: companies in Exciting opportunities in academics and research oriented the IT business who need technical writers. If we take jobs in media, production houses, advertising, and public Infosys, TCS and Wipro as the A list of computer relations & corporate communication. companies, our students would be employed by the B and C list of companies who chase business globally. A second placement route is the print, electronic and web world of publishing on computers, IT, software, hardware and communications. Journals and magazinesin print, as CD-Roms and on the web are the fastest growing segments in publishing.
176 177
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE PGDMC (PG Diploma in Mass Communication) PGD (Cultural Studies)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This program provides practical training combined with The college conducts ongoing student assessment through The programme will give you a critical understanding of Focus of the course is on learning with fun. The outcome is . u intellectual and creative problem-solving geared towards class presentations, research report submissions and spot theories, methods and debates within the fields of cultural to know how to do it with minimum stress and fun. u d d
e work in the audio-visual media. The intention is to produce tests. Student-participation in classroom discussions is also studies and media. It is designed both for students who have Assessment is on the basis of tests, quizzes, workshops, e . .
y professionals who are creative, versatile practitioners capable monitored by faculty. existing knowledge and critical skills within these fields, and for participation in events and assignments by the faculty y t t i of producing imaginative and intelligent work through a those who are seeking to develop such knowledge and skills members and potential employers. i s s
r repertoire of practical, inventive and analytical skills. The OTHER INFORMATION from an academic base within a related area in the arts, r e course will give you an academic grounding in media humanities or social sciences e v COURSE LENGTH OTHER INFORMATION v i production, and balance this with professional competencies 1 Year Cultural Representation of Women i
n COURSE LENGTH n
u in areas such as writing, research and law. Students will learn ATTENDANCE MODE Television Genres 1 Year u i i
a advanced IT skills, which will allow dissemination of Full-time Regular Cultural Theory and Popular Culture ATTENDANCE MODE a r r . communication with usage of up to date software and Culture and Consumption Full-time Regular .
w communication technologies. Sexual Identities w
w Year 1 Media Law & Ethics w
w Media Production Indian Film and Society w Introduction to Various Printing Processes Research and Interviewing Desktop-publishing History of Mass Media Sound and Light Nationalism, Racism and Identity ENTRY REQUIREMENT Stages of Video Production Options: ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Computer Animation and Multi Media Radio Production Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent Writing for Newspapers: Reporting, Features, Editorials Live Radio Production recognised University or equivalent. Writing for Radio and TV: The Emphasis on Spoken Word Print Production Media Laws The Television Studio RELATED COURSES Press Council of India Video Production DIPLOMA in Photo Journalism PRSI and IPRA Code of Ethics Photography DIPLOMA in Event Management Editorial Ethics Introduction to New Media Production DIPLOMA in Web Journalism Radio Broadcasting Television Broadcasting Media Research RELATED COURSES Report Writing PGD in Print & Electronic Journalism CAREERS PGD in Advertising, PR & Corporate Communication PGD in Media Research The student can opt for careers in production or as sound technicians in the broadcasting industry, an anchor or a voice over artist.
CAREERS
There is a range of careers open to successful students in mass communication in both technical and creative capacities. Additionally, there is a growing trend amongst both commercial and non-profit organisations towards employing skilled individuals in areas such as researchers, editors, directors, writers, sound and camera designers, and production managers.
178 179
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE PGD (Web Journalism) PGD (Rural Communication)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The primary goal of this course is to prepare students to work A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used The programme is designed to cater to the ever-growing Focus of the course is on learning with fun. The outcome is . u for news enterprises on the internet and taking advantage of throughout the course including lectures, demonstration by demand of Rural Communication specialists in NGOs, Govt. to know how to do it with minimum stress and fun. u d d
e its multimedia presentation capabilities. Our main focus is to experts hands-on use of computers with the latest organizations, Indian & Multinational Companies. The Assessment is on the basis of tests, quizzes, workshops, e . .
y provide an understanding of the Internet phenomenon and software's like Dreamweaver, FrontPage, Real Time, syllabus of this course is divided into 2 semesters and the participation in events and assignments by the faculty y t t i its impact on journalism, with special attention to the search QuickTime, Photoshop, Gif Animator, Flash and faculty employs the latest techniques in teaching and training members and potential employers. i s s
r for a new style of narrative-one that could take advantage of CorelDraw. Practical training will be provided to create web the students. The methods used are: class room lectures, r e the simultaneous use of text, hypertext, photos, images in sites and web pages. Assessment will be made on written case studies, seminars, group exercises, presentation of e v OTHER INFORMATION v i motion, audio and databases. Students will also produce an examinations, periodic assignments and project work. written & oral reports, business & behavioral games and field i
n COURSE LENGTH n
u online publication in class. In addition to working on the practices of varying duration. 1 Year u i i
a production of a publication, students will analyse and discuss Communication Theory ATTENDANCE MODE a r r . the origins of online journalism and its current trends. OTHER INFORMATION Mass Media Full-time Regular . w Introduction to Web COURSE LENGTH Economic & Social Environment w w History and Future of Web 1 Year Organizational Behavior w
w The 5 W's and Online Journalism ATTENDANCE MODE Computer & Information Management w The 3 I's: Immediacy, Interactivity, Intimacy Full-time Regular Business Communication Journalism and Web Journalism: Comparative Research Techniques Web-writing News and Trust Organization & Management of Cooperatives ENTRY REQUIREMENT Ethics of Media and Role of Media Rural Banking & Development ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Media as Gatekeeper Consumer Behavior Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or equivalent Newspapers and New Media Rural Marketing recognised University or equivalent. E-mail and Web Chat Rural Development & NGO Management RELATED COURSES Online Interviewing Skills Basic Web Researching DIPLOMA in Photo Journalism Evaluating Web Sources DIPLOMA in Event Management CAR (Computer Assisted Reporting) RELATED COURSES DIPLOMA in Web Journalism Using Web Sources Fair Use and Online Intellectual Property DIPLOMA in Digital Media &Video Animation Issues in Web Page Design DIPLOMA inTV anchoring, Newsreading Writing Reviews: Criteria and Evaluation Skills for Journalists DIPLOMA in Event Management Content Analysis and Source Validity DIPLOMA in Music Technology CAREERS Mediamorphosis: The Evolution of Media Communication DIPLOMA in Photo-Journalism The student can opt for careers in both commercial and Technology, Culture and Comm. Failure non profit organizations. News Bias and Political Influence CAREERS The Future of Web Journalism Students can build careers in web journalism, broadcast journalism (news channels, news agencies), print journalism (newspapers, magazines), web site management, content developing for web sites of MNCs, corporates and the film industry.
180 181 cCollege ohf Hospitalaity and Toturism
Hospitality and Tourism
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA - (Hospitality & Tourism) BA - (Airlines, Hospitality & Customer Care)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The course aims to prepare students for managerial posts in A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used Customers with increasingly most sophisticated and A variety of methods will be used for delivery of the program . u the hospitality industry and is designed to satisfy a high level of throughout the course including lectures, seminars and demanding needs i.e. excitement, thrill seeking, self- which will include lectures (some times involving guest u d d
e demand and provide a clear understanding of the group exercises. The aim is to help students become development etc. is pushing the limits of today's tourism speakers from the industry) seminars, workshops, practical e . .
y management challenges facing managers in this sector. effective independent learners with practical skills and industry operators. This has led to sports, adventure and work, field/industry visits etc. Assessment will include y t t i Instructional delivery programme complemented by competencies. Each unit is assessed separately through a multitude of other leisure activities becoming an integral part individual and group assignments, dissertation and i s s
r extensive use of State-of-the-Art technology such as email, combination of coursework, examinations and a project. of contemporary tourism industry, which creates jobs and examinations. r e e
v Internet, intranet etc ensures a professional and customized The project will be completed under the guidance of a wealth. This course is therefore committed to provide v i learning experience. project tutor. vocational inputs to prepare students for wide range of career i n OTHER INFORMATION n
u Year 1 opportunities in the rapidly expanding tourism and leisure COURSE LENGTH u i i
a Fundamentals of Hospitality Industry-I OTHER INFORMATION industry. 3 Years a r r . Managing Front Office Operations-I COURSE LENGTH Year 1 ATTENDANCE MODE . w Housekeeping Management-I 3 Years Introduction to Hospitality Full-time Regular w w Food & Beverage Management-I ATTENDANCE MODE Hotel Operations w w Food Production-I Full-time Regular Hotel Organization & Cost Centers w Life Skills-I Marketing Hospitality Fundamentals of Hospitality Industry-II Hospitality Management Managing Front Office Operations-II ENTRY REQUIREMENT Departments in Hotel ENTRY REQUIREMENT Housekeeping Management-II Leadership 10+2 from any recognized board of Food & Beverage Management-II HRM 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Food Production-II Front Office Operations secondary education or equivalent. Life Skills-II Life Skills-I Year 2 Year 2 Food Production Principles-III History of Aviation - Introduction Food Hygiene & Sanitation Careers in Aviation Wines & Spirits-I Aircrafts and Aircraft Systems Basic Hotel & Restaurant Accounting-I Customer Care Hospitality Supervision-I Life Skills-II Hospitality Supervision-II Airline Fares & Ticketing Managing Human Resources-I Airport Handling & Ground Operation Basic Hotel & Restaurant Accounting-II RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES Accommodation Operations Food & Beverage Management-III Diploma in Hospitality Customer Relations Life Skills-III Diploma in Hospitality Customer Relations Wines & Spirits-II Diploma in Airlines and CRS Year 3 Diploma in Travel and Tourism Year 3 Hospitality Sales & Marketing Travel & Tourism Managing Service Quality & Customer Relations Travel Agency Operations Security Management Life Skills - IV Hospitality Facilities Management CAREERS India & World Tourism CAREERS Leadership & Management Industrial Training & Project Report Industrial Training & Project Presentations Students can look forward to dynamic careers in The rapidly expanding tourism and leisure industry is multinational hospitality chains, airlines, cruise lines, currently experiencing a short fall in professionally recreation and leisure centers, travel agencies etc. qualified staff. It is anticipated that employment opportunities will be available in India and abroad in travel companies/ tour operators, hotels, theme parks, cruise lines, clubs and leisure centers etc.
184 185
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE BA - (Culinary Arts) MBA - (Hospitality Management)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The course aims to prepare students for managerial posts in A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used The programme is designed for graduates who wish to enter Learning and teaching methods encourage group and . u the hospitality industry in the kitchen department. throughout the course including lectures, seminars and the glamorous world of hospitality industry. The programme independent learning. The course is conducted through u d d
e Instructional delivery programme is complemented by group exercises. The aim is to help students become is concerned with the management in an industry, which is lectures, tutor inputs, work in real/simulated customer e . .
y extensive use of State-of-the-Art technology such as advance effective independent learners with practical skills and expanding and changing continuously in an increasingly service situation, field visits and talks from experts in the field. y t t i training kitchens, expert chef instructors, technology that competencies. Each unit is assessed separately through a comparative environment. Instructional delivery programme Assessment is carried out during the on-going learning i s s
r ensures a professional and customized learning experience. combination of coursework, examinations and a project. ensures a professional and customized learning experience. program, through assignments, monthly tests, dissertation r e e
v The programme has been designed to allow for food The project will be completed under the guidance of a Year 1 and year-end examination. v i preparation, cooking methods and presentation across a project tutor. Introduction to International Hospitality Industry i n n
u wide range of cultures. Contemporary Issues in the Hospitality Industry u i OTHER INFORMATION i
a Year 1 OTHER INFORMATION Overview of Hospitality Industry in India COURSE LENGTH a r r . Sanitation Management COURSE LENGTH Hotel Planning, Design and Techno-economic Feasibility 2 Years .
w Food and Beverage Service Th. 3 Years Study ATTENDANCE MODE w
w Food Production I Th. ATTENDANCE MODE Hospitality Operations and Management Full-time Regular w
w Food Production Practicals Indian Full-time Regular Legal and Regularity Framework w Food Production Practicals Continental Profit Planning and Budgeting Bakery Hospitality Accounting and Finance Food and Beverage Service Prac. Principles and Practices of Management ENTRY REQUIREMENT Hospitality French Hrm In Hospitality Industry ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of Wines and Spirits Training and Development Graduation in any discipline from secondary education or equivalent. Year 2 Performance Management recognised University or equivalent. Food Production II Th. Year 2 Wines and Spirits Principles of Hospitality Marketing Managing Bar & Beverage Operations Customer Relations Management Food Production Practicals Indian Business Communication Food Production Practicals Continental Application of Information Technology in Hospitality Industry Bakery Managing Change Work Experience (24 weeks) Strategic Planning for Business Development Supervisory Skills in Hospitality Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility Managing Food and Beverage Operations Entrepreneurship Purchase Management Basic Accounting for Hotel and Food RELATED COURSES Dissertation RELATED COURSES Operations BA Hospitality Management Diploma in Hospitality Customer Relations Year 3 BA (Hons) International Hospitality Management Food Production Practicals Indian Diploma in International Ticketing and CRS Food Production Practicals Continental BA in Travel and Tourism. Bakery Food Production II Th. Supervisory Skills in Hospitality CAREERS CAREERS Managing Food and Beverage Operations Purchase Management Basic Accounting for Hotel and Food Students can look forward to dynamic careers in On successful completion, the student will qualify to work Operations multinational hospitality chains, airlines, cruise lines, in a management cadre within the hospitality industry. Gastronomy recreation and leisure centers etc. Kitchen Stewarding Nutrition and Diets Controls for Food and Beverage Specializations 186 Cuisine Studies: Advanced Techniques Or 187 Patisserie Studies: Advanced Techniques
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MBA - (Tourism & Leisure Management) Advance Diploma - (Culinary Arts)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. Tourism is a major international industry, essential for national Learning and teaching methods encourage group and This program is intended for those undergoing training for or A variety of assessment methods are used throughout the . u and regional economic development, which creates jobs and independent learning. The course is conducted through who are employed in, the hospitality and catering industry course including lectures, practicals, industrial training and u d d
e wealth. Customers with increasingly more sophisticated and lectures, tutor inputs, work in real/simulated customer worldwide. Its purpose is to establish the knowledge and skills examinations. e . .
y demanding needs are pushing the limits of today's tourism service situation, field visits and talks from experts in the field. required through progressive levels from initial food y t t i industry operators, which have led to the multitude of other Assessment is carried out during the on-going learning preparation training in a kitchen to culinary arts and OTHER INFORMATION i s s
r leisure activities becoming an integral part of the program, through assignments, monthly tests dissertation supervisory responsibilities. The program has been designed COURSE LENGTH r e e
v contemporary tourism industry. This programme is designed and year-end examination. to allow for food preparation, cooking methods and 2 Years v i for graduates who wish to be fully employed in this fastest presentation across a wide range of cultures. ATTENDANCE MODE i n n
u growing segment. Year 1 Full-time Regular u i OTHER INFORMATION i
a Year 1 COURSE LENGTH Food Safety Operations and Supervision a r r . Introduction to International Travel, Tourism and Leisure 2 Years Staff Organization in the Kitchen and Ancillary Areas .
w Industry ATTENDANCE MODE Product Development and Presentation w
w Historical Dimension of Tourism Full-time Regular Cultural Dimensions of Food w
w Geography of Travel and Tourism Costing Budgets and Control w Socio-economic Benefits of Tourism Materials Management Managing Operations of Travel Agencies Production Systems, Planning and Organization Finance for Service Industries Quality Assurance of Products and Services ENTRY REQUIREMENT Quality Control in Tourism andTravel Operations Menu Policy and Planning ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from Tourism Law Training and Team Development Graduation from any recognized recognised University or equivalent. Public Policy Framework for Tourism Year 2 university or equivalent. HRM in Tourism Industry Specialization Options Training and Development Cuisine Studies and Advanced Techniques Performance Management Patisserie Studies and Advanced Techniques Business Communication Managing Change Year 2 Principles and Practices of Management Customer Relationship Management RELATED COURSES Strategic Planning and Business Development Destination Management RELATED COURSES Diploma in Food and Beverage Management Outdoor Recreation Management Diploma in Hospitality Customer Relations Diploma in Restaurant and Bar Management Visitor's Attraction Management Diploma in International Ticketing and CRS Diploma in Bakery and Confectionery Sport and Adventure Management Diploma in Institutional Catering Marketing Prospective and Planning E-business Application in Tourism Diploma in Indian Regional Cuisine Tourism and Sustainable Development Eco- Tourism CAREERS CAREERS Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility Dissertation On successful completion, the student will qualify to work Students will be prepared for careers in a wide range of in a managerial position within the tourism and leisure areas in commercial and institutional catering, hotels, industry restaurants, airlines, cruise lines as also as entrepreneurs.
188 189
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA-(Aviation Hospitality Management - Air Hostess/Flt. Steward) DIPLOMA - (Travel & Tourism)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The aviation industry worldwide is expanding. With a spurt in The course is conducted through lectures, tutor inputs, The course offers sound introduction to the world of travel A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used . u bilateral agreements, more international airlines are expected work in real / simulated customer service situation, field visits and tourism and is designed to reflect the needs of the throughout the course including lectures, seminars, group u d d
e to touch down new destinations. Therefore in order to meet and talks from experts in the field. Assessment is carried out industry and to equip the students with managerial skills exercises, technical and field visits. The aim is to help e . .
y accelerating demand, airlines are looking at increasing their during the on-going learning program, through assignments, necessary to meet the challenges of a very fast growing students become effective independent learners with y t t i frequency and expanding routes to enlarge connectivity monthly tests and year-end examination industry. The course combines a study of business and practical skills and competencies. Each unit is assessed i s s
r worldwide. management with major study of hospitality and tourism separately through a combination of coursework, r e e
v A career as an airhostess/ flight stewards is one of the most OTHER INFORMATION subjects. The philosophy of the program is that managers of examinations and an assigned project under the guidance of v i sought after in the glamorous world of Tourism & Hospitality, the travel and tourism industry are primarily business a faculty member. i
n COURSE LENGTH n
u as it offers exciting opportunity to travel the globe. Modern 1 Year managers but a critical appreciation of structure, operations u i i
a airlines aggressively innovate and compete to offer their ATTENDANCE MODE and management of hospitality industry is essential for them OTHER INFORMATION a r r . customers the finest in contemporary entertainment, cuisine, Full-time Regular to excel in their field. COURSE LENGTH .
w shopping and luxuries amenities, thereby giving tremendous Introduction to Tourism and Hospitality 1 Year w
w job opportunities to the young aspiring students. Historical Dimensions of Tourism ATTENDANCE MODE w
w This course has been specifically designed to provide Geography of Travel and Tourism Full-time Regular w necessary skills and input to those young students dreaming of Travel and Tourism Development a career in the skies. Marketing and Promotional Techniques Our unique approach to integrate strong conceptual Destination Management ENTRY REQUIREMENT knowledge with comprehensive personality development Eco-Tourism ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of modules will transform young students into dynamic Business and Executive Travel 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. individuals to make their mark in the vibrant aviation sector - Event Planning and Promotion secondary education or equivalent. a glamorous world of hospitality. Introduction to Airline Operations Introduction to Hospitality Management Role and Responsibilities Geography, Time Zones Air Cabin Crew Working Environments Aviation Environments and Physiology Health, Safety, Security and Hygiene Crisis Management Designing of Customer Service Charter RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES On Board Customer Service Diploma in Hospitality Customer Relations Diploma in Hospitality Customer Relations Public Relations and Communication Skills Diploma in Front Office Management Diploma in International Ticketing and CRS Passenger Management Diploma in Bar and Restaurant Management Hospitality Customer Relations Foreign Language
CAREERS CAREERS
Students can look forward to exciting career Students will be prepared for careers in a wide range of opportunities as Air Hostess/Flight Stewards with leading areas linked to the tourism industry in the private and domestic and international airlines. public sector, airlines, travel agencies or as entrepreneurs. Extensive inputs in customer service also open up avenues for job opportunities in related industries such as hotels, clubs, call centers, MNCs
190 191
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA - (Restaurant & Bar Management) DIPLOMA - (Indian Regional Cuisine)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This vocational course offers a focused qualification for The course is conducted through lectures, demonstrations, This program offers a specialization that focuses on particular A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used . u learners as well as industry personnel aspiring for career field visits, practical training, and project work. Assessments aspects of employment within the sector. The diploma is throughout the course including lectures, demonstration by u d d
e enhancement. The qualification provides a specialization for are carried out during the on-going learning programme designed to develop the knowledge, understanding and skills experts, assignments, work-plans, tests and examinations. e . .
y learners following a vocational program of study. This niche through assignments, monthly tests, and year-end required for Indian regional preparations as also to provide a y t t i area can be directly related to their work experience or examinations. framework of education and training for people in the OTHER INFORMATION i s s
r background or to an aspect of employment that they wish to hospitality industry who wish to develop their knowledge and COURSE LENGTH r e e
v move into in due course. OTHER INFORMATION skills. 1 Year v i Introduction to Food and Beverage Service Food ATTENDANCE MODE i
n COURSE LENGTH n
u Organization Behaviour 1 Year Kitchen Organization Full-time Regular u i i
a Business Environment ATTENDANCE MODE Food Hygiene and Safety a r r . Restaurant and Bar Layout Full-time Regular Methods of Cooking .
w Design and Equipments Specialization Options w
w Staff Organization Kashmiri Cuisine w
w Recruitment Punjabi Cuisine w Menu Engineering Frontier Cuisine Merchandising Rajasthani Cuisine Food and Beverage Controls Gujrati and Maharashtrian Cuisine ENTRY REQUIREMENT Operations of a Speciality Restaurant Awadhi Cuisine ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of Types of Beverages and Their Services Mughlai Cuisine 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Food and Beverage Service Sequence Bengali Cuisine secondary education or equivalent. Food and Beverage Safety and Legislation South Indian Cuisine Cellar Management Hyderabadi Cuisine
RELATED COURSES Diploma in Bakery and Confectionery RELATED COURSES Diploma in Institutional Catering Diploma in Bakery and Confectionery Diploma in Indian Regional Cuisine Diploma in Institutional Catering Diploma in International Cuisine Diploma in Indian Regional Cuisine Diploma in International Cuisine
CAREERS CAREERS
Career opportunities exist in the hotel industry, hospitals, Students are prepared to take up positions as qualified offices, company guesthouses, fast food outlets and clubs. professionals in kitchens. They can also be Apart from these career options they can be entrepreneurs and set up their own catering entrepreneurs and set up their own food and beverage establishments specializing in Indian regional cuisine. outlets.
192 193
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA - (Institutional Catering) DIPLOMA - (Food & Beverage Management)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This program offers a specialist qualification that focuses on A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used This course is designed to provide focused and specialist work All assessment of this course is criteria-referenced based on . u particular aspects of employment within the sector. The throughout the course including lectures, demonstration by related qualifications in a range of sectors. The qualification the achievement of specified outcomes. All units u d d
e course is specifically designed to provide necessary vocational experts, assignments, work-plans, projects, tests and provides a specialization to learners following a vocational contributing to a program carry either internal or external e . .
y and technical skills to the learner and those already in examinations. The course includes industrial placement for program of study. This short course offers a focused assessment. y t t i employment and looking for opportunities for career 3 months. qualification for learners who wish to follow a short program i s s
r progression. of study that is directly related to their work experience or to OTHER INFORMATION r e e
v Food Service-backbone of Hospitality Industry OTHER INFORMATION an aspect of employment that they wish to move into in due COURSE LENGTH v i Multiple Dimensions of Catering-indoor and Outdoor course. 1 Year i
n COURSE LENGTH n
u Catering 1 Year Food and Beverage Service Organizations ATTENDANCE MODE u i i
a Kitchen Layout / Service Standards in Indoor Catering ATTENDANCE MODE Food and Beverage Safety and Legislation Full-time Regular a r r . Unique Challenges in Outdoor Catering Full-time Regular Food Service Food Beverage Service .
w Mobile Kitchen Equipments Enhancing the Meal Experience w
w Preparation of Bulk Food Food and Beverage Controls w
w Food Transportation Service for Banquets w Presentation of Buffets Theme Restaurants and Specialized Services Hygiene and Safety Theme Parties ENTRY REQUIREMENT Service of Alcoholic and Non-alcoholic Beverages ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of Understanding and Compliance of Statutory Bye-laws 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Labor Laws secondary education or equivalent. Excise Policy Prevention of Food Adulteration Act
RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES Diploma in Food and Beverage Management Diploma in Bakery and Confectionery Diploma in Indian Regional Cuisine Diploma in Indian Regional Cuisine Diploma in International Cuisine Diploma in International Cuisine Diploma in Restaurant and Bar Management Diploma in Institutional Catering Diploma in Bar and Restaurant Management
CAREERS CAREERS
Students are prepared to take up positions as qualified Career opportunities exist in the hotel industry, hospitals, professionals in the organizations catering in bulk food. offices, company guesthouses, fast food outlets and clubs. Apart from these career options they can be Apart from these career options the student can be entrepreneurs and set up their own bulk food catering entrepreneurs and set up their own food and beverage establishments or take up contractual catering with clubs, outlets. hospitals, airlines, railways and commercial establishments. 194 195
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA - (International Cuisine) DIPLOMA - (Bakery & Confectionery)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This program is designed to provide focused and specialized All assessment of this course is criteria-referenced based on This program offers a specialist qualification that focuses on A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used . u qualifications in a range of sectors. The qualification can the achievement of specified outcomes. All units particular aspects of employment within the sector. As such throughout the course including lectures, demonstration by u d d
e provide a specialist emphasis for learners following a general contributing to a program carry either internal or external the qualification can extend the study and provide vocational experts, assignments, work-plans, tests and examinations. e . .
y vocational program of study. The course offers a focused assessment. emphasis for learners by offering a focused qualification for Project work is also included as a part of the assessment. y t t i qualification for learners particularly for mature students who those aspiring for career progression or wish to follow a i s s
r wish to follow a short program of study that is directly related OTHER INFORMATION shorter program of study that is directly related to their work OTHER INFORMATION r e e
v to their work experience or to an aspect of employment that COURSE LENGTH experience or to an aspect of employment that they wish to COURSE LENGTH v i they wish to move into in due course. 1 Year move into in due course. 1 Year i n n
u Food Kitchen Organization ATTENDANCE MODE Principles of Baking ATTENDANCE MODE u i i
a Food Hygiene and Safety Full-time Regular Food hygiene and Safety Full-time Regular a r r . Methods of Cooking Kitchen Maintenance and Design .
w European Cuisine Yeast Bread, Rolls and Quick Rolls w
w Indian Cuisine Pastry Dough and Their Derivatives and Uses w
w Chinese Cuisine Creams, Fillings and Glazes w Thai Cuisine Cakes and Pastries Italian Cuisine Frostings and Toppings Vegetarian Cuisine Basic Decorative Items ENTRY REQUIREMENT Hot and Cold Sauces ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of Sorbet, Ice-cream and Frozen Desserts 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. secondary education or equivalent.
RELATED COURSES Diploma in Bakery and Confectionery RELATED COURSES Diploma in Institutional Catering Diploma in Food and Beverage Management Diploma in Institutional Catering Diploma in Indian Regional Cuisine Diploma in International Cuisine
CAREERS CAREERS
Students are prepared to take up positions as qualified Students are prepared to take up positions as qualified professionals in kitchens, various catering establishments professionals in the kitchens. Apart from these career and can set up specialist restaurants. options, they can be entrepreneurs and set up their own catering establishments specializing in Bakery and Confectionery.
196 197
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA - (Front Office Management) DIPLOMA - (International Ticketing and CRS)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The course is designed to provide complete package of The coursework and assessment is done through a variety of The course is designed to train the students by imparting A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used . u focused and specialist work-related framework of education methods including case studies, assignments, tutorials, practical and theoretical knowledge of various travel agency throughout the course including lectures, demonstration by u d d
e and training for those wanting to develop a career in front work-based assessments, performance observations, operations including documentation and international experts on use of manuals, ticketing procedure to equip the e . .
y office operations with emphasis on relationship management projects, and field trips, industrial visits. Tests will be regulations.: students to issue a ticket. Practical training on various y t t i which is the key to success of an organization. It also aims to conducted on weekly, semester, and annual basis. World Geography counters of an airline and travel agency is also included. i s s
r provide knowledge, understanding and skills required to A three-month industrial training after the annual Travel Language Assessment is by written examinations, assignments and r e e
v focus on the development of the major and wider key skills in examination is an integral part of the course. Travel Agency Operations project work. v i the guest relations management, service quality, integrated Domestic Operations i n n
u marketing and communication. International Travel u i OTHER INFORMATION OTHER INFORMATION i
a The course focuses entirely on developing effective front COURSE LENGTH Travel Manual/guides COURSE LENGTH a r r . office representatives and guest relations executives who are 1 Year Fares Lata Rules and Regulations 1 Year .
w the key personalities responsible for creating and sustaining ATTENDANCE MODE Reservations and Cancellation ATTENDANCE MODE w
w brand loyalty in the hospitality industry. These personnel Full-time Regular Documentation and Foreign Exchange Full-time Regular w
w serve as the front end in creating the required image of the Airlines Central Reservation Systems w hotel and since no two guests, two hotels or two days are ever the same, a career in front office management is always exciting and challenging! ENTRY REQUIREMENT Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of Front Office Organization and Responsibilities 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Communication Systems and Skills secondary education or equivalent. Multi-cultural Awareness Property Management Systems Reservations Operations Reception Operations Front Office Administration Effective Check-in to Check-out Systems Front Office Revenue and Audit Systems Effective Operations of Lobby Desk Selling and Promotional Skills Providing Customer Care RELATED COURSES Personality Development RELATED COURSES Diploma in Hospitality Customer Relations Diploma in Travel and Tourism Diploma in Aviation Hospitality Management Diploma in Front Office Management Diploma (Hons) in Hospitality Customer Relations
CAREERS CAREERS
Students can look forward to exciting career Students are prepared for careers in domestic/ opportunities in hotels, airlines, cruise liners, and any international airlines, travel agency, and hotels. other customer related organizations.
198 199
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA - (Hospitality Customer Relations) DIPLOMA - (Institutional Housekeeping)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The course is designed to provide focused and specialized The course is conducted through lectures, demonstrations, The aim is to equip the students with the knowledge and skills The course is conducted through lectures, demonstrations, . u framework of education and training for those in the field visits, practical training, and project work. Assessment is required in the functioning of the housekeeping department field visits, practical training, and project work. Assessments u d d
e hospitality industry with a responsibility to provide customer by assignments, monthly tests and year-end examinations. of the hospitality industry. The task of housekeeping is a are carried out during the on-going learning program e . .
y care and support. It aims to provide knowledge, gigantic one with functional application in hotels, clubs, through assignments, monthly tests and examinations. y t t i understanding and skills required to focus on the OTHER INFORMATION hospitals and other commercial establishments. It takes a i s s
r development of the major and wider key skills in the COURSE LENGTH well-organized approach and technical understanding to OTHER INFORMATION r e e
v customer relations management, service quality, integrated 1 Year enable housekeeping to cope with the volume of work. The COURSE LENGTH v i marketing and communications. ATTENDANCE MODE course provides the students with an appreciation of the role 1 Year i n n
u Full-time Regular of the housekeeping as the “backbone“of the hospitality ATTENDANCE MODE u i Introduction to hospitality customer relations i
a setup, always being the key component of the industry, albeit Full-time Regular a
r Analysis of Different Customer Needs r . Communication Skills operating behind the scenes. . w Handling Customer Service Problems Introduction to Institutional Housekeeping w w Promotion of Continuous Improvement Program Organization and Structuring of Housekeeping w w Product and Services Staffing, Recruitment, Induction Training w Promotional Skills Safety Awareness and Security Procedures Challenges of Languages Hygiene and Sanitation Team Leadership and Supervision Housekeeping Practices-Cleaning Methods ENTRY REQUIREMENT Housekeeping Practices-Cleaning Agents ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of Housekeeping Practices and Standards 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Managing Inventories secondary education or equivalent. Pest Control Budgeting and Controlling Expenses Managing an On-premises Laundry Services Training and Development
RELATED COURSES Diploma in International Ticketing and CRS Diploma in Front Office Management Diploma in Aviation Hospitality Management RELATED COURSES Diploma in Cruise Hospitality Management Diploma in Hospitality Customer Relations Diploma in Institutional Catering
CAREERS CAREERS
Students can look forward to lucrative career Career opportunities exist in the hotel industry, hospitals, opportunities not only within the hospitality industry but offices, company guesthouses, city malls, clubs and also in sectors like financial services, retail and IT enabled commercial establishments. Apart from these career services (ITES). options, they can be entrepreneurs and set up their own consultancy services or offer contract housekeeping to corporate houses and offices.
200 201 GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> DIPLOMA - (Hospitality & Tourism)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n i
. The course is designed for those graduates seeking a rigorous Learning and teaching methods encourage group and u program in the international hospitality sector in particular or independent learning. The course is conducted through d
e more widely within the tourism industry. The course aims to lectures, tutor inputs, field visits and talks from experts in the .
y prepare students for a supervisory position in the hospitality field. Assessment is carried out during the on-going learning t i and tourism industry and satisfy the high level of demand for program, through assignments, monthly tests and year-end s
r qualified personnel in the world's fastest growing industry. examination. e
v Hospitality Management i Introduction to International Hospitality Industry n OTHER INFORMATION
u Overview of Hotel Industry in India COURSE LENGTH i
a Types of Hotels and their Star Categorisation 1 Year r . Hospitality Operations and Management ATTENDANCE MODE
w Hospitality Accounting and Financial Management Full-time Regular
w Principles and Practices of Management
w HRM in Hospitality & Tourism Industry Business Communication Managing Change Principles of Hospitality Marketing ENTRY REQUIREMENT Travel and Tourism Management 10+2 from any recognized board of Introduction to International Travel & Tourism Industry secondary education or equivalent. Historical Dimensions of Tourism Geography of Travel and Tourism Socio-Economic benefits of Tourism Managing Operations of Travel Agencies - Itinerary Planning - Tour Packaging & Costing - Handling inbound/outbound tours International Ticketing and CRS Corporate and Business Strategy Quality Control in Tourism and Travel Operations Legal Environment and Public Policy Framework for Tourism E-Business Application in Tourism RELATED COURSES Customer Relationship Management Diploma in Hospitality Customer Relations Eco-Tourism Diploma in Institutional Catering Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility
CAREERS On successful completion, the student will qualify to work in a management cadre within the hospitality and tourism industry i.e. airlines, travel agencies, tour operators, hotel and resorts and other related areas.
202 SOFT SCHOOL OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY
Fashion Technology & Performing Arts
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA (Fashion Technology) BSc (Textile Design)
COURSE INFORMATION Year 3 COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This course offers option in menswear, womenswear, Fashion Stylization The reputation of this successful textile design degree Students will learn through a series of lectures, . u knitwear and fashion textiles and is designed for creative and Textile Manufacturing Technique continues to increase. The course integrates creative design demonstrations, workshops, tutorials and practical projects. u d Garment Draping d e committed students who wish to make a positive with marketing, business and technology. It enables you to e . .
y contribution to the fashion industry. Computer Graphics for Fashion Design specialise in designing printed, wooven or knitted fabrics for OTHER INFORMATION y t t i The degree comprises an introductory first year followed by a Menswear all sectors of the textile industry. i s COURSE LENGTH s r three year program in one of the specialist option areas. Each Project Minor Year 1 3 Years r e pathway is structured to provide a challenging course of study Industrial Training e v Visual Research ATTENDANCE MODE v i dedicated to enabling fashion students to develop an Fashion Marketing and Merchandising Visual Culture i n Full-time Regular n
u individual approach. Quality Control Apparel Fabric Development u i i
a In addition to the high quality teaching students benefit from Experimental Embroidery Textiles Fibre to Product Development a r r . the expertise of visiting designers and other specialists gaining Realizing a Fashion Collection Year 2 .
w valuable experience while working on projects by major Major Project Fabric Design w
w fashion companies. Design Application w
w Placements are valuable and rewarding components of the COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Global Textile Sourcing w course providing the opportunity to work on real projects Instruction is by group discussions, tutorials, practicals, Global aAnd Legal Issues in Textiles within a commercial environment. lectures and independent study. Assessment is continuous Year 3 Year 1 throughout the year. A dissertation and presentation Advanced Textile Processes ENTRY REQUIREMENT Design Exploration in Fashion completes the program. Design Project ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from recognized board of Fashion & Textile Material Understanding I Business Planning for Artists and Designers 10+2 from recognized board of secondary education or equivalent with a Pattern Drafting OTHER INFORMATION Future of Design secondary education or equivalent with a portfolio work bearing testimony to Drawing Techniques & Approaches COURSE LENGTH Innovation and Design portfolio work bearing testimony to creative and visual aptitude. creative and visual aptitude. CAD 3 Years Life Skill ATTENDANCE MODE Fashion & Textile Material Understanding II Full-time Regular Design Application in Fashion Historical & Contextual Referencing RELATED COURSES Advance CAD Fashion Illustration and Appreciation MA Textile & Fashion Design Management Open Elective I Year 2 Textile Manufacturing Techniques RELATED COURSES Visual Merchandising Fashion Forecasting BA Fashion Studies Accessory Designing CAREERS Model Drawing Open Elective II CAREERS Employment opportunities are diverse and include Traditional Indian Textile company stylists, studio designers and managers, Textile Dyeing and Printing Career opportunities include designing over a broad product development coordinators, merchandisers, Knitwear Design range of market levels for menswear, womenswear, fabric technologists, product developers and quality Advance Design Studio childrenswear, designers and manufacturers, fashion control managers. Costume Designing illustration, fashion forecasting, fashion journalism, fashion Open Elective III textiles, knitwear, public relations, fabric-color research and fashion styling.
206 207
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA (Hons) (Fashion and Apparel Technology) BA (Hons) Textile Design(Constructed Textiles)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This 3 year course aims to integrate fashion design and Assessment is continuous and project based with tutorial The course provides a creative visual design education The course is based on tutorial guidance, studio / workshop . u technology in order to provide an excellent foundation in the support and interim examinations and critiques exploring weaving and knitting for fashion and interiors. practice; collaborative projects, lectures; seminars; u d d
e knowledge , skills and processes involved in the design and Intellectual and technical skills are developed through modules; and personal study e . .
y manufacture of clothing from mass market to designer labels OTHER INFORMATION drawing and the practical use of materials in studios equipped y t t i The program explores the relationship between design and with traditional and computer controlled loom, and knitting OTHER INFORMATION i s COURSE LENGTH s r technology through a range of specialist pathways 3 Years machines.. The course promotes professionalism and COURSE LENGTH r e This fashion programme features the twin elements of business awareness in craft , fashion or interior textiles e v ATTENDANCE MODE 3 Years v i creative design and manufacture. These are fully supported Rapid changes in fashion trends and technological advances i n Full-time Regular ATTENDANCE MODE n
u by critical and professional theory, as well as being put into provide textile designers with opportunities to influence u i Full-time Regular i
a social, cultural and historical contexts taste and style. a r r . Year 1 Year 1 .
w Drawing Techniques and Approaches Exploring the Creative Design Process w
w Historical and Contextual Understanding Introduction to Textile Embroidery w
w Design Exploration in Fashion Basic Constructed Textiles w Design Application in Fashion Traditional Printed Textile Design Research in Textiles Pattern Drafting Specific Subject Route Selection Pattern Construction Year 2 ENTRY REQUIREMENT Introduction to Draping Development of Specialist Design & Practical Skills. ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from recognized board of Garment Construction Individual Flair, Commercial and Professional Awareness 10+2 from recognized board of secondary education or equivalent with a Critical Study Design Exploration & Application in Textiles secondary education or equivalent with a portfolio work bearing testimony to Year 2 Experimental Printed & Embroidered Textiles portfolio work bearing testimony to creative and visual aptitude. Fashion Marketing and Promotion Year 3 creative and visual aptitude. Fashion and Textile Material Understanding Knowledge and Skills for Complex Design Problems. Production Techniques Personal Programme of Study Manufacturing Techniques and Processes Textiles Specialist Techniques & Approaches Clothing Manufacturing Production Operations Initial Concept to Final Stage Management Designer Pattern Cutter Operation Accessory Design and Production Surface Ornamentation Year 3 RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES Design Process and Design Management Research and Development for Fashion Design Diploma in Apparel Production and Retail BSc Textile Design Advanced Production Techniques Management Business Studies MA Textile Design (Surface Ornamentation) Professional Practice and Development Independent Dissertation Realising A Fashion Collection CAREERS CAREERS
Successful students have the opportunity to progress to Graduates are equipped for diverse careers including degree courses in design and business of fashion. textile designers, textile design and technology Alternatively students enter employment in a range of specialists, constructed textiles designers, design positions such as designing. Buying, product managers, freelance designer, buyers, textile marketing development and visual merchandising. personnel, education 208 209
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA (Hons) (Fashion Marketing ) BA (Hons) (Fashion Design Technology)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This program will prepare you for a career in the retail and Assessment is continuous and methods include written This two-year program explores the relationship between Assessment is continuous and project based with tutorial . u wholesale fashion industry. Focusing on behind-the-scenes reports, case studies, presentations, time constrained design and technology through a range of specialist pathways. support and interim critiques. u d d
e operations, you'll learn the importance of production, assignments. Students develop core skills of design and manufacture in their e . .
y marketing, advertising and business administration. You'll gain specialist pathway. They will have the opportunity to acquire OTHER INFORMATION y t t i a big picture understanding of the marketplace and what it the skills and knowledge to enter the fashion industry within i s OTHER INFORMATION COURSE LENGTH s r takes to succeed there. The course is delivered using a range COURSE LENGTH their specialist area or to apply for entry to a program at an 3 Years r e of work- based teaching and learning techniques to ensure advanced level. e v 3 Years ATTENDANCE MODE v i students gain a practical understanding of fashion business. Designer Pattern Cutter Option i n ATTENDANCE MODE Full-time Regular n
u S o m e o f t h e s u b j e c t s a r e l i s t e d b e l o w : Textiles for Fashion Embroidery Option u i Full-time Regular i
a Year 1 Textiles for Fashion Knitwear Option a r r . Introduction to marketing Accessories Option .
w Marketing in Practice Cultural Studies w
w Design Theory and Practice Business Studies w
w Fashion Marketing CAD/CAM w Public Relations & Fashion Media Fashion Design Year 2 Project Advertising Industry Project. ENTRY REQUIREMENT Marketing Communications ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from recognized board of Fashion Industry Analysis 10+2 from a recognised board of secondary education or equivalent with a Fashion Promotion secondary education or equivalent and portfolio work bearing testimony to Finance and Statistics portfolio of work. creative and visual aptitude. Year 3 Marketing Plan Report Management and Organizational Behavior RELATED COURSES Group Project Work Placement DIPLOMA (Hons) Fashion Marketing & Promotion RELATED COURSES Fashion Environment MA Fashion Industry MA Product Design and Development for Fashion Industry CAREERS
Graduates from this course are well placed to find CAREERS employment in all areas of fashion marketing and brand management, public relations, retail and merchandising. Successful students have the opportunity to progress to degree courses in design and business of fashion. Alternatively students enter employment in a range of positions such as designing, buying, product development and visual merchandising.
210 211
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA (Hons) (Fashion Marketing and Promotion) BA (Hons) (Fashion Design for Industry)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This course is for students who wish to specialise in the field of Assessment is continuous and methods include written The programme is led by studio and workshop based activity, This is a practical studio based course underpinned by . u marketing and promotion and to develop that speciality in reports, case studies, essays, presentations, time underpinned by a theoretical investigation of fashion design seminar discussions and lectures. Continuous assessment of u d d
e relation to fashion.The course is delivered using a range of constrained assignments and integrated projects. principles, the technology of garments manufacture, practical work and written assignments culminate in a major e . .
y work-based teaching and learning techniques to ensure marketing and promotion. The emphasis on project work project comprising a collection and a written dissertation. y t t i students gain a practical understanding of fashion business and harnesses the individuals creative abilities. The course aims to i
s OTHER INFORMATION s r promotion skills. COURSE LENGTH strengthen and advance creative and intellectual capabilities OTHER INFORMATION r e Fashion Marketing through the discipline of fashion design by offering stimulating e v 3 Years COURSE LENGTH v i Public Relations and Fashion Media and challenging practical projects and research assignments. i n ATTENDANCE MODE 3 Years n
u Advertising The course equips students with the confidence, flexibility u i Full-time Regular ATTENDANCE MODE i
a Cultural Studies and capability to find opportunities for employment and a
r Full-time Regular r . Information and Communications I respond to the challenges of a dynamic global market. .
w Management and Organisational Behaviour Year 1 w
w Finance and Statistics Visual Communication Skills w
w Group Project Drawing and Painting Skills w Marketing Communications Fashion Design Projects Fashion Retail and Branding Garment Making. Advertising Management Year 2 ENTRY REQUIREMENT Information and Communications Ii Design Projects ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from a recognised board of Fashion Industry Analysis Creative Pattern-cutting 10+2 from recognized board of secondary education or equivalent and Marketing and Promotion Plan Garment Construction. secondary education or equivalent with a portfolio of work. Marketing Plan Report Garment / Textile Designing portfolio work bearing testimony to Work Placement There are three Study Pathways which Progressively Emerge creative and visual aptitude. from 2nd Year: Fashion Design, Fashion Knitwear Design Fashion Design with Marketing. Year 3 RELATED COURSES Each student is required to prepare their own project brief RELATED COURSES BA (Hons) Fashion Design Management and design an original fashion collection. Bachelors Program in Fashion Marketing BA (Hons) Fashion and Apparel Technology
CAREERS The fashion and textile market is global and constantly CAREERS evolving. Manufacture is moving to key resource efficient center world-wide, from large corporations to small Graduates from this course are well placed to find business enterprises. Graduates face a range of employment in all areas of fashion marketing and challenging career options in design, marketing, and promotion including marketing and brand management, promotion and product development as design public relations, advertising, retail and merchandising. professionals.
212 213
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA (Hons) (Fashion Design with Retail Management) BA (Hons) (Fashion Management)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This program is for creative fashion individuals who are The students receive regular feedback on their Fashion management program is a two years course with Assessment is continuous and each unit has appropriate . u more business oriented. performance through-out the course. The final module in specialist pathways in fashion buying and merchandising, research and production work, feature writing, location u d d
e The student will learn about the retail industry and design year 3 results in a public exhibition. Theory lectures, demos fashion management, fashion marketing and fashion retailing. styling as well as public relations strategy. e . .
y management, alongside a creative approach to design, fabric as well as practical teaching methods form the basic course Fashion Industry Economics y t t i sourcing : presentations skills, pattern cutting & delivery methodology. Assessment will be made on written i s Principles of Fashion Marketing OTHER INFORMATION s r manufacturing , design management and cultural studies. examinations, periodic assignments, project and practical Quantitative Methods COURSE LENGTH r e work. e v Year 1 Management and Organizational Behavior 3 Years v i Introduction to Design & Retail i n Fashion Design Studies ATTENDANCE MODE n
u Experimentation and Exploration of Design Language & u i OTHER INFORMATION Managing Information Technology Full-time Regular i
a Process a
r COURSE LENGTH Group Fashion Business Project r . Design Application & Production in Fashion 3 Years Introduction to Cultural Studies . w Merchandise Retail Management ATTENDANCE MODE The History of Fashion w w Year 2 Full-time Regular Modern Foreign Language w w Technical Knowledge and Creative Development Group Management Project w Fashion Culture & Environment Fashion Marketing Management Practicing Designers and Fashion Industry Business Finance Industrial Training ENTRY REQUIREMENT Fashion Product Development ENTRY REQUIREMENT Year 3 Fashion Company Consultancy Project 10+2 from recognized board of Buying Process & Management Management of Information Option 10+2 from a recognised board of secondary education or equivalent with a Marketing and Presentation Small Business Management Option secondary education or equivalent and portfolio work bearing testimony to Advertising , Promotion & Visual Display portfolio of work. creative and visual aptitude. Modern Foreign Languages Option Independent Project Choice of Cultural Studies Option RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES BA(Hons) Fashion Design for Industry BA(Hons) Fashion Marketing and Promotion BA(Hons) Fashion Design Management, BA(Hons) Fashion Design with Retail Mgmt. BA(Hons) Fashion Design & Technology
CAREERS CAREERS There is a range of careers available on completion of this course like: Fashion Designers, assistant designers, Successful graduates from this course can expect to stylists, buyers, retail & merchandising personnel, brand succeed as managers in a wide range of commercial developers, PR, Visual display, sales and promotion enterprises and will have the potential to operate in the fields of fashion buying and merchandising, product sourcing, marketing and brand management.
214 215
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA (Hons) (Beauty Care and Health Studies) BA (Museology)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION Museum Interactivity n n i i
. BA (Hons) in Beauty Care and Health Studies is a two years With regular inputs by leading beauty and spa companies The Museology Program is designed to provide the Museum Ergonomics . u course with specialist pathways in the profession of student-work is assessed by report writing, research generalized training, knowledge, and skills necessary to Museum Research Seminar 1 u d Museum Research Seminar 2 d e nutritionist, beauty therapist, fitness professionals and assignments, oral presentations and practical projects. pursue a professional career in museum work. The program e . .
y scientific practices in beauty and fitness. is directed toward the training of a broad range of students Museum Research Seminar 3 y t t i interested in curation and management of collections in the Museum Research Seminar 4 i s Beauty and Spa Therapies OTHER INFORMATION s r Business Management COURSE LENGTH broad range of specialisations. Museum Research Dissertation r e Courses include required core museology subjects as well as e v Scientific Practices. 3 Years v i a range of classes, offering students the chance to specialize in COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT i n Therapeutic Studies ATTENDANCE MODE n
u areas of their interests. Course work is divided between the The course is assessed using variety of novel methods, u i Beauty Therapy Techniques Full-time Regular /Flexi-time i
a theoretical and practical aspects of museum operations. including assignments, portfolio submissions and case study a
r Industry Overview r . Physiology and Anatomy Classes take the form of lecture courses, seminars, special analysis. . w Nutrition and Dietetics lectures by guest speakers, field trips, laboratory and A formative system of assessment ensures that all the w w Health, Diet And Fitness collection management courses, practicals and internships. practical assignments, group discussions, presentation w w Professional Practice Year1 seminars, year-end exams and written assignments in each w Work Placements and Case Study Introduction to Museology subject are graded through-out the year. The formal written Marketing History of Collection Management and practical assessment is done at the end of each semester. Introduction to Documentation in Museums ENTRY REQUIREMENT Finance ENTRY REQUIREMENT Information Technology Introduction to the History of Art OTHER INFORMATION 10+2 from a recognised board of Introduction to the Conservation Science COURSE LENGTH 10+2 from recognized board of secondary education or equivalent and Introduction to the Museum Professionalism 3 Years secondary education or equivalent with portfolio of work. art /graphics portfolio. RELATED COURSES History of Collection Mgmt ATTENDANCE MODE Documentation in Museums Full-time Regular MA Costume Design & Technology History of Indian Art Conservation of Art Museum Ethics Museum Organisations (Int'l and National) Year 2 Museum philosophy, Museum Administration CAREERS Museum Organization and Structure Successful graduates are readily employed as beauty Museum Income Generation therapists and quickly progress to senior therapists, Museum Marketing advancing to management level in salons, spas and health Museum Ethics RELATED COURSES clubs. Qualified graduates also specialise in Museum Collection Management, complementary therapies, hair removal technology, Museum Conservation BFA Painting exercise therapy or become salon owners. Graduates Museum Exhibition BFA Sculpture who wish to be involved in the business side of the Museum Architecture industry develop sales, training or marketing experience in larger companies. Museum Risk Mgmt Museum Insurance Year 3 CAREERS Museum Security, Museum Education Student will be able to pursuing careers as Professional Understanding Documentation of Contemporary Art Museum Curators, Gallery Curators, Museum Museum Graphic Design designers, Visual Researchers, Collection Managers
216 217
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA (Graphic Design) BFA (Print Making)
COURSE INFORMATION Managing the Design Process & Production COURSE INFORMATION Optional Subjects (choose any two) n n i Painting i . The BA (Graphic Design) course structure is designed with Professional Studies This four year Bachelor course has been specially designed to instill . u the contemporary needs and dynamic attributes a Graphic Design Entrepreneurship in you the professional skills of an artist, and providing a thorough Introduction to Conservation and Restoration u d Design Portfolio Management grounding for your artistic pursuits. The first year is foundation year, Introduction to Ceramics I d e designer can attain. The program is an amalgamation of e . and rest three years are of specialization in printmaking. In each Photography and Digital Imaging .
y understanding and experimenting manual techniques to the Design Dissertation (A) y
t year there are 10 (ten) core subjects and 2 (two) optional subjects. Year 4 t i advanced digital techniques. The program specializes the Design Dissertation (B) i s Year 1 Core Subjects s r students in three pathways - Advertising, Illustration, Creative Drawing & Composition r
e Core Subjects e Typography emphasizing interactive media from Print Media v COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Drawing Creative Printmaking v i to the Motion Media. i n This course is assessed through theoretical and practical Creative Composition Methods and Materials n
u An elaborate training in research methodologies in Historical Photography & Digital Imaging u i assignments, presentations, exhibitions, viva and closed Clay Modelling i
a Contexts and critical studies of Graphic Designers (Historical book examinations. Mixed Media Multi-media a r r . and Contemporary) initiates learners into conceptualizing Painting Aesthetics in Fine Arts .
w History of Asian Art / History of Western Art w and visualizing Graphic solutions. OTHER INFORMATION Relief Print Making w Year 1 Serigraphy Report And Final Display w COURSE LENGTH Optional Subjects (choose any two)
w History of Art & Art Appreciation w Idea Generation 3 Years Drawing Techniques and Application (Basic Level) and Critical Study Painting ATTENDANCE MODE Traditional and Folk Indian Art Techniques Advanced level) Optional Subjects (choose any two) Full-time Regular Introduction to Photography Introduction to Video Art Introduction to typography ENTRY REQUIREMENT Introduction to Digital Imaging Introduction to Ceramics II ENTRY REQUIREMENT Ideas in Context Paper-making 10+2 from recognized board of Design Aesthetics Book-arts COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT 10+2 from recognized board of secondary education or equivalent with Historical Contextual studies (Prehistoric art) Qualifying Subjects- The course is assessed using variety of innovative methods, secondary education or equivalent with art/graphics portfolio demonstrating art /graphics portfolio. Introduction to Digital Artworks English: as prescribed by the University. including assignments, portfolio submissions and case study intellectual, conceptual, visual and creative Drawing Techniques and Application (Advanced level) Hindi: as prescribed by the University. analysis. Formal class contact time is normally 10-15 hours per skills of the applicant. Typographic Ideas Year 2 week and students are expected to supplement this with an equal Historical Contextual studies (Styles in Art) Core Subjects amount of independent study. The assessment criteria is two Critical Studies Drawing phased. A formative system of assessment ensures that all the Introduction to Advertising Composition practical assignments, group discussions, seminars and written Year 2 Relief Printing assignments in each subject are graded through-out the year. The Communicating with Images Intaglio formal written and practical assessment is done at the end of each Screen Printing semester. The culmination of the final year is the display of work as Computer Application in Art & Design Mixed Media part of an exhibition. Typographic Skills RELATED COURSES History of Indian Art / Western Art Historical Context (Graphic Design History) Critical Study OTHER INFORMATION Image Manipulation DIPLOMA(Hons) in Animation and Computer Graphics Curating and Exhibiting COURSE LENGTH Introduction to Photography Optional Subjects (choose any two) DIPLOMA(Hons) in Mutimedia Design and 4 Years Editorial Design Painting ATTENDANCE MODE Retrographic Printing Management Mural Full-time Regular Advanced Typographic Design Photography and Digital Imaging Interactive Media (Basic) Stained Glass Year 3 Historical Context (Design History) RELATED COURSES Applied Photography CAREERS Core Subjects Year 3 Drawing Composition BFA Painting Advertising Campaigns and Packaging Graduates are able to pursue careers as practitioners in Intaglio BFA Sculpture Exploring Mass Text Manipulation the areas of electronic media, multimedia, publishing and illustration in addition to opportunities in advertising as Screen Printing Art Direction Mixed Media CAREERS well as in the film and television production industry. Animation Photography & Digital Imaging Student will be able to pursuing careers as Professional Motion Graphics (Graphics in Films) Book-arts 218 Interactive Media (Advanced) History of Indian Art Artist, Art Educationist, Curator for Art Galleries and 219 History of Western Art Museums, Illustrator, Designer, Visualiser with Critical Study Advertising Agencies, Art Manager, Art consultant, Art Curating and Exhibiting Director, Set Designer
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BFA (Painting) BFA (Sculpture)
COURSE INFORMATION Mural COURSE INFORMATION Introduction to Conservation and Restoration n n i Mural i . This four year bachelor course has been specially designed to Introduction to Ceramics I This four year Bachelor course has been specially designed to instill .
u instill in you the professional skills of an artist, and providing a Year 4 in you the professional skills of an artist, and providing a thorough Introduction to Ceramics I u d thorough grounding for your artistic pursuits. The first year is Core Subjects grounding for your artistic pursuits. The first year is foundation Year 4 d e e . foundation year, and rest three years are of specialization in Creative Drawing year, and rest three years are of specialization in sculpture. In each Core Subjects . y y
t Creative Drawing t i painting. In each year there are ten core subjects and two Creative Composition year there are 10 (ten) core subjects and 2 (two) optional subjects. i s Painting Year 1 Creative Composition s r optional subjects. r Metal Casting e Year 1 Multi Media Core Subjects e
v Mixed Media v i Core Subjects Western Aesthetics Drawing i
n Western Aesthetics n Drawing Methods and Materials Creative Composition u u
i Methods and Materials i Creative Composition History of Asian Art / Western Art Clay Modelling a Mixed Media History of Asian Art a r Clay Modelling Report and Final Display r . History of Western Art . Painting Optional Subjects (choose Any Two) Painting w Relief Print Making Critical Study w Relief Print Making Print Making w Serigraphy Report and Final Display w Serigraphy Traditional and Folk Indian Art Techniques
w Intaglio Printing Optional Subjects (any Two) w Intaglio Printing Introduction to Video Art Appreciation and History of Art Traditional and Folk Indian Art Techniques Appreciation and History of Art Introduction to Ceramics II Critical Study Mural Optional Subjects (choose any two) Optional Subjects (any Two) Introduction Ceramics II COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT ENTRY REQUIREMENT Introduction to Photography Introduction to Photography Assemblage ENTRY REQUIREMENT Introduction to Digital Imaging The course is assessed using variety of innovative methods, Introduction to Digital Imaging 10+2 from recognized board of 10+2 from recognized board of Mural including assignments, portfolio submissions and case study Mural COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT secondary education or equivalent with Stained Glass analysis. Formal class contact time is normally 10-15 hours per secondary education or equivalent with art/ graphics portfolio. Stained Glass The course is assessed using variety of innovative methods, art/ graphics portfolio. Qualifying Subjects- week and students are expected to supplement this with an Year 2 including assignments, portfolio submissions and case study English: as prescribed by the university. equal amount of independent study. The assessment criteria is Core Subjects analysis. Formal class contact time is normally 10-15 hours per Hindi: as prescribed by the university. two phased. A formative system of assessment ensures that all Drawing week and students are expected to supplement this with an equal Year 2 the practical assignments, group discussions, seminars and Composition amount of independent study. The assessment criteria are of two Core Subjects written assignments in each subject are graded through out the Life Study phased. A formative system of assessment ensures that all the Drawing year. The formal written and practical assessment is done at the Carving practical assignments, group discussions, seminars and written Composition end of each semester. The culmination of the final year is the Portraiture assignments in each subject are graded through out the year. The Painting display of work as part of an exhibition. Methods and Materials formal written and practical assessment is done at the end of each Portraiture History of Indian Art semester. The culmination of the final year is the display of work Mixed Media OTHER INFORMATION History of Western Art as part of an exhibition. History of Indian Art / Western Art COURSE LENGTH Critical Study Curating and Exhibiting 4 Years Curating and Exhibiting OTHER INFORMATION Optional Subjects (choose any two) ATTENDANCE MODE Optional Subjects (any Two) COURSE LENGTH Print Making Full-time Regular Mural 4 Years Mural Photography and Digital Imaging ATTENDANCE MODE Photography and Digital Imaging Ceramic Full-time Regular Stained Glass Year 3 Year 3 RELATED COURSES Core Subjects Core Subjects Drawing BFA Sculpture RELATED COURSES Drawing Composition BFA Print Making Composition Life Study BFA Painting BFA Graphic Design Metal Casting Painting BFA Print Making Mixed Media Portraiture Indian Aesthetics (3) Mixed Media CAREERS CAREERS Methods and Materials Indian Aesthetics (3) History of Indian Art Student will be able to pursuing careers as Professional Methods and Materials Student will be able to pursuing careers as Professional History of Western Art Artist, Art Educationist, Curator for Art Galleries and 220 History of Indian Art / Western Art Artist, Art Educationist, Curator for Art Galleries and 221 Critical Study Museums, Illustrator, Designer, Visualiser with Advertising Optional subjects (choose any two) Museums, Illustrator, Designer, Visualiser with Advertising Agencies, Art Manager, Art consultant, Art Optional Subjects (any Two) Agencies, Art Manager, Art Consultant, Art director, Set Print Making Assemblage Introduction to Conservation and Restoration Director, Set Designer. Designer.
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE BA in Dance (Kathak /Tabla / Pakhawaj) MA (Fashion Industry)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This course is designed for the students who wish to embark The course is assessed through theoretical and practical Students in this course will have the opportunity to acquire There will be a three tier progression; entry level for the . u upon a career in the Indian classical dance form of kathak. assignments, performances and closed-book examinations. the key practical skills in demand in small fashion companies course is suitable for absolute beginners, moving on to an u d d
e Year 1 Formal class contact time is normally 10 -15 hours per week where increasingly the requirement is for employees to be intermediate level and the final term will provide specialist e . .
y Introduction to Kathak and students are expected to supplement this with an equal multi-skilled. The course will be taught in small groups by skills and the opportunity to produce a small collection of y t t i History of Kathak Dance or more hours of independent practice and study. specialist staff from the industry. Each block of courses will garments highlighting the variety of practical and commercial i s s
r Knowledge of Classical Dances Of India build to provide comprehensive training in the practical skills skills developed during the course. r e required to successfully enter the fashion industry. The The course is taught in small groups by specialist staff from e v Study of Two Different Taal OTHER INFORMATION v i Preliminaries of Gat Nikas and Gat Bhav courses will be taught in the specialist facilities of the school. the industry. i n COURSE LENGTH n
u Notation Those interested in this intensive program of study should be u i 3 Years i
a Year 2 ATTENDANCE MODE able to study part-time for at least three days per week. OTHER INFORMATION a r r . Brief Study of Natyashastra Full-time Regular Research Methodology COURSE LENGTH . w Study of Rasa and Bhava Market Research 2 Years w w Varities of Abhinaya CAD/CAM ATTENDANCE MODE w
w Mudras Information Technology Full-time Regular/ Flexi-time w Teen Taal and Introduction to a New Taal Costing Prescribed Gat Bhava Quality Procedures Guru Vandana ENTRY REQUIREMENT Year 3 ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from a recognised board of Introduction to Nayika Bheda Graduation in any discipline from a secondary education or equivalent. Study of Gharanas recognized University or equivalent and Biographies portfolio of work. Teen Taal and Introduction to a New Taal Kavit Thumri
RELATED COURSES
Bachelors Program in Tabla RELATED COURSES Bachelors Program in Hindustani Vocal MA Fashion Studies
CAREERS
Students can follow career options as choreographers, CAREERS performers and teachers. Students can enter employment in a range of positions such as designing, buying, product development and visual merchandising.
222 223
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Product Design & Development for Fashion Industry) MA (Costume Design & Technology)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This course aims at the student who wants to combine Assessment is project and assignment based throughout the The aim of this course is to produce creative and skillful Assessment through the course takes the form of a series of . u innovative design with technical expertise and strategic skills course. Each student must meet a required standard of work professionals who have the necessary design expertise, guided tours of selected studios and workshops . A relaxed u d d
e within the fashion and lifestyle industries. The course has four to progress to the next year of the course. Final year students technical abilities and management skills to respond to the and experimental environment is provided through e . .
y stages of progression relating directly to each academic year present their project in the form of a comprehensive developing challenges in the screen/ film & television, stage/ lectures , demonstrations , discussions and a series of design y t t i and aims to reflect the widening scope of fashion and the huge research package which includes a designed range of theatre and performance costume industries. The program projects. Progress is continuously monitored through i s s
r variety of career opportunities within clothing and products with supporting documentation on product is creatively intensive and highly practical. formal mid session reviews along with internal and external r e accessories. development and strategic marketing. The students will design and construct costumes for stage, examiners. Visiting lecturers provide an expertise in e v v i Principals and Techniques screen, classical & contemporary drama along with other specialized areas and work placements in theater, opera, i n n
u Market and Consumer Trends performance situations, all being specialized and varied The dance, television and film companies along with national and u i OTHER INFORMATION i
a Fundamentals of Range Planning COURSE LENGTH course requires knowledge of historical & cultural factors as international work placements organized through a r r . Financial and Technical Issues of Factory Production 2 Years well as a creative response to line, form, color, texture, text , consultation between students and staff. . w Supply Chain Management ATTENDANCE MODE character, movement & music along with a sound w w Projects Full-time Regular /Flexi-time understanding of demands of the medium. OTHER INFORMATION w
w Design The program involves practical specialist study units based in COURSE LENGTH w Construction Technologies the studio / workshop, aiming to develop student's specialist 2 Years International Markets knowledge and expertise by integrating theory and practice. ATTENDANCE MODE Sound Research Methodology Year 1 Full-time Regular/ Flexi-time ENTRY REQUIREMENT Market Research Costume Design -- Theory, Principles and Practices ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a CAD/ CAM Fashion Trends and Cultural Costumes Graduation in any discipline from a recognized University or equivalent and Cost Structure Creative Interpretation & Response to Text , Character, recognized University or equivalent and portfolio of work. Project Movement and Music portfolio of work. Product Strategy and Promotion Design Process, Exploration & Representation Industry Placement Screen, Stage / Character Costume Design Contemporary Period Costume Industry Specialized Performance Costume Design Practical Studio / Workshop And Materials RELATED COURSES Revival, Expansion and Innovation MA Fashion Accessory Design & Technology Contemporary Costume Patterning & Construction RELATED COURSES Year 2 Creative Interpretation , Expression and Application MA Fashion Styling & Photography Final Project / Degree Show Advanced Couture & Fashion Sewing Creative Applications Specialization CAREERS
Graduates from this course are well placed to find CAREERS employment in all areas of fashion marketing, Costume Designers, Apparel Designers, Costume Stylists, Graduates from this course are highly sought after by the Choreographers, Event Managers, Character Artists, fashion and clothing industries. They are equipped to fulfil Couture Designers , Costume Design Specialists a broad range of managerial roles within design manufacturing, retail and trading companies, benefitting from the experience of their industrial placement year. Typical employment is in garment or textile technology, buying, sourcing, design, product or contract 224 management. 225
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Fashion Accessory Design & Technology) MA (Fashion Portfolio Development)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This program encourages the pursuit of innovation , achieved The course is highly vocational and is delivered through This program prepares a fashion portfolio reference for Critical investigation and experimental learning are the . u through application and development of practical skills with practical workshops, design studio, lecture and seminar designers as they begin their fashion design careers. It approaches which allow students to develop in this unit . u d d
e intellectual engagement towards perceptions, concepts and projects, visits and programmes, also deals with the highlights essential skills and techniques to help designers Developing individuality and personal style is fundamental e . .
y outcomes, it explores the opportunity to achieve a high level particular areas of crafts, including technology, design and become competitive within their chosen markets. By focusing to successfully achieving the outcomes and assessment y t t i of professional craft and design skills by maintaining a fine commerce. on both logical and creative solutions, the designer becomes criteria . Students will be required to develop a personal i s s
r balance between art and making. The projects and course work are evaluated continuously aware of the process of developing the portfolio- from style by exploring the design process through projects r e It also introduces students to basic accessory design concepts, with formal assessments at regular intervals, therefore written to specific briefs. Group and individual critiques and e v concept through presentation of the finished product. The v i visualization techniques, manipulation of materials & regular feedback on the students performance through out students will be encouraged to show initiative, awareness presentations of work should be encouraged . i n n
u techniques of interpretation, leading to creation of costume the course. and perception by developing a creative personal u i i
a jewellery and accessories in various materials and traditional A lecture and seminar programme runs through out the first expression & style compiling a fashion portfolio. OTHER INFORMATION a r r . craft styles. two stages of the course, introducing and developing Year 1 COURSE LENGTH . w The main emphasis is placed on experimentation, creativity theoretical practical studies in the design process and Design Process and Research Findings 2 Years w w and high standards of professional accessory practice so that production, business and design practice specialist guest Presentation of Portfolio Work as a Statement of Style ATTENDANCE MODE w
w the students design and develop concepts suitable for the lectures are also included. Basic Organizational Structure and Traditional Portfolio's Full-time Regular w commercial market translating original concepts into Organization and Contents finished products . OTHER INFORMATION Year 2 Year 1 COURSE LENGTH Target Market, Customer Focus and Profile ENTRY REQUIREMENT Creative Accessory Design 2 Years Presentation Formats, Flats & Specs, Presentation Boards ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Research and Resource Material ATTENDANCE MODE Computer Application Graduation in any discipline from a recognized University or equivalent and Creative Use of Drawing Media, Materials & Skills Full-time Regular Components, Techniques and Methodology recognized University or equivalent and portfolio of work. Creative Design and End Product Development Womenswear, Menswear, Childrenswear and Fashion portfolio of work. Year 2 Accessories Presentations Specialized Technical & Workshop Skills Development Up to Date Technologies Critical Understanding of Alternative Materials Economic Properties and Processing Cost Idea Refinement and End Product Development
RELATED COURSES
BA (Hons) Fashion and Apparel Technology RELATED COURSES
MA Fashion Styling and Photography
CAREERS Accessory designers, stylists, accessory marketing and merchandising specialists, accessory sales and CAREERS manufacture personnel. Illustrators, Portfolio developers, Portfolio specialists, Specialist Fashion Designers, Portfolio Stylists and Artists
226 227
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Fashion Studies) MA (Textile & Fashion Design Management)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. Fashion studies combines a multi-disciplinary approach to Visiting speakers from industry form an important element of The course is not merely a design course with a token input of Coursework and studio presentation accounts for 70%. . u fashion with the study of a specialism. This course offers the taught program.The second part of the course business studies, but one in which a management The other 30% is written examination u d d
e students the opportunity to pursue an individual area of culminates in a masters project or dissertation. Students are programme is integrated with creative studies. With the e . .
y research gaining from the broad-spectrum of activities at the required to produce a body of work through independent globalisation of textiles and fashion, many employers now OTHER INFORMATION y t t i college. Structured to provide a framework for independent, study that demonstrates a high level of research, critical and demand flexible graduates with a breadth of design i
s COURSE LENGTH s
r research-led study this course is studied in two parts- the first analytical skill, an innovative approach to problem solving in knowledge and an ability to manage design strategies. 2 Years r e half is a taught program and the second half an individually their specific field of practice and ability to work in The main focus is commercial design and the ability to e v ATTENDANCE MODE v i negotiated project. In the first part students take a common collaboration with industry or professional organisations. appraise creative ideas within a business context. The course i n Full-time Regular/ Flexi-time n
u program of contextual studies and research methods produces a broad based design professional who can u i i
a together with one of four options. OTHER INFORMATION competently address the design process and manage dseign a r r . Contemporary Culture COURSE LENGTH within a range of operations. . w Industry Perspectives 2 Years Year1 w w Role of the Media ATTENDANCE MODE Fashion and Textile Design w
w Cultural Theory Full-time Regular/Flexi-time Marketing, w Communication and Culture Option Merchandising Design and Technology Option Design Management. Marketing and Management Option CAD Skills ENTRY REQUIREMENT History and Theory Option Year2 ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Independent Project Design Based Projects Graduation in any discipline from a recognized University or equivalent and Market Based Projects recognized University or equivalent and portfolio of work. Dissertation. portfolio of work.
RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES MA Fashion Industry MA Textiles Design (Surface Ornamentation)
CAREERS CAREERS Students from this course are highly sought after by the fashion and clothing industries. They are equipped to fulfil Students most commonly get work in the following a broad range of managerial roles within design areas, which demand creative flair combined with manufacturing, retail and trading companies, benefitting management ability: commercial fashion or fabric design from the experience of their industrial placement year. ,design management, buying, product development and Typical employment is in garment or textile technology, fashion retail management. buying, sourcing, design, product or contract management.
228 229
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Fashion Styling and Photography) MA (Apparel Production, Quality Control)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This course is for enthusiastic visual communicators who wish Assessment through the course takes the form of a series of In today's fashion industry place many retailers are developing Visiting speakers from industry form an important element of . u to specialise as stylists or photographers in the creation of staged specialist and integrated projects. Students, both closer links with manufacturers. The importance of clear the taught program. The second part of the course u d d
e promotional images for fashion and related style industries. individually and as groups, will be expected to research, communication between them is vital. This can guarantee culminates in a masters project or dissertation. Students are e . .
y Through the taught disciplines of styling and photography organise and cost a shoot or promotional activity, present quick response from home manufacturers and promise required to produce a body of work through independent y t t i students articulate a visual language informed by historical and the final outcome and analyse its effectiveness. Students will competitive pricing options through overseas sourcing. study that demonstrates a high level of research, critical and i s s
r contemporary practice. The course works to the standards of learn through a series of lectures, demonstrations, Issues of quality are of paramount importance to everyone analytical skill, an innovative approach to problem solving in r e an industry whose aim is to capture the moment and seeks workshops, tutorials and through the practical experience of involved in today's fashion industry. This course will provide their specific field of practice and ability to work in e v v i individuals responsive to this pace of change. The core practicing their skills. Progress is monitored through you with an overview of the essential quality procedures that collaboration with industry or professional organisations. i n n
u studies, styling and photography, are linked together through tutorials. should be considered in all stages of product development, u i i
a a series of lectures, demonstrations and practical projects. manufacturing and assist in the development of strategies for a
r OTHER INFORMATION r . Students gain experience of how to source clothing and OTHER INFORMATION total quality management. COURSE LENGTH . w accessories in the styling unit; they become familiar with COURSE LENGTH The course is taught from the retail and manufacturing 2 Years w w location shooting and develop technical and creative skills 2 Years perspective enabling to gain an understanding of how a ATTENDANCE MODE w w using the college's studio and dark room facilities through the ATTENDANCE MODE garment is designed, costed and produced. Full-time Regular/Flexi-time w photography unit. Students develop research skills, analyze Full-time Regular /Flexi-time Quality Standards in Design and Pre-production. contemporary style and learn how to create, manipulate and Selection of Appropriate Material rework imagery to communicate ideas. Sampling and Measuring Techniques ENTRY REQUIREMENT Practical Styling and Photography Quality Control Procedures ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Fashion Awareness Garment Design Graduation in any discipline from a recognized University or equivalent and Professional Business Practice CAD / CAM Technology; recognized University or equivalent and portfolio of work. Contextual Studies Production Planning and Organization portfolio of work. Information Technology The Manufacturing Sector Industry Overview Domestic and Offshore Professional Practice Pricing and Price Point Styling / Photography Project Budgeting and Cost Control Fashion Design Practice Sampling and Assemble Art Direction RELATED COURSES Quality Control and Assurance Procedures MA Costume Design & Technology RELATED COURSES MA Fashion Studies MA Fashion Industry
CAREERS CAREERS
Students leave the course with a portfolio of effectively Students from this course are highly sought after by the targeted promotional images which showcase their skills fashion and clothing industries. They are equipped to fulfil as a stylist or photographer. Students successfully a broad range of managerial roles within design completing the course can expect to commence work manufacturing, retail and trading companies, benefitting across a broad range of media, including fashion, style and from the experience of their industrial placement year. music as freelance photographers or stylists. Typical employment is in garment or textile technology, buying, sourcing, design, product or contract management.
230 231
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Textile Design - Surface Ornamentation) MA Fine Arts (Critical History of Art)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This unit introduces students to the art of surface This is a practical studio based course underpinned by The two year post graduate programme explores historical The course is assessed using variety of innovative methods, . u ornamentation. It develops technical skills and a practical seminar discussions and lectures. Continuous assessment of and temporary theoretical and critical approaches to visual art including assignments, exams and case study analysis in u d d
e appreciation of the techniques required to produce sample practical work and written assignments culminate in a major and culture. It concentrates on issues affecting artistic practice, dissertation. e . .
y fabrics utilizing various techniques of ornamentation. It will project comprising a collection and a written dissertation. placing these in the context of long-standing debates about y t t i enable students to research, analyze and evaluate a variety of aesthetics and visual culture in the different historical periods. OTHER INFORMATION i s s r possibilities based on their understanding of various OTHER INFORMATION The programme offers a framework to help you to focus and COURSE LENGTH r e techniques to harness the creative potential of surface develop your understanding of problems related to art and its e v COURSE LENGTH 2 Years v i ornamentation to develop viable products. larger cultural significance. i n 2 Years ATTENDANCE MODE n
u Year 1 Year 1 u i ATTENDANCE MODE Full-time Regular i
a Textiles Design History of Indian Art I a
r Full-time Regular r . Design Management. History of Western Art I .
w Merchandising Methodology w
w Marketing Cultural Critical theories w
w Year 2 History of Modern/Contemporary Western Art I w Drawing and Painting Skills History of Modern/Contemporary Asian ArtI Fashion Design Projects Year 2 Creative Projects History of Indian Art II ENTRY REQUIREMENT Surface Ornamentation Techniques History of Western Art II ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation in any discipline from a Market Based Projects Presented as a Dissertation Cultural Critical theories Graduate BFA in painting, print making, recognized University or equivalent and Coursework and Assessment: History of Modern/Contemporary Western Art II sculpture, art history or humanities and portfolio of work. Coursework and Studio Presentation Accounts for 80%. The RELATED COURSES History of Modern/Contemporary Asian Art II literature. Other 20% is Written Examination. Dissertation MA Product Design & Dev. for Fashion Industry RELATED COURSES
Art Appreciation Critical Curation CAREERS The fashion and textile market is global and constantly evolving. Manufacture is moving to key resource efficient center world- wide, from large corporations to small CAREERS business enterprises. Graduates face a range of challenging career options in design, marketing, and Student will be able to pursue careers as professional promotion and product development as design Gallery Curator, Art Manager, Art Consultant and professionals. Museum Curator.
232 233
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA Fine Arts (Print Making/ Painting/ Sculpture) MA Fine Arts (Critical Curation)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This research based program provides two years of advanced The course is assessed using variety of innovative methods, Two year programme is designed to appeal to those who Critical Contexts in Curating, Artist/Curator/Audience and . u training to enhance professional individual identity of the including assignments, portfolio submissions and case study would like to take an individual creative line in the Professional Practices are examined by coursework essays. u d d
e student in specialized field of sculpture.. This would include analysis. Formal class contact time is normally 10-15 hours d e v e l o p m e n t o f t h e i r c a r e e r s a s f i n e a r t Practical Projects in Curatorship and Fine Art Administration e . .
y the refinement of technical and manipulative skills, but with per week and students are expected to supplement this with curators/administrators. The post graduate programme is are examined by portfolio. y t t i special concern for the interrelationship between technique, an equal amount of independent study. The assessment designed to give you practical experience in curatorship and i s s
r concept and creative statement. criteria is two phased. A formative system of assessment the administration of contemporary art, as well as a OTHER INFORMATION r e ensures that all the practical assignements, group theoretical and critical grounding to inform this. It also e v Year 1 COURSE LENGTH v i Directed Individual Studio Projects Intaglio / Screen Print / discussions, seminars and written assignments in each familiarises you with the changing nature of contemporary art i n 2 Years n
u Relief Print-I subject are graded through-out the year. The formal written practice by considering the specific dynamics of the u i ATTENDANCE MODE i
a Directed Individual Studio Projects- Digital and Mixed and practical assessment is done at the end of each semester. contemporary art world. You will have the opportunity to Full-time Regular a r r . Media-I The culmination of the final year is the display of work as part work on your own curatorial projects and to expose them to .
w Critical History of Modern Art - Indian and Western of an exhibition. the practical limitations of the existing art infrastructure. w
w Aesthetics and Critical Theories- Indian and Western Stressing on the recent critical theories this programme also w
w Report and Viva OTHER INFORMATION gives importance to the personal curatorial projects. w Year 2 COURSE LENGTH Year 1 Directed Individual Studio Projects Intaglio / Screen Print / 2 Years Critical Contexts in Curating Relief Print-II ATTENDANCE MODE Artist/Curator/Audience ENTRY REQUIREMENT Directed Individual Studio Projects- Digital and Mixed Full-time Regular Professional Practices ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation BFA in printing, print making, Media-II Year 2 Graduate BFA in painting, print making, with art/ graphics portfolio website Critical History of Modern Art - Indian and Western Cultural Critical Theories sculpture, art history or humanities and Aesthetics and Critical Theories- Indian and Western Practical Projects in Curatorship and Fine Art Administration literature. Dissertation and Viva
RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES DIPLOMA in Fine Art Art Appreciation DIPLOMA in Art Appreciation Art History
CAREERS CAREERS Student will be able to pursue careers as Professional Student will be able to pursue careers as professional Artist, Art Educationist, Curator for Art Galleries and Gallery Curator, Art Manager, Art Consultant and Museums, Illustrator, Designer, Visualiser with Museum Curator. Advertising Agencies, Art Manager, Art consultant Art Director, Set Designer.
234 235
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Conservation) MA Fine Arts (Museum & Heritage Exhibition Design)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. MA Conservation is designed to educate and train graduates The course is assessed using variety of novel methods, This new and exciting course is a unique opportunity for The course is assessed using variety of novel methods, . u who can carry out the examination, analysis, stabilization and including assignments, portfolio submissions and case study students seeking a professional exhibition design career in the including assignments, portfolio submissions and case study u d d
e treatment of art and artifacts, who would be versed in general analysis. heritage sector, together with the interdisciplinary skills analysis. e . .
y principles of collection care, and have a broad academic A formative system of assessment ensures that all the demanded by the profession. The course will equip the A formative system of assessment ensures that all the y t t i background in science and the humanities. practical assignments, group discussions, presentation students with skills in teamworking, presentation, practical assignments, group discussions, presentation i s s
r Diversity in both student population and in cultural areas of seminars, year-end exams and written assignments in each communication, exhibition design, project management and seminars, year-end exams and written assignments in each r e study is encouraged in order to enhance professional diversity subject are graded through out the year. The formal written a highly developed understanding of current exhibition design subject are graded through out the year. The formal e v v i in the field of conservation. and practical assessment is done at the end of each semester. practice. Working on live projects with practising designers, written and practical assessment is done at the end of i n n
u The following subjects are to be studied the students will be exposed to the very best in exhibition each semester. u i i
a Year 1 design practice for the museum and heritage sectors. a
r OTHER INFORMATION r . General Science COURSE LENGTH Year 1 OTHER INFORMATION . w Materials Science, 2 Years Museum and Heritage Exhibition Design in Practice COURSE LENGTH w w Environmental Chemistry ATTENDANCE MODE Museum Management I: Principles And Practice, 2 Years w w General Science Full-time Regular Museum and Heritage Space Management ATTENDANCE MODE w History of Art Museum Architecture Full-time Regular Archaeology, and Museum and Heritage Conservation Art and Artifact Technology, Museums and Heritage Presentation Designs (a Critical ENTRY REQUIREMENT Craft Skills, Study) ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation professional diploma or BFA Cultural Context, Computer Applications in Museums and Heritage Graduate BFA in painting, print making, in printing, printmaking, sculpture with art/ Documentation of Artworks Drawing Techniques sculpture, art history or humanities and graphics portfolio Deterioration of Paintings Design Lay Outing Techniques literature. Deterioration of Works of Art Introduction to 3D Model Making Year 2 History of Schools of Designs and Designers Preventive Conservation Museum and Heritage Documentation Treatment Techniques and Year 2 Conservation History Visitor Studies Ethics and Philosophy Interactive Mediums Major Conservation Specialty Areas Include: Textiles, Wood, Wall and Space Management Paper, Photographs, Library Materials, Paintings, Natural RELATED COURSES Lighting Technologies RELATED COURSES Science Collections, and Anthropological, Historical, Design Ergonomics MA (Museology) Decorative and Art Objects of all Materials. Environmental Design MA (Museology) Conservation of Paintings Heritage Environmental Control Mgmt MA (Critical Curation) MA (Critical Curation) Conservation of Art Works Heritage Site Marketing Techniques MA (Museum and Heritage Exhibition Design) MA (Conservation) Seminar 1 Space Design in Context Seminar 2 Conceptual Approaches and Contemporary Ideas MA (Visual Research) Seminar 3 Project Work (team and Individual) Seminar 4 CAREERS Dissertation Dissertation CAREERS Student will be able to pursue careers as Professional Student will be able to pursue careers as professional Artist, Art Educationist, Curator for Art Galleries and Gallery Designers, Museum Designers, Space Design, Museums, Illustrator, Designer, Visualiser with Consultants, Heritage site Managers Advertising Agencies, Art Manager, Art consultant Art director, Set Designer.
236 237
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Museology) MA (Visual Research)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The MA in Museum Studies provides a broad academic and The course is assessed using variety of novel methods, This program would emphasize research methodologies, The course is assessed using variety of novel methods, . u professional training in all aspects of museum work. Its general including assignments, portfolio submissions and case study accessing and understanding of copy rights and rights including assignments, portfolio submissions and case study u d d
e approach is to equip students with a basic range of skills and analysis. infringement. The candidates would experience and work on analysis. e . .
y knowledge that they can apply in any kind of museum. The A formative system of assessment ensures that all the various forms of visual art from photography, paintings, A formative system of assessment ensures that all the y t t i programme looks at all types of museum, from art galleries to practical assignments, group discussions, presentation sculpture to the motion media. practical assignments, group discussions, presentation i s s
r science museums. The programme consists of three seminars, year-end exams and written assignments in each Year 1 seminars, year-end exams and written assignments in each r e compulsory taught elements, a placement in a museum and a subject are graded through out the year. The formal subject are graded through out the year. The formal written e v Understanding Art v i dissertation written and practical assessment is done at the end of Visual Aesthetics and practical assessment is done at the end of each semester. i n n
u Year 1 each semester. Photography u i i
a General Museology Basics to Social Science Research a
r OTHER INFORMATION r . Museum Organization and Structure OTHER INFORMATION Introduction to Computer Applications COURSE LENGTH . w Museum Documentation COURSE LENGTH Drawing Techniques and Approaches 2 Years w w Art History 2 Years Year 2 ATTENDANCE MODE w w Museum Conservation (Preventional) ATTENDANCE MODE Digital Imaging Full-time Regular w Museums in World Context Full-time Regular Digital Research (Web, CD) Museum Professionalism Museum philosophy, Analog Research (Library systems) Museum Administration Professional Studies ENTRY REQUIREMENT Museum Income Generation Research Methodologies (Scientific & Social Science) ENTRY REQUIREMENT Graduation professional diploma or BFA Museum Marketing Disseratation + 2 Seminars Graduate BFA in painting, print making, in printing, printmaking, sculpture with art/ Museum Ethics sculpture, art history or humanities and graphics portfolio New Museology literature. Year 2 Museum Collection Management Museum Conservation Museum Exhibition Museum Architecture Museum Risk Management Museum Insurance Museum Seminar 1 RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES Museum Seminar 2 Museum Seminar 3 MA (Museology) MA (Museology) Museum Seminar 4 MA (Critical Curation) MA (Critical Curation) Museum Dissertation MA (Conservation) MA (Museum and Heritage Exhibition Design) MA (Visual Research)
CAREERS CAREERS
Student will be able to pursue careers as Professional Student will be able to pursue careers as professional Artist, Art Educationist, Curator for Art Galleries and Visual Researchers for, Newspapers (Dailies, weeklies, Museums, Illustrator, Designer, Visualiser with monthlies), News Agencies, Print Magazines (Business Advertising Agencies, Art Manager, Art consultant Art and News), Publishing Houses, Web Publishers, Director, Set Designer. Content Developing Organisations
238 239
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA (Western Vocal / Hindustani Vocal) DIPLOMA (Art Appreciation)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This diploma is designed to provide musical education and The course is assessed through various methods including The objective of this program is to acquaint the students with The course is assessed using variety of innovative methods, . u training to the highest level for students who wish to prepare theoretical and practical assignments, performances and the visual cultures from the earliest time to the present and including assignments, open and close book examination u d d
e themselves for the challenges of a career in music in the 21st closed-book examinations. Apart from formal class contact aesthetical organization of visual elements in an art object. and practical performance. Formal class contact time is e . .
y century especially in performance and composition. time students are expected to supplement this with an equal With training, we can begin to recognize the ideas, feelings, normally 10-15 hours per week and students are expected y t t i The principal study is in western vocals and is taught by or more hours of independent practice and study. and historical context of works of art, and the elements and to supplement this with an equal amount of independent i s s
r outstanding specialist teachers. principles of design that are the artists tools. study. r e Theory of Music Understanding Arts e v OTHER INFORMATION v i Ear Training Visual Elements of Painting, Sculpture, Graphics, Films and i n COURSE LENGTH OTHER INFORMATION n
u Sight Reading for Vocal Architecture u i 1 Year COURSE LENGTH i a Repertoire for Classical Vocal Different Movements of Art in West 1 Year a
r ATTENDANCE MODE r . Ensemble / Lab Assignments Full-time Regular Different Movements of Art in India ATTENDANCE MODE . w Contextual Studies Conceptual Approach to Art Full-time Regular w
w History of Western Music What is Modernism w
w Analysis of Major Classical Vocal Work What Is Post Modern w English Indian Aesthetics Private Instruction Assignment Western Aesthetics Digital Audio Principles Dematerialisation of Art Performance Art, Installation Art ENTRY REQUIREMENT Analysis of Visual Scores and Earth Work ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from a recognised board of Scoring Techniques for Visuals Critical Study Min.10+2 from a recognised board of secondary education or equivalent. Computer Application for Musicians secondary education or equivalent RELATED COURSES withart/ graphics portfolio. RELATED COURSES DIPLOMA in Fine Art DIPLOMA in Guitar
CAREERS CAREERS Student will be able to pursue careers as Art Educationist, Professionals may follow careers as teachers, Curator for Art Galleries and Museums, Art Manager, Art performers, music directors and critics. consultant, Art director.
240 241
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA (Guitar/ Piano/ Violin) DIPLOMA (Kathak)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This diploma is designed to provide musical education and The course is assessed through various methods including This one year course is designed for students who wish to The course is assessed through basic theoretical and . u training to the highest level for students who wish to prepare theoretical and practical assignments, performances and take-up dance on a part-time basis. It involves the training of practical assignments and performances. Formal class u d d
e themselves for the challenges of a career in music in the 21st closed-book examinations. Apart from formal class contact students in the basic elements of Kathak which can prove contact time is 6 hours per week. e . .
y century especially in performance and composition. time students are expected to supplement this with an equal valuable in choreography and also in the understanding of y t t i The principal study is in guitar and is taught by outstanding or more hours of independent practice and study. other dance forms. OTHER INFORMATION i s s
r specialist teachers. COURSE LENGTH r e Theory of Music e v OTHER INFORMATION 1 Year v i Ear Training i n COURSE LENGTH ATTENDANCE MODE n
u Repertoire for Guitar u i 1 Year Part-time i
a Music Composition ATTENDANCE MODE a r r . Ensemble / Lab Assignments Full-time Regular /Flexi-time . w Contextual Studies w
w History of Western Music w
w Analysis of Major Guitar Work w English Private Instruction Assignment Digital audio Principles ENTRY REQUIREMENT Analysis of Visual Scores ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from a recognised board of Scoring Techniques for Visual 10+2 from a recognised board of secondary education or equivalent. Computer Application for Musicians secondary education or equivalent.
RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES DIPLOMA in Violin DIPLOMA in Light Music
CAREERS CAREERS CAREERS Professionals may follow careers as teachers, performers, This course will enable the student to embark upon a music directors and critics. career in practice, criticism and education and will widen avenues for higher studies.
242 243
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE DIPLOMA (Tabla / Pakhawaj / Sitar / Vocal) DIPLOMA (Music Appreciation)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. These courses are designed for students who wish to take up The course is assessed through practical assignments and The aim of this course is to sensitize students to the basic Assessment by group-discussions, tests, projects and . u any of the above performing arts on a part time basis which performances. Formal class contact time is 6 hours per tenets of the Indian classical music tradition inculcating in performances. u d d
e can prove valuable in the all around development of week. them a deep understanding of historical and aesthetic e . .
y personality of the individual. perspectives. OTHER INFORMATION y t t i OTHER INFORMATION Notes on all Scales i
s COURSE LENGTH s
r COURSE LENGTH Combination of Notes with Beats 1 Year r e Raga e v 1 Year ATTENDANCE MODE v i That i n ATTENDANCE MODE Full-time Regular n
u Aesthetics u i Part-time i
a Tala a r r . Critical Essays .
w Project Work w
w Performance w
w History of Western Music w History of Indian Music Western Scales Indian Scales ENTRY REQUIREMENT Aesthetics ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from recognized board of Sound and Acoustics 10+2 from a recognised board of secondary education or equivalent with secondary education or equivalent. art /graphics portfolio.
RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES
DIPLOMA in Fine Art DIPLOMA in Light Music
CAREERS CAREERS
This course serves as an excellent base for a career in This course will enable the student to embark upon a Visual Arts. One can pursue a career as an Illustrator, career in practice, criticism and education and will widen Practicing Artist, Art Manager, Art Gallery Administrator, avenues for higher studies. Art Consultant, Potential Art Collector
244 245 SASC School of Arts, Science and Commerce
Liberal Arts & Social Sciences
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE Blib. BSc Hons (Criminology and Forensic Science)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Year 1 Crime, Media and Culture n n i i
. The graduate degree aims to equip the students with the A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used Introduction to Criminology Victims of crime: Key Players in Criminal Justice . u knowledge and skills in Library Sciences. Equal emphasis is throughout the course including lectures, workshops, Introduction to Criminal Justice System Crimes of the Powerful u d criminal Law Contemporary terrorism and Global Response d e placed on the learning of the theories as well as their realtime seminars and group exercises with the aim of shaping e . .
y application in career-oriented scenario. The goal is to students to become independent learners, equipped with Essential Chemistry Forensic Biology and Earth Sciences y t t i eventually transform students into mature, well-groomed practical skills and competencies. Students will be Introduction to Forensic Science Electives Year 3 i s s
r individuals who are performance-oriented, thereby making encouraged to develop presentation and report writing skills Introduction to Crime Scene Examination Safer Communities and Neighbourhood Policing r e victims and Offenders Dangerous Offenders and the Criminal Justice System e
v them eligible to join the ranks of working professionals. through case study based seminars and assessments. v i Year 1 Life Skills Fighting Fraud and Corruption i n n
u Introduction to Education Researching Criminology Treatment and Rehabilitation of Offenders u i OTHER INFORMATION i
a Educational Psychology COURSE LENGTH Crime Analysis Hate Crime a r r . Microcomputer Applications in the Classroom 3 Years Development of Criminological Theory Crime Scene Photography .
w Multicultural Education ATTENDANCE MODE Forensic Science and Detection Methods Crime, Exclusion and Mental Health w
w Introduction to Librarianship Full-time Regular crime Scene Documentation Cyber Crime: virtual Realities, Control and Mitigation w
w Year 2 crime and Deviance w Basic Information Sources and Services skills for Criminologists COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Instructional Strategies and Management Year 2 The University conducts ongoing student assessment Educational Evaluation Chromatography through class presentations, research report submissions ENTRY REQUIREMENT Teaching of Reading Core Issues in Crime and Punishment and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of Organization of Information Forensic Trace Analysis discussions is also monitored by faculty. Guidance Tutors 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Summer Training at a Library (2 months) Research Techniques in Forensic Science work closely with those students who need that extra dose secondary education or equivalent. Year 3 Forensic Investigations: From Crime Scene to Court of support and motivation to compete successfully. Selection of Library Materials Elective 1 Administration of Libraries Open Elective 1 OTHER INFORMATION Automation in the Library Media Centre Critical Issues in Policing and Crime Investigation COURSE LENGTH Media, Methods, and the Curriculum Criminology and Forensic Psychology 3 Years Library Materials and Services for Special Audiences Crime and Place: Geographic Criminology and Crime ATTENDANCE MODE Mapping Full-time Regular Elective 2 RELATED COURSES Elective 3 Criminal Law and Psychology BA (Pass) English Open Elective 2 Year 3 Forensic Science in Practice RELATED COURSES CAREERS Topical issues in Forensic Science Principles of criminal evidence BSc Hons Criminology and Psychology This degree program is tended to prepare students for elective 4 careers in library service in areas such as library Social Sciences Dissertation administration, archives and manuscript collection crime Reconstruction and Offender Profilling administration, record management, documents Management of criminal investigation librarianship, cataloguing, public and reference services, Elective 5 acquisitions and collection management, children's Major Project (Criminology) librarianship, access and manipulation of database Elective Year 2 information, special collections, and subject areas. Punishing Offenders Graduates of the program are ready to practice within Police, Law and Community various settings: academic, public or special libraries, Policing a Diverse Society information centres or school library media centres. 248 Youth Crime, Youth Justice 249 Crime Reduction and Community Safety
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BSc Hons (Criminology and Psychology) BA (Liberal Arts & Social Sciences)
Year 1 Victimology and Restorative Justice COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. Introduction to Criminology Applied Criminology This degree programme offers students the combination of The university conducts ongoing student assessment . u Introduction to Criminal Justice System Invisible Crimes focused study and broad development which is a key feature through class presentations and spot tests. Student- u d Criminal Law Cultures of War and Peace d e of a Liberal Arts & Social Science education. The learning participation in classroom discussions is also monitored by e . .
y Introduction to Psychology violent Crime, Body and Mind programme seeks to develop the skills necessary to succeed faculty. The college holds examinations at the end of each y t t i Inequality and Social Change Probation: Offender Management in the Community in new and challenging situations. It also offers the challenge of year. The live project and practical trainings constitute a part i s s
r Introduction to Security Studies Drugs: Abuse, Policy and Control studying a relatively wide range of university modules and the of the assessment procedure for the degree. r e Issues in Crime crime, Media and the Urban Environment e
v opportunity to deepen one’s personal values and sense of v i Life Skills Trials and Errors responsibility to the needs of society. It provides learning i n OTHER INFORMATION n
u Researching Criminology Understanding Homicide opportunities for both employability and fulfilment. COURSE LENGTH u i i
a Crime Analysis Electives (Psychology) Year 1 3 Years a r r . Development of Criminological Theory Development Disorder Understanding Human Nature I ATTENDANCE MODE .
w Introducing Social Research Emotion The Individual and the World of Work Full-time Regular w
w Introduction to Policing Neuropsychology Professionalism w
w Biological and Cognitive Psychology Psychological Therapies Fundamental Ethics w Developmental and Social Psychology Psychology and Identity Investigating Career Development in the Workplace Year 2 criminological and Forensic Psychology Communication in the modern world Interpreting Social Data Health Psychology Year 2 ENTRY REQUIREMENT core issues in Crime and Punishment Memory: Development, Function and Dysfunction Changing Structures of Work and Society ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of Theories of Deviance, Crime and Social Control Personality, Intelligence and Psychometrics Citizenship 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Research Techniques in Psychology Further Research Methods and Statistics in Psychology The Individual in the Economic Environment secondary education or equivalent. Issues in Social Psychology Psychopathology Relationship Marketing Elective from Psychology Understanding Human Nature II Open Elective 1 COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Career and Personal Development Abnormal Psychology The University conducts ongoing student assessment Year 3 Criminology and Forensic Psychology through class presentations, research report submissions Liberal Arts: Work Related Learning Crime and Place: Geographic Criminology and Crime and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom Identity and Contemporary Society Mapping discussions is also monitored by faculty. Guidance Tutors Project & VIVA Elective from Crime work closely with those students who need that extra dose Electives RELATED COURSES Elective from Crime of support and motivation to compete successfully. Business Studies Elective from Psychology English, B.A Liberal Arts Open Elective 2 OTHER INFORMATION Geography B.A (H) Modern Liberal Arts Year 3 COURSE LENGTH History Crime Prevention 3 Years Physical Education Critical Issues in Policing and Crime Investigation ATTENDANCE MODE Religious Studies CAREERS elective from Crime Full-time Regular elective from Psychology The graduates will be successful in gaining employment in Research Project the professions as Community Education Officer, Equal Transnational, Corporate and Organised Crime Opportunities Officer, Marketing and Events Policing Styles and Principles Coordinator, Sports Development Officer. Whether a Principles of Criminal Evidence student is interested in teaching, government, elective from Psychology psychology, music, law, administration, or any other field, Project this program provides the depth, breadth and flexibility Electives (Crime) needed to pursue careers in these fields Sports and Crime Youth Justice RELATED COURSES 250 Young people in Criminal Justice System 251 BSc Hons Criminology and Forensic Science Perspectives on Violence
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA (Public Governance) BA (Media / Business Admn. / Film & TV / Fashion)
Year 1 Electives (Year3) COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. Political Theory International Governance and Institutions This course at the University is especially designed for the The University conducts ongoing student assessment . u Indian Economy Law and Governance students who are interested in a broad liberal arts qualification through class presentations, research report submissions u d Community Organisation Reforms in Indian Governance d e involving a sustained overview of arts, humanities and the and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom e . .
y Micro Economics Public Governance and NGO's social sciences. Students receive in-depth insights into discussions is also monitored by faculty. Guidance Tutors y t t i Language: English Regional Economic Development and Governance History, Political Science, English and Hindi which are the work closely with those students who need that extra dose i s s
r Open Elective International Trade and Governance degree's core components. This three-year degree program of support and motivation to compete successfully. r e Local Self Governance e
v is also geared toward developing key competency in both v i Social Welfare Administration COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT written and spoken English so that students are free to pursue i n OTHER INFORMATION n
u Computer Application The University conducts ongoing student assessment any specialization of their choice either simultaneously or COURSE LENGTH u i i
a Indian National Policy System through class presentations, research report submissions upon completion of the degree program. Equal emphasis is 3 Years a r r . Language: Hindi and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom placed on the acquisition of knowledge and its realtime ATTENDANCE MODE .
w Open Elective discussions is also monitored by faculty. Guidance Tutors application in a career-oriented scenario. The goal is to Full-time Regular w
w Year 2 work closely with those students who need that extra dose eventually transform students into mature, well-rounded w
w Indian Government and Politics of support and motivation to compete successfully. individuals who are capable of independent decision-making w Comparative Government and Politics and are eligible to join the ranks of working professionals. International Relations OTHER INFORMATION Year 1 Macro Economics COURSE LENGTH English Part One: A contemporary assessment and study of ENTRY REQUIREMENT Management of NGO's 3 Years English based on an anthology of prose, poetry and fiction ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of Corporate Communication ATTENDANCE MODE MIL Hindi Part One: An overview of Hindi literature based on 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. Human Resource Management Full-time Regular prescribed readings of poetry, prose and fiction secondary education or equivalent. Social Sectors: Policies and Programs History Part One: Ancient History, The History of India from E-Governance earliest times to 1000 AD Project Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation Political Science Part One: Political Theory and the Governing Management and Economics of Planning Principles of Political Thought Ecology and Development Year 2 Intercultural Communication English Part Two: Exploring English Literature through a Study Social Marketing of Prose and Poetry Year 3 MIL Hindi Part Two: Modern Hindi Poetry, The Hindi Novel, Theory and Practice in Public Policy The History of Hindi Literature RELATED COURSES Governance and Policy Processes History Part Two: Modern India, History of Modern India Statistical Methods in Policy Analysis from 1707-1950 BA (Pass) English Ethics in Public Affairs Political Science Part Two: Government, Indian Government Elective and Politics Policy Analysis and Management Science Year 3 CAREERS Development Communication English Part Three: RK Narayan and writing in English by The degree serves as a launching pad and a foundation for Governance and Civil Society Indian authors a full spectrum of careers. When combined with the Culture, Organisation and Technology Selected English Poetry: The historical plays of William college's diploma programs the BA Pass degree serves as Elective Shakespeare: Julius Caesar a career pathway to opportunities in advertising, public RELATED COURSES MIL Hindi Part Three: Modern Hindi Prose, The History of relations, corporate communication, journalism and a Hindi Literature, Modern Essays and Hindi Essay Writing host of other professional disciplines. This is precisely why BA Hons English with Media/Business Admin./Film & History Part Three: Europe , History of Europe 1815-1939 students at the college pursue our integrated program in TV/Fashion Political Science Part Three: Government, Comparative which the BA Pass degree and the professional graduate Government and Politics diplomas are pursued alongside each other
252 253
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE BA (Pass) (Economics) BA (Pass) (Psychology)
Year 1 COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT Year 1 COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. Micro Economics The University conducts ongoing student assessment Introduction to Psychology The University conducts ongoing student assessment . u Nature and Problems of Indian Economy through class presentations, research report submissions Experimental Psychology through class presentations, research report submissions u d Year 2 Year 2 d e and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom e . .
y Macro Economics discussions is also monitored by faculty. Guidance Tutors Social Psychology discussions is also monitored by faculty. Guidance Tutors y t t i Money Banking and Public Finance work closely with those students who need that extra dose Developmental Psychology work closely with those students who need that extra dose i s s
r Year 3 of support and motivation to compete successfully. Year 3 of support and motivation to compete successfully. r e International Economics Psychopathology e v v i Issues of Economic Growth and Development Applied Psychology i
n OTHER INFORMATION OTHER INFORMATION n
u (Optional) COURSE LENGTH COURSE LENGTH u i i
a Quantitative Methods in Economics 3 Years 3 Years a r r
. History of Economic Thought ATTENDANCE MODE ATTENDANCE MODE .
w Full-time Regular Full-time Regular w w w w w
ENTRY REQUIREMENT ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of 10+2 from any recognized board of secondary education or equivalent. secondary education or equivalent.
RELATED COURSES RELATED COURSES
BA Hons English with Media/Business Admin./Film & BA Hons English with Media/Business Admin./Film & TV/Fashion TV/Fashion
254 255
>>>>>>>>> GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE BA (Pass) (English) BA (Social Work)
Year 1 COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION Social Work Seminar n n i i
. English Language Text The University conducts ongoing student assessment This programme aims to build commitment and competency Sixth Semester . u English Language Applied Grammar through class presentations, research report submissions in facilitating participatory change and transformation in rural Law and Social Work - II u d Year 2 Social Harmony and Conflict d e and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom areas at the level of individuals, groups and communities; in e . .
y English Language Text discussions is also monitored by faculty. Guidance Tutors government and non-government organisations (NGOs); Information Technology for Rural Development y t t i Writing Skills work closely with those students who need that extra dose and in law and policy. The programme is expected to shape Disaster Management i s s
r Year 3 of support and motivation to compete successfully. personnel competent to develop and implement rural Development Communication r e English Language Text Training Methodology and Management e
v development programmes independently. v i Structure of English/ Communication for Business and Media i
n OTHER INFORMATION n
u Comprehension Skills COURSE LENGTH History and Philosophy of Social Work COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT u i i
a 3 Years Human Growth and Development We believe that learning by doing is an extremely crucial a r r . ATTENDANCE MODE Gender Analysis aspect of the teaching–learning praxis of adult learners. .
w Full-time Regular Society: Structure, Culture and Change - I Therefore, the methods of training are participatory in w
w Environment and Development nature and learner-centric. Our teaching methods involve w
w Introduction to Computer Applications - I classroom teaching, lecture method, fieldwork exposure, w Language – I: English Proficiency group discussions, social work laboratory sessions, and role- Life Skills - I plays. Assessment will be made on the basis of written Social Work Methods Laboratory - I examinations, periodic assignments and project work. ENTRY REQUIREMENT Rural Economy of India ENTRY REQUIREMENT 10+2 from any recognized board of Society: Structure, Culture and Change - II OTHER INFORMATION 10+2 from any recognised board of secondary education or equivalent. Working with Individuals and Families COURSE LENGTH secondary education or equivalent. Working with Groups 3 years Community Organisation/Work - I ATTENDANCE MODE Language – I: English Proficiency Full-time Regular Life Skills - II Introduction to Computer Applications - II Social Work Methods Laboratory - II Political Economy of Rural Development Agriculture and Allied Activities - I Education: Policies and Programmes Health: Policies and Programmes RELATED COURSES Local Self-Governance: Policies and Programmes Language – II: Creative Literature MA English Community Organisation/Work - II Life Skills - II Social Work Methods Laboratory - III CAREERS Social Welfare Administration Rai University students are valued in the voluntary and Non-Farm Sector and Rural Poor inter-governmental organisations and the government Quantitative Research Methods in Social Work organisations. Graduates in this discipline have good Language – II: Creative Literature RELATED COURSES employment opportunities with the government and Life Skills - IV voluntary sector, at the district and sub-district levels, and BA Hons English with Media/Business Admin./Film & Human Rights local self-governing bodies. Furthermore, the TV/Fashion Social Action, Movements and Campaigns programme is expected to shape students' competence Management of Non-Governmental Organisations to develop and implement rural development Law and Social Work - I programmes independently. Qualitative Research Methods in Social Work 256 Communication and Analytical Skills 257 Integrated Social Work Practice
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MLib. MA (English, Hindi, Economic & Political Science)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT ENGLISH COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. The post graduate degree prepares students for professional A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used Year1 A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used . u employment in information and library services. The PG throughout the course including lectures, workshops, Literature in English Poetry throughout the course including lectures, workshops, u d d
e degree is designed to educate students for work involving the seminars and group exercises with the aim of shaping Literature in English Novel seminars and group exercises with the aim of shaping e . .
y collection, organization, storage and retrieval of recorded students to become indent learners, equipped with practical Basic Concepts in Linguistics students to become indent learners, equipped with practical y t t i knowledge for a variety of individuals and groups. Analysis skills and competencies. Students will be encouraged to Elective Paper skills and competencies. Students will be encouraged to i s s
r and design skills are emphasized develop presentation and report writing skills through case Year 2 develop presentation and report writing skills through case r e e
v Year 1 study based seminars and assessments. Literature in English Drama study based seminars and assessments. v i Organization of Materials Critical Theory i n n
u Information Resources and Services Elective Paper u i OTHER INFORMATION OTHER INFORMATION i
a Resource Selection and Evaluation COURSE LENGTH COURSE LENGTH a r r . Curriculum Issues and the School Librarian 2 Years HINDI 2 Years . w Foundations of Information Management ATTENDANCE MODE Year1 ATTENDANCE MODE w w Summer Training in a Library Full-time Regular Adhunik Kavya Full-time Regular w w Year 2 Adhunik Gadya and Natak w Management of Information Agencies Hindi Sahitya Ka Itihas Information Tools Anuvad Aur karyalyi Hindi Organizing Information ENTRY REQUIREMENT Year 2 ENTRY REQUIREMENT Basic Print and Electronic Information Sources Madhyakalin Kavya Graduation from any recognized university Data Base Design and Solutions for Libraries and Information Maha Kavi Tulsidas Graduation from any recognized university or equivalent. Agencies Bhasa Vigyan Ke Sidhant or equivalent. Kavya Shastra
ECONOMICS Year1 Micro Economic Analysis Public Finance Agricultural Economics Elective RELATED COURSES Year 2 RELATED COURSES Micro Economic Analysis-II DIPLOMA in Total Personality Development MA English Indian Public Finance Indian Agricultural Problem & Policies CAREERS Elective CAREERS This PG Degree program is intended to prepare students POLITICAL SCIENCE Students completing this program can effortlessly step for Managerial careers (including Librariens) in academic Year1 into highbrow career opportunities in career consulting public or special libraries, information centres or school Modern Political Thinkers by working as guidance counsellors and placement library media centres. Public Administration specialists in schools, colleges, universities, government Constitutional Process in India agencies and consulting firms. Since career consulting is a Elective mature industry in the west, a plethora of overseas Year 2 employment opportunities also exist in the profession. Public Policy Theory of International Politics Comparative Politics Political Thoughts in Maharashtra 258 259 Elective
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE MA (Public Governance) MA (Psychology)
Year 1 COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION Specialization-II n n i i
. Policy and Organisation Analysis The University conducts ongoing student assessment In the recent past Psychology degree has been in great Counseling Psychology . u Governance and Policy Processes through class presentations, research report submissions demand with many schools, hospitals both private and public Assessment in Counselling and Guidance u d Interventions in counseling d
e Indian National Policy systems and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom ass well as the voluntary welfare agencies and correctional e . .
y Development of Governance discussions is monitored by faculty. The College holds two institutions demanding for psychologists to deal with varied Practicals: Counselling y t t i Elective term examinations in November and April for the diploma problems of human behaviour. Field Work i s s r Managerial Economics and Policy Analysis courses. Guidance Tutors work closely with those students Almost every school needs a psychologist with M.A. degree Project r e Statistical Methods for Policy Analysis who need that extra dose of support and motivation to Specialization-III e v to work full time with problem children and also teach v i E- Governance compete successfully. Organisational Behaviour (OBY) i n psychology for classes XI and XII in the 10+2 schooling. In n
u Financial Procedures and Processes in India Human Resource Development (HRD) u i addition many rehabilitation centres are being established all i
a Elective Organisational Development (OD) a
r OTHER INFORMATION over India both in the mental health and physical disability r . Elective (Year1) COURSE LENGTH areas, and these need immediately qualified psychologists Practicals: Industrial and Organisational Psychology . w Governance and Security 2 Years with M.A. Degree in Psychology to man those centres. Field Work w w Technology and Governance Project w ATTENDANCE MODE Keeping the above in view and the commitment of Rai w Accounting Standards in India COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT w Full-time Regular University to providing quality education at low costs to those Advanced Statistical Methods for Policy Analysis The University conducts ongoing student assessment who have for some reason or the other missed opportunities through class presentations, research report submissions for further studies, the present programme caters to varied and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom Year 2 clientele, such as fresh graduate students as well as those who ENTRY REQUIREMENT discussions is monitored by faculty. The College holds two ENTRY REQUIREMENT Policy Analysis and management Science want to enter the employment arena and those already Graduation from any recognized university term examinations in November and April for the diploma Graduation from any recognized university Macro Economic Policy Assessment employed but do not possess the Masters’ Degree in or equivalent. courses. Guidance Tutors work closely with those students or equivalent. Management Sciences Psychology. The aim of this programme is to give the learners who need that extra dose of support and motivation to Policy and Program Evaluation a sound base in psychology and human behaviour through an compete successfully. Elective indepth investigation into a broad range of psychological Culture, Organisation and Technology techniques and skills as applied to diverse settings. Regulation and Governance in India OTHER INFORMATION Year1 Developmental Communication COURSE LENGTH Cognitive Psychology, Learning and Memory Elective 2 Years Life Span Psychology Research Project ATTENDANCE MODE Personality: Theories and Assessment Elective (Year2) Full-time Regular Panchayati Raj and Governance Advanced Social Psychology Corporate Governance Research Methods in Psychology International Governance and Institutions Law and Governance Year2 Reforms in Indian Governance Specialization-I RELATED COURSES Public Governance and NGO's Psychopathology RELATED COURSES Regional Economic Development and Governance Psychodiagnostics MA English DIPLOMA in Total Personality Development International Trade and Governance Psychotherapeutic methods Practicals: Clinical CAREERS Field Work Project CAREERS A well-rounded personality is a prerequisite to Students completing this program can effortlessly step professional success. The course enables students to into highbrow career opportunities in career consulting broaden horizons, learn about opportunities and by working as guidance counsellors and placement become well-groomed individuals all set to take on any specialists in schools, colleges, universities, government challenge. agencies and consulting firms. Since career consulting is a mature industry in the west, a plethora of overseas 260 employment opportunities also exist in the profession. 261
>>>>>>>>> POST GRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University GRADUATE MA (History) MA (Spritual and Inter – Faith Studies)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT ENGLISH COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. MA Programme in History has been developed with a view to The University conducts ongoing student assessment Year1 A variety of teaching and assessment methods are used . u provide an opportunity to those learners who wish to go for through class presentations, research report submissions Hindu Spiritual Theology throughout the course including lectures, workshops, u d d
e higher studies in History. and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom Christian Spiritual Theology seminars and group exercises with the aim of shaping e . .
y The Programme would be of great use for the teachers discussions is monitored by faculty. The College holds two Islamic Spiritual Theology students to become indent learners, equipped with practical y t t i term examinations in November and April for the diploma Spiritual Counselling skills and competencies. Students will be encouraged to i
s working in schools, personnel working in various institutions s r associated with history and culture (museums, archives, courses. Guidance Tutors work closely with those students Inter-Religious Dialogue develop presentation and report writing skills through case r e who need that extra dose of support and motivation to e v archaeological survey etc.), working people in various Mysticism study based seminars and assessments. v i compete successfully. Electives (Choose 3) i n organisations and all graduates who are desirous of acquiring a n
u Vedic Theology u i Masters Degree in History. OTHER INFORMATION i a OTHER INFORMATION Upanishadic Theology COURSE LENGTH a r Year1 r . Theology of Bhagwadgita 2 Years . Ancient and Medieval Societies COURSE LENGTH w Christian Scriptures: Introduction ATTENDANCE MODE w Modern World 2 Years w Basic Christian Doctrines Full-time Regular w Historiography ATTENDANCE MODE w Christian Ethics w Political Structures in India Full-time Regular Year 2 Electives (Choose 9) Year2 Hindu Samskaras History of Indian Economy ENTRY REQUIREMENT Shaivism: Theological Perspectives ENTRY REQUIREMENT Evolution of Social Structures in India through the Ages Graduation from any recognized university Hindu Moral Teachings 10+2 from any recognized board of History of Ecology and Environment: India or equivalent. Budhism: Theological Perspective secondary education or equivalent. Western Political Thought jainism: Theological Perspective Social and Political Thought in Modern India Pentateuch and Prophetic Literature Synoptic Gospels Gospel According to St. John Wisdom Literature: Psalms Ecclesiology Vaishnavism: Theological Perspectives Veerashaivism: Theological Perspective Advaita Theology Dalit Theology Pauline Theology Christian Anthropology Theology of Liberation RELATED COURSES Indian Christian Theology and Inculturation MA English Theology of Religious life Feminist Theololgy Dissertation CAREERS
A well-rounded personality is a prerequisite to professional success. The course enables students to broaden horizons, learn about opportunities and become well-groomed individuals all set to take on any challenge.
262 263
>>>>>>>>> POSTGRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA (Personality Development) DIPLOMA (Personality Development)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This course aims to impart specialized training in professional We believe that learning by doing is an extremely crucial This is a high-impact course designed to positively transform The University conducts ongoing student assessment . u social work especially in the areas of family and child welfare, aspect of the teaching–learning praxis of adult learners. the student's personality. The course is conducted in a highly through class presentations, research report submissions u d d
e rural and urban community development, Personnel Therefore, the methods of training are participatory in interactive and participatory setting. Offered as a compulsory and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom e . .
y Management and Industrial Relations and Medical and nature and learner-centric. Our teaching methods involve requirement for all students of the Rai University, the course discussions is monitored by faculty. The College holds two y t t i Psychiatric Social Work. This course also initiates and classroom teaching, lecture method, fieldwork exposure, aims at developing the student's personality through a term examinations in November and April for the diploma i s s
r develops professional interactions between social scientists, group discussions, social work laboratory sessions, and role- carefully orchestrated personality development program courses. Guidance Tutors work closely with those students r e social activists, policy makers and planners through plays. Assessment will be made on the basis of written which focuses on all key aspects of human personality. who need that extra dose of support and motivation to e v v i seminars/workshops and conferences on the topics of examinations, periodic assignments and project work. compete successfully. i n English Language Communication Skills n
u current social importance. Most importantly, it helps to u i Accent Correction i a undertake research, training and consultancy in the field of OTHER INFORMATION a
r Etiquette OTHER INFORMATION r . Social Work and Social Sciences as also undertake field action COURSE LENGTH Assertiveness Training COURSE LENGTH . w projects leading to community development. 2 Years Confidence Building 2 Years w w Origin and Development of Social Work ATTENDANCE MODE Study Skills ATTENDANCE MODE w w Professional Social Work: Indian Perspectives Full-time Regular Current Affairs and Managing Information Full-time Regular w Basic Social Science Concepts Conducting Academic Research and Library Practices Social Work and Social Development Interviewing Skills ENTRY REQUIREMENT Social Work Practicum and Supervision Public Speaking ENTRY REQUIREMENT Social Work Research Career Guidance and Career Management Graduation in any discipline from a Social Work Practicum-1 (Field Work) Resume Preparation Graduation in any discipline from a recognized University or equivalent. Case Work and Counselling : Working with individuals Community Resources recognized University or equivalent. Social Group Work : Working with Groups Computer Fundamentals Community Organization Management for community Interpersonal Skills Development Alternative Medicine HIV/AIDS : Stigma, Discrimination and Prevention Food and Nutrition Project Work Banking and Insurance Overviews Social Work Practicum--II (Field Work) Prenatal and Postnatal Care Women And Child Development Stress Management Disaster Management Consumerism Time Management Crisis Management and Decision-making Wardrobe Management First Aid and Accident Prevention Home Management and Economics RELATED COURSES CAREERS Intelligent Use of Search Engines Interior Decoration Rai University students are valued in the voluntary and MA English Music and Art Appreciation inter-governmental organisations and the government Planning Business Travel organisations. Graduates in this discipline have good CAREERS employment opportunities with the government and voluntary sector, at the district and sub-district levels, A well-rounded personality is a prerequisite to and local self-governing bodies. Furthermore, the professional success. The course enables students to programme is expected to shape students' competence broaden horizons, learn about opportunities and to develop and implement rural development become well-groomed individuals all set to take on any programmes independently. challenge.
264 265
>>>>>>>>> POSTGRADUATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University POST GRADUATE PGD (Industrial Psychology) PGD (Career Guidance & Counselling)
COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT COURSE INFORMATION COURSEWORK & ASSESSMENT n n i i
. This program is designed for learners interested in group or The University conducts ongoing student assessment With the explosive growth in new career opportunities and The University conducts ongoing student assessment . u organizational behavior in the work place and other through class presentations, research report submissions new directions in higher education the need for qualified through class presentations, research report submissions u d d
e organizational settings. Learners can look forward to gaining and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom career guidance counsellors has become paramount. and spot tests. Student-participation in classroom e . .
y skills in leadership issues, group development, organizational discussions is also monitored by faculty. Ironically expert-level training in this field of study is not widely discussions is also monitored by faculty. y t t i change strategies, motivational and performance available in India. This program is designed specially to train i s s r enhancement concerns, and human resource management. OTHER INFORMATION students in the theory and practice of career consulting OTHER INFORMATION r e through a highly focused curriculum which encompasses all e v Lifespan Development COURSE LENGTH COURSE LENGTH v i aspects of the profession including the management of a i n Adult Psychology 1 Year 1 Year n
u career and placement center. u i Psychology of Learning ATTENDANCE MODE ATTENDANCE MODE i a Full-time Regular a
r Cognitive Psychology Full-time Regular Career Guidance Theory and Practice r . Methods of Clinical Inquiry Career Advising Strategies . w Research Methods Occupation Research w w Summer Project Aptitude and Educational Testing w w Principles of Organizational Psychology Introduction to Applied Psychology w Psychology of Leadership Managing Career-related Knowledge Domains Consultation Psychology Skills Development Including Preparation, Pre-interviews, ENTRY REQUIREMENT Personnel Psychology Interviewing, Dossier Development And ENTRY REQUIREMENT Performance Enhancement and Motivation Career Networking Graduation in any discipline from a Internship Online Career Research Graduation in any discipline from a recognized University or equivalent. Personality Profiling and Behavior Assessment recognized University or equivalent. Career Guidance Research Methodology Employment Regulations and Equal Opportunity (EO) Managing and Administering a Center Placement Center Fundamentals of Organization Accounting and Budgeting Caseload Management and Distribution Principles of HRM Internship RELATED COURSES Diploma Project PGD in Industrial Psychology
CAREERS RELATED COURSES PGD in Career Guidance & Counseling Students completing the PGD in Career Guidance and Counselling can effortlessly step into highbrow career opportunities in career consulting by working as guidance counsellors and placement specialists in schools, colleges, CAREERS universities, government agencies and consulting firms. Since career consulting is a mature industry in the west, a Graduates typically pursue positions as consultants, plethora of overseas employment opportunities also exist professors, or as psychologists in businesses and in the profession. Since the course also teaches you how government. to manage a career placement center you are also qualified to work in management as an entry-level manager. Coupled with your graduate degree the postgraduate diploma will undoubtedly accelerate you career graph in the profession. 266 267 CRD Center for Research And Development
Doctoral Programmes
>>>>>>>>> DOCTORATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University DOCTORATE Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Business Administration) Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Commerce)
The doctoral programme in business administration involves • Corporate Financial Management The doctoral programme in commerce involves in-depth • Financial Reporting & Control n n i i
. in-depth research works in different functional areas of • Financial Markets & Institutions research works in different functional areas of • Banking & Finance . u management. Aspiring and meritorious scholars are commerce/finance specializations. Aspiring and meritorious u
d • Investment Management • Insurance & Risk Management d encouraged to take up research in the contemporary areas of scholars are encouraged to take up research in the e e
. • Human Resource Management • Foreign Trade & Investment and so on. .
y management like: contemporary areas of commerce like: y t t i • Marketing Management • Accounting Theory AWARDING BODY i
s • Organisational Behaviour s
r Rai University r • Entrepreneurship • Auditing, Taxation
e • Strategic Management e v v i • Small Business Management • International Business i n • Agri-business Management and so on. n u • Corporate Social Responsibility u i i
a • Corporate Governance a r r . • Global Business Management AWARDING BODY . w Rai University w
w • International Finance w w w
ENTRY REQUIREMENT Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program ENTRY REQUIREMENT As per UGC Norms Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Mass Communication) As per UGC Norms (Engineering & Applied Sciences)
The doctoral programme in mass communication involves • Communication Studies The doctoral programme in engineering and applied sciences • Environmental Engineering in-depth research works in different functional areas of mass • Journalism communication and journalism. Aspiring and meritorious involves in-depth research works in different areas of • Power Systems • Media processes and production engineering and applied sciences. Aspiring and meritorious scholars are encouraged to take up research in the • Microbiology • Media History and so on. scholars are encouraged to take up research in the contemporary areas of mass communication and journalism • Biochemistry like: contemporary areas of engineering, applied sciences and technology like: • Biotechnology • Mass Communication AWARDING BODY Rai University • Computer Science • Bio-informatics • Marketing Communication • Information Technology • Physics • Operations Research • Chemistry • Applied Mathematics • Botany • Statistics • Zoology. • Mechanical Engineering • Civil Engineering AWARDING BODY • Electrical Engineering Rai University • Electronics & Communication Engineering • Computer Engineering
270 271
>>>>>>>>> DOCTORATE Rai University >>>>>>>>> Rai University DOCTORATE Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Arts, Humanities & Social Sciences) Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Fashion Technology)
The doctoral programme in arts, humanities and social • Sociology The doctoral program in fashion technology is offered with AWARDING BODY n n i i
. sciences involves in-depth research work by uniting the • Political Science the purpose of carrying out research in textile, fashion in Rai University . u application of scientific principles along with human, moral • Social Work apparel sector and creating a body of original knowledge for u d and social understanding. Aspiring and meritorious scholars the use of academia and industry at large. d e • Public Administration e . .
y are encouraged to take up research in the contemporary • English y t t
i areas of arts, humanities and social sciences like: i s • Hindi s r • Library & Information Sciences r
e • Gujarati e
v • Gandhian Studies v i • Marathi i n • Rural Studies • Sanskrit n u u i • Cultural Studies i
a • Bengali a
r • History r . .
w • Geography AWARDING BODY w
w • Economics Rai University w
w • Philosophy w • Psychology
ENTRY REQUIREMENT ENTRY REQUIREMENT As per UGC Norms As per UGC Norms Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Education) Pre-Doctoral & Doctoral Program (Hospitality & Tourism)
The doctoral programme in education provides scholars • Higher education The doctoral program in Hospitality & Tourism offered with AWARDING BODY varieties of interdisciplinary theories, research methods, and • Adult & continuing education and physical education. the purpose of carrying out research in the field of hospitality Rai University applications needed to advance the study of learning and management, tourism management, culinary arts and teaching for diverse student populations. Aspiring and foodservice management. meritorious scholars are encouraged to take up research in AWARDING BODY the contemporary areas of education like: Rai University • Primary education • Secondary education
272 273 Joining Rai University How to Apply Scholarship schemes @ Rai University: • University admission forms are available online at Scholarship Schemes to the Students of www.raiuniversity.edu and can be collected in Gujarat: person from University campus. • 100% Scholarship on Special Merit; • Completed application form has to be submitted • Up to 75% Scholarship for those who secured 90% with attested testimonials and application fees of Rs and above in their qualifying examination; 350/- (cash or DD in favour of “Rai University” payable at Ahmedabad). • Up to 50% Scholarship for those who secured 75% to 89% • Admission is strictly on basis of merit. All candidates will have to take a personal interview. • Up to 25% Scholarship for those who secured 60% to 74% • Scores of National and State level Entrance exams shall be considered for selection. Scholarships to achievers in Sports & Co- curricular Activities: • Scholarships to students who have excelled in sports, Extra-curricular Activities like debates, Creative Writing, Performing arts and other accomplishments
275 Advisory Governing Council
Rai Foundation’s Advisory Governing Council and Academic Council comprises eminent and distinguished personalities from all walks of life. They would be also advising Rai University. International Members Indian Members • Prof. Sidney Altman, Noble Laureate, Professor of • Surendra Singh, Former Cabinet Secretary, Biotechnology, Yale University, USA Government of India • Prof. Frederic Schwartz, Professor of Architecture, • Dr. S. Narayan, Former Finance Secretary, Harvard Graduate School of Design, Harvard Government of India 3 University, USA • Shashank, Former Foreign Secretary,
1 Hon’ble Chief Minister of Gujarat, Shri Narendra Modi accompanied by Dr. Hasmukh Adhia, Principal Secretary and
0 Dr. Jayanti Ravi, Commissioner, Higher Education visiting the stall of Rai University in ‘Vibrant Gujarat’ 2013 • Prof. Michelle D Addington, Professor of Government of India
2 Architecture, Yale School of Architecture, Yale • Bhartendra Singh Baswan, Director, Indian t University, USA Institute of Public Administration & Former a The much awaited biennial Vibrant Gujarat 2013 Global r overwhelming response with more than 1200 students • Prof. Richard A D'aveni, Professor of Strategic Secretary Education , Government of India a Summit was held from 8th January 2013 to 13th January from various institutes across Gujarat visiting it and j Management, Tuck School of Business, Dartmouth 2013 at Gandhinagar. As the Government of Gujarat has • Ritu Beri, India's Leading Fashion Designer u registering for different courses being offered by the College, USA realized the importance of forging knowledge based • Anil Agarwal, Former President of ASSOCHAM G University.
• Prof. Yvette Biro, Professor of Films, Tisch School
t strategic partnerships and the value created by it for the • Narendra Kumar, Former Chairman, Delhi Public The University also participated at the second ‘International of Arts, New York University, USA n industries and the society, the focus of this event was on the Schools Society
a Conference for Academic Institutions’ (ICAI) which was held • Prof. Paul A Argenti, Prof of Mgmt and Corp r participating Academic Institutions. • D. R. Kaarthikeyan, Former Director, Central on 9th & 10th January 2013 during the summit. ICAI helped Comm., Tuck School of Business, USA b Bureau of Investigation; Director General, i • Prof. Jeffrey D Ford, Associate Professor of National Human Rights Commission; Special V Management & HR, Fisher College of Business, Director General, Central Reserve Police Force Ohio State University, USA • Joginder Singh, IPS (Retd.), Former Director, CBI, • Prof. Joshua Ronen, School of Business, New York Government of India University • Dr. Kavita Sharma, Former Principal, Hindu • Prof. Asha Seth Kapadia, University of Texas, USA College & Director, India International Centre • Prof. Mary M Munter, Professor of Mgmt • Lata Vaidyanathan, Principal, Modern School, Communication, Tuck School of Business, USA Barakhamba Road, New Delhi • Prof. Arundhati Banerjee, Prof of Arts & Director • Padma Bhushan Dr. Shayama Chona, Former International Initiative, Massachusetts Institute of Principal, Delhi Public School, R.K. Puram, New Thus, as a part of this mega event, Rai University had an the university to connect with more than 145 foreign Technology, USA Delhi esteemed presence at the Education Pavilion with its own universities and 52 Gujarat-based universities which had • Prof. Anjani Kochar, Stanford Center for • Maj. Gen (Retd) D. N. Khurana, Former dedicated stall. The Rai University Stall had an converged at the conference. International Development, USA Secretary General, All India Management • Dr. M.S. Reddy, International Coordinator, Auburn Association University, Alabama, USA • Prof. Arun Nigavekar, Former Chairman, “I have a dream of a society that gets knowledge from information; I have a dream for individual • Prof. Nicole von Dam, Waganingen University, University Grants Commission empowerment through the benefits of knowledge, and a dream for young learners to have an The Netherlands opportunity to learn. I have a dream for universal access to education through technology. Opportunity is only fully realized when everyone has access to knowledge.” 276 – The Hon’ble Chief Minister of Gujarat, Mr Narendra Modi